HomeMy WebLinkAboutOrion Construction Corporation; 2005-11-18; 38901 Part 1 of 2DGC# 2007-0781692
Recording requested by:
CITY OF CARLSBAD
When recorded mail to:
City Clerk
City of Carlsbad
1200 Carlsbad Village Dr.
Carlsbad, CA 92008
DEC 19, 2007 1:34 PM
OFFICIAL RE CORDS
SAN DIEGO DJUNTY RECORDER'S OFFICE
G R E G 0 RY J S M I T H , CO U N T Y Fi E CD R D E R
FtES. 0 00
PAGES:
Space above this line for Recorder's Use
NOTICE OF COMPLETION
Notice is hereby given that:
1. The undersigned is owner of the interest or estate stated below in the property
hereinafter described.
2. The full name of the undersigned is Carlsbad Municipal Water District (CMWD), a
municipal corporation.
3. The full address of the undersigned is 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive, Carlsbad, California
92008.
4. The nature of the title of the undersigned is: In fee.
5. A work of improvement on the property hereinafter described was substantially
completed on July 29, 2007 and all punch list work was completed on August 29, 2007.
6. The name of the contractor for such work of improvement is Orion Construction
Corporation.
7. The property on which the work of improvement was completed is in the City of
Carlsbad, County of San Diego, State of California, and is described as the Mahr
Reservoir Improvements, Project No. 3890.
CARLSBACUflUNIC WATER DISTRICT
GLENN PRUIM
Public Works Director
VERIFICATION OF SECRETARY
I, the undersigned, say:
I am the Secretary of the Carlsbad Water Municipal District, 1200 Carlsbad Village
Drive, Carlsbad, California, 92008. The Executive Board of said District on
December 11 , 2007, accepted the above described work as completed and ordered
that a Notice of Completion be filed.
I declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct.
Executed on December 12 , 2007, at Carlsbad, California.
CARLSBAD MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT
LORRAINE M. WOOD
Secretary
S,
<-I x
L
CARLSBAD MUNICIPAL
WATER DISTRICT
San Diego County
California
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SPECIAL
PROVISIONS
FOR
L ENCINA BASIN WATER RECLAMATION
PROGRAM, PHASE II
MAHR RESERVOIR
IMPROVEMENTS
CMWD PROJECT NO. 3890
CONTRACT NO. 38901
\ (SWRCB PROJECT NO. C-06-3903-290)
\
&.-- BID NO. PWS06-03ENG
Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 38901 Page I of 67 Pages
r t Item . TABLE OF CONTENTS
Paae
Notice Inviting Bids .......................................................................................................................... 5
Contractor’s Proposal ..................................................................................................................... 9
Equipment Material Source Information ....................................................................................... 16
Bid Security Form .......................................................................................................................... 17
Bidder’s Bond To Accompany Proposal ....................................................................................... 18
Guide For Completing The “Designation Of Subcontractors’’ Form ............................................. 19
Designation Of Subcontractors & Amount Of Subcontractor‘s Bid .............................................. 21
Bidder’s Statement Of Financial Responsibility ............................................................................ 22
Bidder’s Statement Of Technical Ability And Experience ............................................................. 23
Bidder’s Certificate Of Insurance For General Liability. Employers’ Liability Automotive Liability And Workers’ Compensation ........................................................................................... 24 .
Bidder’s Statement Of Re-Debarment .......................................................................................... 25
Bidder’s Disclosure Of Discipline Record 26
r .....................................................................................
Non-Collusion Affidavit To Be Executed By Bidder And Submitted With Bid .............................. 28
Contract Public Works .................................................................................................................. 29
Labor And Materials Bond ....................................................... i .................................................... 35
Faithful PerformanceNVarranty Bond ........................................................................................... 37
Escrow Agreement For Surety Deposits In Lieu Of Retention (Optional) .................................... 39
c
Revised 10/08/93 Contract No . 38901 Paae 2 of 67 Paaes
Part 1 F
Section 1
1-1
1-2
1-3
Section 2
2-3
2-4
2-5
2-9
2-1 0
Section 3
3-3
3-4
3-5
Section 4
4- 1
4-2
Section 5
.- 5- 1
5-4
Section 6
6-1
6-2
6-6
6-7
6-8
6-9
Section 7
7-3
7-4
7-5
7-7
7-8
7-1 3
Section 8
8-2
Section 9
9- 1
9-3 _-
General Provisions
Terms Definitions. Abbreviations And Symbols Terms .................................................................................................................... 42 Definitions ............................................................................................................. 43
Abbreviations ........................................................................................................ 44
Scope And Control Of The Work Subcontracts ......................................................................................................... 44
Contract ................................................................................................................. 45
Plans And Specifications ...................................................................................... 45
Surveying .............................................................................................................. 48
Authority Of Board And Engineer ......................................................................... 49
Changes In Work
Extra Work ............................................................................................................ 50
Changed Conditions ............................................................................................. 51
Disputed Work ...................................................................................................... 52
Control Of Materials
Materials And Workmanship ................................................................................. 54
Materials Transportation. Handling And Storage ................................................. 55
Utilities Location ................................................................................................................. 56
Relocation ............................................................................................................. 56
Prosecution. Progress And Acceptance Of The Work
Construction Schedule And Commencement Of Work ........................................ 56
Prosecution Of Work .............................................................................................. 61
Delays And Extensions Of Time ........................................................................... 61
Time of Completion ............................................................................................... 62
Completion And Acceptance ................................................................................ 62
Liquidated Damages ............................................................................................. 62
Responsibilities Of The Contractor
Liability Insurance ................................................................................................. 62
Workers' Compensation Insurance ...................................................................... 62
Permits .................................................................................................................. 63
Cooperation and Collateral Work ......................................................................... 63
Laws To Be Observed .......................................................................................... 64
Project Site Maintenance ...................................................................................... 63
Facilities For Agency Personnel (NOT USED FOR THIS PROJECT)
Field Off ice Facilities ............................................................................................. 64
Measurement & Payment
Measurement Of Quantities For Unit Price Work ................................................. 65
Payment ................................................................................................................ 65
e- %# Revised 10/08/03 Contract No . 38901 Page 3 of 67 Pages
_I SPECIAL CONDITIONS
A. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
B. STATE WATER RESOURCES CONTROL BOARD CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS
INFORMATION FOR CONTRACTOR
A. TO OBTAIN A COPY OF CURRENT PLAN HOLDERS LIST:
City of Carlsbad
Public Works Administration
Phone (760) 602-4677
B. QUESTIONS PERTAINING TO PLANS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS:
City of Carlsbad, Engineering
David Ahles, Senior Civil Engineer
Phone (760) 438-2748
ew
Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 38901 Page 4 of 67 Pages
.
CARLSBAD MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT
NOTICE INVITING BIDS
Sealed bids will be deposited in the Bid Box located in the first floor lobby of the Faraday Center
located at 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad, California, 92008-731 4, until 4:OO P.M. on the 30th day
of August , 2005, at which time they will be opened and read, for performing the work to construct
an 18-inch inletloutlet pipe complete with valves, pipe and fittings, reservoir mixing system, control
building, mechanical equipments, site grading, reservoir bottom dredging and access road
improvements.
MAHR RESERVOIR IMPROVEMENTS
CONTRACT NO. 38901
The work shall be performed in strict conformity with the specifications as approved by the Board of
Directors of the Carlsbad Municipal Water District on file with the Enaineerina Department. The
specifications for the work include the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction 12003
EditionJ, all hereinafter designated "SSPWC as issued by the Southern California Chapter of the
American Public Works Association and as amended by the special provisions sections of this
contract. Reference is hereby made to the plans and specifications for full particulars and description
of the work.
The Carlsbad Municipal Water District encourages the participation of minority and women-owned
businesses.
P Prospective bidders are hereby advised that the project is funded in part by Federal and California
State loan funds and Minority Business Enterprise (MBE) / Women Business Enterprise (WBE)
Positive Effort Documentation is required. Refer to State Water Resources Control Board (SW RCB)
Contract Requirements herein. Failure to take the (5) affirmative steps listed under Requirements,
Section A, prior to bid opening and to submit "Minority Business Enterprisernomen Business
Enterprise Information" (Attachment B) with the bid shall cause the bid to be rejected as a non-
responsive bid.
The Carlsbad Municipal Water District encourages all bidders, suppliers, manufacturers, fabricators
and contractors to utilize recycled and recyclable materials when available, appropriate and
approved by the Engineer.
The Carlsbad Municipal Water District may disqualify a contractor or subcontractor from participating
in bidding when a contractor or subcontractor has been debarred by the Carlsbad Municipal Water or
another jurisdiction in the State of California as an irresponsible bidder.
No bid will be received unless it is made on a proposal form furnished by the Purchasing
Department. Each bid must be accompanied by security in a form and amount required by law. The
bidder's security of the second and third next lowest responsive bidders may be withheld until the Contract has been fully executed. The security submitted by all other unsuccessful bidders shall be
returned to them, or deemed void, within ten (1 0) days after the Contract is awarded. Pursuant to the
provisions of law (Public Contract Code section 10263), appropriate securities may be substituted for
any obligation required by this notice or for any monies withheld by the District to ensure
performance under this Contract. Section 10263 of the Public Contract Code requires monies or
securities to be deposited with the District or a state or federally chartered bank in California as the
Escrow Agent. The Escrow Agent shall maintain insurance to cover negligent acts and omissions of the agent in connection with the handling of retentions under this section in an amount not less than
$1 00,000 per contract.
,-
a Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 38901 Page 5 of 67 Pages
7 The documents which comprise the Bidder’s proposal and that must be completed and properly executed, including notarization where indicated are:
1. Contractor‘s Proposal 2. Bidder‘s Bond 3. Non-Collusion Affidavit 4. Designation of Subcontractors and Amount of Subcontractor Bid 5. Bidder‘s Statement of Financial
6. Bidder’s Statement of Technical Ability and
7. Acknowledgment of Addendum(s)
Responsibility
Experience
8. Certificate of Insurance, the riders covering the City, its officials, employees and volunteers may be omitted at the time of bid submittal but shall be provided by the Bidder prior to award of this contract 9. Bidder‘s Statement Re Debarment 10. Bidder’s Disclosure Of Discipline Record 1 1. Escrow Agreement for Security Deposits - (optional, must be completed if the Bidder wishes to use the Escrow Agreement for
Security)
(Attachment B)
12. EquipmenVMaterial Source Information 13. State MBWBE Information
*Pursuant to California Public Contracts Code section 41 04(a)(2)(A) portions of the information required on documents numbers four and five, above, may be submitted by the Bidder up to twenty- four (24) hours after the deadline for submitting bids contained in this “Notice Inviting to Bid”.
All bids will be compared on the basis of the Engineer’s Estimate. The estimated quantities are approximate and serve solely as a basis for the comparison of bids. The Engineer’s Estimate is
$1,801,000.
Except as provided herein a bid submitted to the City by a Contractor who is not licensed as a contractor pursuant to the Business and Professions Code shall be considered nonresponsive and shall be rejected by the City. In all contracts where federal funds are involved, no bid submitted shall be invalidated by the failure of California law. Where federal funds are involved the contractor shall be properly licensed at the time the contract is awarded. In all other cases lhe contractor shall state
their license number, expiration date and classification in the proposal, under penalty of perjury. This invitation to bid does involve federal funds. The following classifications are acceptable for this contract: A-General Engineering,
If the Contractor intends to utilize the escrow agreement included in the contract documents in lieu of the usual 10% retention from each payment, these documents must be completed and submitted with the signed contract. The escrow agreement may not be substituted at a later date.
7
Sets of plans, special provisions, and Contract documents may be obtained at the Cashier’s Counter on the first floor lobby at the Faraday Center located at 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad, California 92008-731 4, for a non-refundable fee of $50.00 per set. If plans and specifications are to be mailed, the cost for postage should be added.
Any prospective bidder who is in doubt as to the intended meaning of any part of the drawings, specifications or other contract documents, or finds discrepancies in or omissions from the drawings
and specifications may submit to the Engineer a written request for clarification or correction. Any response will be made only by a written addendum duly issued by the Engineer a copy of which will be mailed or delivered to each person receiving a set of the contract documents. No oral response will be made to such inquiry. Prior to award of the contract neither addition to, modification of
nor interpretation of any provision in the contract documents will be given by any agent, employee or contractor of the City of Carlsbad,nor may any bidder rely on directions given by any agent, employee or contractor of the City of Carlsbad except as hereinbefore specified.
’3 Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 38901 Page 6 of 67 Pages
The Carlsbad Municipal Water District reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any
minor irregularity or informality in such bids. rc
The general prevailing rate of wages for each craft or type of worker needed to execute the Contract
shall be those as determined by the Director of Industrial Relations pursuant to the sections 1770,
1773, and 1773.1 of the Labor Code. Pursuant to section 1773.2 of the Labor Code, a current copy
of applicable wage rates is on file in the Office of the City Engineer. The Contractor to whom the
Contract is awarded shall not pay less than the said specified prevailing rates of wages to all workers
employed by him or her in the execution of the Contract.
The Prime Contractor shall be responsible for insuring compliance with provisions of section 1777.5
of the Labor Code and section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contracts Code, "Subletting and
Subcontracting Fair Practices Act." The District Engineer is the District's "duly authorized officer" for
the purposes of section 41 07 and 41 07.5.
The provisions of Part 7, Chapter 1, of the Labor Code commencing with section 1720 shall apply to
the Contract for work.
A pre-bid meeting and tour of the project site will be held at the Mahr Reservoir site at 1O:OO a.m. on
August 9,2005.
All bids are to be computed on the basis of the given estimated quantities of work, as indicated in this
proposal, times the unit price as submitted by the bidder. In case of a discrepancy between words
and figures, the words shall prevail. In case of an error in the extension of a unit price, the corrected
extension shall be calculated and the bids will be computed as indicated above and compared on the
basis of the corrected totals. -
All prices must be in ink or typewritten. Changes or corrections may be crossed out and typed or
written in with ink and must be initialed in ink by a person authorized to sign for the Contractor.
Bidders are advised to verify the issuance of all addenda and receipt thereof one day prior to
bidding. Submission of bids without acknowledgment of addenda may be cause of rejection of bid.
The Contractor shall provide bonds to secure faithful performance and warranty of the work in an
amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Contract price will be required for work on this
project. The Contractor shall provide bonds to secure payment of laborers and materials suppliers,
in an amount equal to:
1) One hundred percent (100%) of the total amount payable by the terms of the contract when the total amount payable does not exceed five million dollars (5,000,000.
2) Fifty percent (50%) of the total amount payable by the terms of the contract when the total amount payable is not less than five million dollars ($5,000,000) and does not exceed ten million
dollars ($1 0,000,000).
3) Twenty-five percent (25%) of the total amount payable by the terms of the contract if the contract exceeds ten million dollars ($1 0,000,000). These bonds shall be kept in full force and effect during the course of this project, and shall extend in
full force and effect and be retained by the District until they are released as stated in the
Supplemental Provisions section of this contract. All bonds are to be placed with a surety insurance
carrier admitted and authorized to transact the business of insurance in California and whose assets exceed their liabilities in an amount equal to or in excess of the amount of the bond. The bonds are
to be accompanied by the following documents:
1) An original, or a certified copy, of the unrevoked appointment, power of attorney, by laws, or other instrument entitling or authorizing the person who executed the bond to do so.
2) A certified copy of the certificate of authority of the insurer issued by the insurance commissioner.
.-
Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 38901 Page 7 of 67 Pages
t
If the bid is accepted, the District may require copies of the insurer's most recent annual statement
and quarterly statement filed with the Department of Insurance pursuant to Article 10 (commencing
with section 900) of Chapter 1 of Part 2 of Division 1 of the Insurance Code, within 10 calendar days
of the insurer's receipt of a request to submit the statements.
/I
Insurance is to be placed with insurers that:
1 ) Have a rating in the most recent Best's Key Rating Guide of at least A-:V
2) Are admitted and authorized to transact the business of insurance in the State of California by the Insurance Com missioner.
Auto policies offered to meet the specification of this contract must:
1) Meet the conditions stated above for all insurance companies.
2) Cover anv vehicle used in the performance of the contract, used onsite or offsite, whether owned, non-owned or hired, and whether scheduled or non-scheduled. The auto insurance certificate
must state the coverage is for "any auto'' and cannot be limited in any manner.
Workers' compensation insurance required under this contract must be offered by a company
meeting the above standards with the exception that the Best's rating condition is waived. The
District does accept policies issued by the State Compensation Fund meeting the requirement for
workers' compensation insurance.
The Contractor shall be required to maintain insurance as specified in the Contract. Any additional
cost of said insurance shall be included in the bid price.
The award of the contract by the Board of Director's is contingent upon the Contractor submitting the
required bonds and insurance, as described in the contract, within twenty days of bid opening. If the
Contractor fails to comply with these requirements, the District may award the contract to the second
or third lowest bidder and the bid security of the lowest bidder may be forfeited. rc
The prime contractor and all subcontractors are required to have and maintain a valid City of
Carlsbad Business License for the duration of the contract.
Approved by the Board of Directors of the Carlsbad Municipal Water District of the City of Carlsbad,
California, by Resolution No.1250, adopted on the 28'h day of June, 2005. Uf&
ISABELLE PAULSEN, CMC
Deputy Clerk
DATED: July 27, 2005
i-
Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 38901 Page 8 of 67 Pages
CARLSBAD MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT
MAHR RESERVOIR IMPROVEMENTS
CONTRACT NO. 38901
CONTRACTOR'S PROPOSAL
Board of Directors
Carlsbad Municipal Water District
5950 El Camino Real
Carlsbad, California 92008
The undersigned declares he/she has carefully examined the location of the work, read the Notice
Inviting Bids, examined the Plans, Specifications, Special Provisions and addenda thereto, and
hereby proposes to furnish all labor, materials, equipment, transportation, and services required to do
all the work to complete Contract No. 38901 in accordance with the Plans, Specifications,
Supplemental Provisions and addenda thereto and that he/she will take in full payment therefore the
follbwing unit prices for each item complete, to wit:
SCHEDULE: MAHR RESERVOIR IMPROVEMENTS
Approximate
Quantity
and Unit
1 LS
1 LS
1 LS
LS
Item - No.
1
F
2
3
4
Unit
Price
$30,000
- Total
$30,000
Description
Mobilization, demobilization
and preparatory work at a
stipulated lump sum of
--rl?;rtLI mo
Dollars (Lump Sum)
$10,000 $1 0,000 Construction schedule at a
stipulated lump sum of Tfn ThOlnSGhcr
Dollars (Lump Sum)
Clearing, grubbing and site
Dollars (Lump Sum)
Reservoir pump out from Elev.
550' to Elev. 542' at
Dollars (Lump Sum)
,-
e-. \# Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 38901 Paae 9 of 67 Paaes
cc Item - No. Description
Approximate
Quantity Unit
and Unit - Price
5 Reservoir bottom dredging at 813CY $ "15 - 3wm - %re/
Dollars per Cubic Yard
6 Chain link fence and gates at 1LS $ /3@- 4
Dorlars (Lump Sum)
7 Demolition at 1 LS $ /.O@-
F-Si23J / E
SN3 Dollars (Lump Sum)
8 Concrete for anchors, cast-in- 1LS --
place conduit banks, pipe
supports and all other items
not listed herein but indicated
on construction drawinas and
zsi, m-
9 Pre-cast concrete pull boxes, 10 EA
4' x 4' at 1
D* I
AV h'L)-YldWd
4G ud
Dollars Each
IO Lockable aluminum hatches 10 EA
e= \$ Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 38901
- Total
$ bq,975-
$ /367@- J
Page IO of 67 Pages
Item - No. Description
11
12
13
14
15
Approximate
Quantity Unit
and Unit Price - Total
Concrete masonry building
complete with roof structure,
doors, windows, louvers,
ventilation fan, floor drains,
clean-outs, and all associated
materials not listed herein at
roofing material, floor slab, 1 LS $
Dollars (Lump Sum)
24" diameter DI pipe complete
with fittings, valves, and all
associated materials not listed
herein at
TWD *dfd
- DiASWd-' Dollars (Lump Sum)
18-inch diameter stainless
steel inlet-outlet pipe complete
with 18" butterfly valves,
fittings, and seep ring fir(,& Hwv-w .--tvlnu%-w? Dollars per Linear Foot
6-inch diameter stainless steel
air release line with goose
neck, bends, and insect
screen at
U-rhUSdL
Dollars (Lump Sum)
Hydraulic system complete 1 LS - $2?<4780-
with hydraulic actuator,
hydraulic power unit, hydraulic
pipes, fittings, valves, pipe
supports, control panel and all
associated equipment not
listed herein at
e= %# Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 389301 Paae 11 of 67 Panes
Approximate ,--- Item Quantity Unit - No. Description and Unit - Price - Total
16 Pneumatic system complete
with pneumatic actuator,
pneumatic pipes, fittings,
valves, pipe supports and all
associated equipment not
pneumatic accumulator, 1 LS
Dollars (Lump Sum)
/
17 27-inch stainless steel intake 1 LS
screen and backwash system
complete with compressor,
solenoid valves, butterfly
valves, air pipes, fittings,
control panel and all
associated accessories not
listed herein at ?inm hwxlrp
r\hF;aW_J Dollars (Lump Sum)
-
c
18 Reservoir mixing system
complete with air compressor,
air pipes, valves, pipe
supports, pipe anchors,
diffusers and all associated
accessories not listed herein
6~~m- $ ~LZIP--- 1 I 19 Reservoir algae control system 1 LS $ complete with submersible
pumps, floating system for
pumps, chlorine residual
analyzer, fluorometer, sodium
hypochlorite totes, chemical
feed pumps, chemical
injectors, pipe supports, pipe
anchors, pipe valves, fittings
and all associated accessories
not listed herein at
I A IA<%.
I vu
Dollars (Lump Sum)
Pnntrart hln ‘2QQnl
Approximate
.I- Item Quantity Unit - No. Description and Unit Price - Total
20 Electrical and instrumentation
complete with electrical
conduit, junction boxes,
transformer pad, pull boxes
and all associated accessories
not listed herein at
Dollars (Lump Sum)
Price(s) given above are firm for 90 days after date of bid opening.
Addendum(a) No(s).
proposal.
hadhave been received and idare included in this
The Undersigned has carefully checked all of the above figures and understands that the District will
not be responsible for any error or omission on the part of the Undersigned in preparing this bid.
The Undersigned agrees that in case of default in executing the required Contract with necessary
bonds and insurance policies within twenty (20) days from the date of award of Contract by the Board
of Directors of the Carlsbad Municipal Water District of the City of Carlsbad, the District may
administratively authorize award of the contract to the second or third lowest bidder and the bid
security of the lowest bidder may be forfeited.
The Undersigned bidder declares, under penalty of perjury, that the undersigned is licensed to do
business or act in the ca acity of a contractor within the State o lifornia,-validly licensed under
license n ber 59 3s 4 , classification which expires on
, and that this statement is true and correct and has the legal effect of
an affidavit. "
/,B&/OL
A bid submitted to the District by a Contractor who is not licensed as a contractor pursuant to the
Business and Professions Code shall be considered nonresponsive and shall be rejected by the City
§ 7028.1 5(e). In all contracts where federal funds are involved, no bid submitted shall be invalidated
by the failure of the bidder to be licensed in accordance with California law. However, at the time
the contract is awarded, the contractor shall be properly licensed. Public Contract Code § 10164.
The Undersigned bidder hereby represents as follows:
1. That no Board of Directors member, officer, agent, or employee of the Carlsbad Municipal Water
District is personally interested, directly or indirectly, in this Contract, or the compensation to be paid
hereunder; that no representation, oral or in writing, of the Board of Directors, its officers, agents, or
employees has inducted him/her to enter into this Contract, excepting only those contained in this
form of Contract and the papers made a part hereof by its terms; and
-
em ts Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 38901 Paae 13 of 67 Paaes
License Detail Page 1 of 2
License Detail CALIFORNIA CONTRACTORS STATE LICENSE BOARD
Contractor License # 549309
DISCLAIMER
A license status check provides information taken from the CSLB license data base. Before relying
on this information, you should be aware of the following limitations:
CSLB complaint disclosure is restricted by law (B&P 7124.6). If this entity is subject to public
complaint disclosure, a link for complaint disclosure will appear below. Click on the link or
button to obtain complaint and/or legal action information.
Per B&P 7071. 17, only construction related civil judgments reported to the CSLB are
disclosed.
Arbitrations are not listed unless the contractor fails to comply with the terms of the arbitration.
Due to workload, there may be relevant information that has not yet been entered onto the
Board's license data base.
Extract Date: 08/3 I /2005
* * * Business Information * * *
ORION CONSTRUCTION CORPORATION
1621 S RANCHO SANTA FE RD #A
SAN MARCOS, CA 92069
Business Phone Number: (760) 591-9181
Entity: Corporation
Issue Date: 11/22/1988 Expire Date: 11/30/2006
* * * License Status * * *
This license is current and active. All information below should be reviewed.
* * * Classifications * * *
Iclass I Description ~A----L ENGINEERING CO~CTOR
Ic27 LANDSCAPING
* * * Certifications * * * -I
http://www2. cslb. ca. gov/C SLB-LIBRARY/License+Detail .asp 0813 1/2005
License Detail Page 2 of 2
License Number Request Contractor Name Request
Iced i Description j
Personnel Name Request
IHAZ [HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES REMOVAL 1
Salesperson RequEt
* * * Bonding Information * * *
salesperson Name Re-t
CONTRACTOR'S BOND: This license filed Contractor's Bond number 661975 in the amount of
$10,000 with the bonding company
SURETY COMPANY OF THE PACIFIC. Effective Date: 01/01/2004
Contractor's Bondintl History
BOND OF QUALIFYING INDIVIDUAL(1): The Responsible Managing Officer (RMO) RICHARD
JAMES DOWSING certified that he/she owns 10 percent or more of the voting stocWequity of the
corporation. A bond of qualifying individual is not required.
Effective Date: 06/05/2001
BQl's Bondina History
* * * Workers Compensation Information * * *
This license has workers compensation insurance with the
SEA BRIGHT INSURANCE COMPANY
Policy Number: BBI 040502 Effective Date: 12/03/2004 Expire Date: 12/03/2005
Workers Compensation History
Personnel listed on this license (current or disassociated) are listed on other licenses.
I
Personnel List Other Licenses
08/3 1/2005
KEEP FOR YOUR RECORDS
BUSINESS TAX RECEIPT
BUS. NO 1215725
certaficattan of mmpllanatwth olk ordinnncsr or laws SlllS of Callfomla DATE ISSUED
DATE ISSUED 0410412005 04/04/2005
SIC CODE SIC DESCRIPTION 08.070G $80.00
1623 Water, Sewer, Pipeline, & Cornmunic
OWNER FIRM OR
CORPORATION NAME ORION CONSTRUCTION CORPORATION
BUSINESS NAME ORION CONSTRUCTION CORPORATION BALANCE $0 00
TAXES PAID IN ACCORDANCE WITH CITY RICHARD DOWSING
MAILING ADDRESS 1232 KEYSTONE WAY BUSINESS TAX ORDINANCE
CIN AND STATE VISTA, CA 92081 -831 6 CITG B,QC~~R~S~EI~;
2. That this bid is made without connection with any person, firm, or corporation making a bid for the
same work, and is in all respects fair and without collusion or fraud.
Accompanying this proposal is &/PmT 1 /%dD (Cash, Certified Check, Bond or
Cashier's Check) for ten percent (1 0%) of the amount bid.
c
1
The Undersigned .is aware of the provisions of section 3700 of the Labor Code which requires every
employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation or to undertake self-insurance in
accordance with the provisions of that code, and agrees to comply with such provisions before
commencing the performance of the work of this Contract and continue to comply until the contract is
complete.
The Undersigned is aware of the provisions of the Labor Code, Part 7, Chapter 1, Article 2, relative
to the general prevailing rate of wages for each craft or type of worker needed to execute the
Contract and agrees to comply with its provisions.
IF A SOLE OWNER OR SOLE CONTRACTOR SIGN HERE:
(1) Name under which business is conducted
(2) Signature (given and surname) of proprietor
(3) Place of Business
(Street and Number) - City and State
(4) Zip Code Telephone No.
IF A PARTNERSHIP, SIGN HERE:
(1) Name under which business is conducted
(2) Signature (given and surname and character of partner) (Note: Signature must be made by a
general partner)
(3) Place of Business
(Street and Number)
City and State
(4) Zip Code Telephone No.
/-
e= k# Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 38901 Page 14 of 67 Pages
IF A CORPORATION, SIGN HERE:
/c-
(1) Name under which business is conducted
(Si g nature) (2)
Impress Corporate Seal here
... ... ... ... ...
(3) Incorporated under the laws of the State of & AiQRNM-
(4) Place of Business /2 ?z kc?,- E WHY (Street and Number)
City and State p%- -fm&? f
(5) Zip Code q2 0, 1 TelephoneNo. 760 - -* 473 . -9cB4-0
NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXECUTION BY ALL SIGNATORIES MUST BE
ATTACHED
List below names of president, vice president, secretary and assistant secretary, if a corporation; if a
partnership, list names of all general partners, and managing partners:
.-
em p,s Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 38901 Page 15 of 67 Pages
} ss.
State of California
County of &J-Q
before me, /?&&&PI W/1fcVv /um%y M?Hd .c
Date Narnc and Title of Mficer (e g , “Jane Doe, dtaly Public”) .
personally appeared A/L?rnfi LWw- Sl r/G
0 proved to me on the basis of satisfactory
evidence
to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are
subscribed to the within instrument and
acknowledged to me that helshelthey executed
the same in his/her/their authorized
capacity(ies), and that by hislheritheir
signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or
the entity upon behalf of which the person(s)
acted, executed the instrument.
OPTlONA L
Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons re/ying on the document and could prevent
fraudulent removal and reaffachment of this form to another document.
Description of Attached Document
Title or Type of Document: d&A/?) , 7- ‘7 ,7kpg7pzagfl -MqP eT
Number of Pages: - Document Date:
Signer(s) Other Than Named Above:
Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer
Signer’s Name: /r/ &/.;s/hZB w$N+
0 Individual
Mrporate Officer - Title(s):
0 Partner - 0 Limited 0 General
0 Attorney-in-Fact
0 Trustee
0 Guardian or Conservator 0 Other:
Signer Is Representing: d?p/W w-$y 2.
-- .. .” 2xWBB@s~WW~ L - - __
0 1999 National Notary Association * 9350 De Sot0 Ave . PO. Box 2402 * Chatsworth, CA 91313-2402 * www.NationalNotary.org Prod. No. 5907 Reorder: Call Toll-Free 1-800-876-6827
EQUIPMENT/MATERlAL SOURCE INFORMATION
TO ACCOMPANY PROPOSAL
MAHR RESERVOIR IMPROVEMENTS
CONTRACT NO. 38901
The bidder shall indicate opposite each item of equipment or material listed below, the
name of the one supplier and manufacturer of each item or equipment or material proposed
to be furnished under the bid. Awarding of a contract under this bid will not imply approval
by District or the manufacturers listed by the Bidder.
EquipmenVMaterial Manufacturer
1 .18” Butterfly Valves
1
(Manufacturer)
2.
(Manufacturer)
3.
(Manufacturer)
Page 16 of 67 Pages Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 38901
BID SECURITY FORM
(Check to Accompany Bid)
MAHR RESERVOIR IMPROVEMENTS
CONTRACT NO. 38901
(NOTE: The following form shall be used if check accompanies bid.)
Accompanying this proposal is a *Certified *Cashiers check payable to the order of CARLSBAD
MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT, in the sum of
dollars ($ I this amount being ten percent (10%) of the total amount of the bid. The proceeds of this check shall
become the property of the District provided this proposal shall be accepted by the District through
action of its legally constituted contracting authorities and the undersigned shall fail to execute a
contract and furnish the required Performance, Warranty and Payment Bonds and proof of insurance
coverage within the stipulated time; otherwise, the check shall be returned to the undersigned. The
proceeds of this check shall also become the property of the District if the undersigned shall
withdraw his or her bid within the period of fifteen (1 5) days after the date set for the opening thereof,
unless otherwise required by law, and notwithstanding the award of the contract to another bidder. -
BIDDER
*Delete the inapplicable word.
(Note: If the Bidder desires to use a bond instead of check, the Bid Bond form on the following pages
shall be executed-the sum of this bond shall be not less than ten percent (10%) of the total amount
of the bid.)
Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 38901 Page 17 of 67 Pages
BIDDER'S BOND TO ACCOMPANY PROPOSAL
MAHR RESERVOIR IMPROVEMENTS
CONTRACT NO. 38901
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS:
That we,(RION OONSTRUCTION CORPORATION
as Surety are held and firmly bound unto the Carlsbad Municipal Water District, Carlsbad, California,
in an amount as follows: [must be at least ten percent {lo%) of the bid amaunt)
OF THE TOTAL** for which payment, well and truly made, we bind ourselves, our
heirs, executors and administrators, successors or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these
THE CONDITION OF THE FOREGOING OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the proposal of the above- bounden Principal for:
, as Principal, and mDELITY ANI DEPOSIT COI"?*
presents. *OF HAR. **AMOUNT OF TEE B-
MAHR RESERVOIR IMPROVEMENTS
CONTRACT NO. 38901
in the City of Carlsbad, is accepted by the Board of Directors, and ii he Principal shall duly enter into and execute a Contract including required bonds and insurance policies within twenty (20) days fi-om
the date of award of Contract by the Board of Directors of the Carlsbad Municipal Water District of
the City of Carlsbad, being duly notified of said award, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise, it shall be and remain in full force and effect; and the amount specified herein shall - be forfeited to the said District.
In the event Principal executed this bond as an individual, it is agreed that the death of Principal sliall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond.
Executed by PRINCIPAL this 30TH day of ,2@5 .
SURETP: PRINCIPAL:
(name of Principal)
ORION CONSTRUCTION CORPORATION
- SEIDL
(print name here}
- ATTORNEY-IN-FACT R/d/.;t..trCn 3 OLdS/& (title and organization of signatory) (print name here)
Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 38901 Page 18 of 67 Pages
L CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT
State of California I
County of g/4+9 I ss.
LW
Name and Title of ORicer (e g Jane Doe Notary Pfilic ) On g./?pkr Dale beforeme, @- H
personally appeared I?/ c&@D Narne(s) 01 Signer(s)
6onally known to me
0 proved to me on the basis of satisfactory
evidence
to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are
subscribed to the within instrument and
acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed
the same in hidheritheir authorized
capacity(ies), and that by hisiherltheir
signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or
the entity upon behalf of which the person(s)
acted, executed the instrument.
OPTlONA L
Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons rewing on the document and could prevent fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document.
Description of Attached Document
Title or Type of Document: film=! rr -227 .&+b
3'7/0+- - Number of Pages: Document Date: I
Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: Sc-1 DL
CapacityQes) Claimed by Signer
Signer's Name: ,
0 Individual
eporate Officer - Title(s):
0 Partner - 0 Limited 0 General
]DeM> ,- -5/
0 Attorney-in-Fact
Trustee
Guardian or Conservator
Other:
Signer Is Representing: wf? 'w -% ~ ap c
Q 1999 N&flal No!aryAssooation * 9350 De Sot0 Ave.. P.O. Box 2402 ChaOwoIth. CA 91313-2402. www.NationalNotaryorg Prod. No. 5907 Reorder: Call Toll-Free 1-800-876-6827
CALlFORNlA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT
State of California
County of SAN DIEGO
On 3eBIll;IIsT 7005 , before me, GLADYS-D. ROGERS. NOTARY PUBIC ,
} SS.
Date Name and Xtk ot Onnor (e g , 'Jane k. Notary Publ~C")
personally appeared JEBNETllE SEIDL I
Name(s) of Signer(?,)
@ personally known to me
0 proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence
to be the person(b) whose name@) ishesubscribed
to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that
kelsheltkey executed the same in .his/her/#ldr
authorized CapacityQw), and that by kidher#keir
signature($) on the instrument the person&), or the
entity upon behalf of which the person@) acted,
executed the instrument.
Place Notary Seal Above
official seal.
(J' Signature 01 NOW public
0 PTIONA
Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document.
Description of Attached Document
Title or Type of Document:
Document Date: Number of Pages:
Signer(s) Other Than Named Above:
Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s)
Signer's Name: Signer's Name:
0 Individual 0 Individual
0 Corporate Officer - Title(s):
0 Partner - 0 Limited 0 General 0 Partner - 0 Limited 0 General
IgI Attorney in Fact
0 Trustee
0 Guardian or Conservator 0 Guardian or Conservator 0 Other:
Signer Is Representing:
0 Corporate Officer -Title(?,):
c7 Attorney in Fact
Signer Is Representing: SURETY
I
EXTRACT FROM BY-LAWS OF FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND
"Article VI, Section 2. The Chairman of the Board, or the President, or any Executive Vice-president, or any of the senior
Vice-presidents or Vice-presidents specially authorized so to do by the Board of Directors or by the Executive Committee,
shall have power, by and with the concurrence of the Secretary or any one of the Assistant Secretaries, to appoint Resident
Vice-Presidents, Assistant Vice-presidents and Attorneys-in-Fact as the business of the Company may require. Or to
authorize any person or persons to execute on behalf of the Company any bonds, undertaking, recognizances, stipulations,
policies, contracts, agreements, deeds, and releases and assignments of judgements, decrees, mortgages and instruments in
the nature of mortgages, ... and to affix the seal of the Company thereto."
CERTIFICATE
I, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, do hereby CAfY
that the foregoing Power of Attorney is still in full force and effect on the date of this certificate; and I do further certify that
the Vice-president who executed the said Power of Attorney was one of the additional Vice-presidents specially authorized
by the Board of Directors to appoint any Attorney-in-Fact as provided in Article VI, Section 2, of the By-Laws of the
FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND.
This Power of Attorney and Certificate may be signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution of the
Board of Directors of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND at a meeting duly called and held On the 10th day of May, 1990.
RESOLVED: "That the facsimile or mechanically reproduced seal of the company and facsimile or mechanically
reproduced signature of any Vice-President, Secretary, or Assistant Secretary of the Company, whether made heretofore Of
hereafter, wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company, shall be valid and
binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed."
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the corporate seal of the said Company,
7
this 3oTH dayof *uWST 2005 .
Assistant Secretary
Power of Attorney
FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, a
corporation of the State of Maryland, by M. P. HAMMOND, Vice President, and GERALD F. HALEY, Assistant Secretary,
and appoint Larry D. COGDILL, Ingrid Erika
SEIDL, all of San Diego, California, EACH its
deliver, for, and on its behalf as surety, and as it
The said Assistan
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Vice-president and Assistant Secretary have hereunto subscribed their names and
affixed the Corporate Seal of the said FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, this 21st day of June,
A.D. 2005.
ATTEST: FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND
- By: Gerald F. Haley Assistant Secretary M. P. Hammond Vice President
State of Maryland ss:
On this 21st day of June, A.D. 2005, before the subscriber, a Notary Public of the State of Maryland, duly
commissioned and qualified, came M. P. HAMMOND, Vice President, and GERALD F. HALEY, Assistant Secretary of the
FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, to me personally known to be the individuals and officers
described in and who executed the preceding instrument, and they each acknowledged the execution of the same, and being
by me duly sworn, severally and each for himself deposeth and saith, that they are the said officers of the Company aforesaid,
and that the seal affixed to the preceding instrument is the Corporate Seal of said Company, and that the said Corporate Seal
and their signatures as such officers were duly affixed and subscribed to the said instrument by the authority and direction of
City of Baltimore I
the said Corporation.
written.
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my Official Seal the day and year first above
Dennis R. Hayden Notary Public
My Commission Expires: February 1,2009
POA-F 012-4561A
THIS IMPORTANT DISCLOSURE NOTICE IS PART OF YOUR BOND
'-'Ie are making the following informational disclosures in compliance with The Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of
AO2. No action is required on your part.
Disclosure of Terrorism Premium
The premium charge for risk of loss resulting from acts of terrorism (as defined in the Act) under this bond is
%waived - . This amount is reflected in the total premium for this bond.
Disclosure oi Availability of Coverape €or Terrorism Losses
As required by the Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002, we have made available to you coverage for losses
resulting from acts of terrorism (as defined in the Act) with terms, amounts, and litations that do not differ
materially as those for losses arising from events other than acts of terrorism.
Disclosure of Federal Share of Insurance Company's Terrorism Losses
The Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002 establishes a mechanism by which the United States government will
share in insurance company losses resulting from acts of terrorism (as defined in the Act) after a insurance company
has paid losses in excess of an annual aggregate deductible. For 2002, the insurance company deductible k 1% of
direct earned premium in the prior yeaq for 2003'7% of direct eamed premium in the pnor year, for 2OO4,10% of
direct earned premium in the prior yeaq and for 2005,15% of direct earned premium in the prior year. The federal
share of an hsmce company's losses above its deductible is 90%. In the event the United States government
participates in losses, the United States government may direct insurance companies to collect a terrorism surcharge
participation in terrorism losses that exceed $100 billion in any one calendar year.
- from policyholders. The Act does not currently provide for insurance industry or United States government
Definition of Act of Terrorism
The Terrorism Risk Insurance Act defmes "act of terrorism" as any act that is certified by the Secretary of the
Treasury, in concurrence with the Secretary of State and the Attorney General of the United States:
1. to be an act of terrorism;
2. to be a violent act or an act that is dangerous to human life, property or infixstructure;
3. to have resulted in damage within the United States, or outside of the United States in the case of an air
carrier (as defined in section 40102 of title 49, United 17 States Code) or a United States flag vessel (or a
vessel based principally in the United States, on which United States income tax is paid and whose insurance
coverage is subject to regulation in the United States), or the premises of a United States mission; and
4 - to have been committed by an individual or individuals acting on behalf of any foreign person 01 foreign
interest as part of an effort to coerce the civilian population of the United States or to influence the policy or
affect the conduct of the United States Government by coercion.
But, no act shall be certified by the Secretary as an act of terrorism if the act is committed as part of the course of a
war declared by Congress (except for workers' compensation) or property and casualty insurance losses resulting
from the act, in the aggregate, do not exceed $5,000,000.
These disclosures are informational only and do not modify your br>nd or affect your rights under the bond.
Copyright Zurich American Insurance Company 2003
Company Profile Page 1 of2
Lompany Profile
FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF
MARYLAND
1400 AMERICAN LANE, 19TH FLOOR TOWER 1
SCHUAMBURG, IL 60 196- 1056
800-3 82-2 150
Agent for Service of Process
ANDREW K. PLATT, C/O ZURICH NORTH AMERICA 801 N. BRAND BLVD., 13TH FLOOR GLENDALE, CA
9 1203
Unable to Locate tbgAmt for Service of Process'!
Reference Information
NAIC #: 39306
NAIC Group #: 0212
California Company ID #: 2479-4
Date authorized in California:
Company Type: Property & Casualty
State of Domicile: MARYLAND
January 0 1,1982
License Status: UNLIMITED-NORMAL
Lines of Insurance Authorized to Transact
The company is authorized to transact business within these lines of insurance. For an explanation of any of these
terms, please refer to the glossary.
AIRCRAFT
AUTOMOBILE
BOILER AND MACHINERY
BURGLARY
CREDIT
FIRE
LIABILITY
MARINE
MISCELLANEOUS
http://cdinswww.insurance.ca.gov/pIs/wu - cogrof/idb - coqrof~utl.get~cogrof?p~EID=62 1 7 08/3 1/2005
Company I? Profile
PLATE GLASS
SPRINKLER
SURETY
TEAM AND VEHICLE
WORKERS’ COMPENSATION
Company Complaint Information
Company Enforcement Action Documents
Company Performance & Comparison Data
Composite Complaint Studies
Want More?
Help Me Find a Company Representative in My Area
Financial Rating Organizations
Last Revised - November 04,2004 1 1 : 18 AM
Copyright 0 California Department of Insurance
Disclaimer
http : Ncdinswww . insurance. ca. gov/pls/wu~coqrof/idb~coqrof_ut 1. ge t_coqrof?p_EID=62 1 7
Page 2 of 2
08/3 1/2005
GUIDE FOR COMPLETING
THE “DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS” FORM
I
I
f-
REFERENCES Prior to preparation of the following Subcontractor disclosure form Bidders are urged
to review the definitions in section 1-2 of the SSPWC (“Greenbook”) and in the Supplemental
Provisions to this Contract, especially, “Bid”, “Bidder”, “Contract”, “Contractor”, “Contract Price”,
“Contract Unit Price”, “Engineer”, “Subcontractor” and “Work” and the definitions in section 1-2 of the
Supplemental Provisions especially “Own Organization.” Bidders are further urged to review sections
2-3 SUBCONTRACTS of the Greenbook and section 2-3.1 of these Supplemental Provisions.
CAUTIONS This form will be used by the Agency to determine the percentage of work that the
Bidder proposes to perform. Bidders are cautioned that failure to provide complete and correct
information may result in rejection of the bid as non-responsive. Any bid that proposes performance
of more than 50 percent of the work by subcontractors or otherwise to be preformed by forces other
than the Bidder’s own organization will be rejected as non-responsive. Specialty items of work that
may be so designated by the Engineer on the “Contractor’s Proposal’’ are not included in computing
the percentage of work proposed to be performed by the Bidder.
INSTRUCTIONS The Bidder shall set forth the name and location of business of each and every
subcontractor whom the Bidder proposes to perform work or labor or render service in or about the
work or improvement, and every subcontractor licensed as a contractor by the State of California
whom the Bidder proposes to specially fabricate and install any portion of the work or improvement
according to detailed drawings contained in the plans and specifications in excess of one-half of one
percent (0.5%) of the Bidder’s tota! bid or, in the case of bids or offers for the construction of streets
and highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) or ten thousand dollars
($1 0,000) whichever is greater. Said name(s) and location(s) of business of subcontractor(s) shall be
set forth and included as an integral part of the bid offer.
The Designation of Subcontractors form must be submitted as a part of the Bidder’s sealed bid.
Failure to drovide comDlete and correct information mav result in rejection of the bid as non-
responsive.
Suppliers of materials from sources outside the limits of work are not subcontractors. The value of
materials and transport of materials from sources outside the limits of work, as shown on the plans,
shall be assigned to the Contractor or the Subcontractor as the case may be, that the Bidder
proposes as installer of said materials. The value of material incorporated in any Subcontractor-
installed bid item that is supplied by the Bidder shall be included as a part of the work that the Bidder
proposes to be performed by the Subcontractor installing said item.
When a Subcontractor has a Carlsbad business license, the number must be entered on the proper
form. If the Subcontractor does not have a valid business license, enter “NONE” in the appropriate
space.
When the Bidder proposes using a Subcontractor to construct or install less than 100 percent of a
bid item, the Bidder shall attach an explanation sheet to the Designation of Subcontractor form. The
explanation sheet shall clearly apprise the City of the specific facts that show the Bidder proposes to
perform no less than fifty percent (50%) of the work with its own forces.
Determination of the subcontract amounts for purposes of award of the contract shall be determined
by the Board of Directors in conformance with the provisions of the contract documents and the
Supplemental Provisions. The decision of the Board of Directors shall be final.
Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 38901 Paae 19 of 67 Paaes
Contractor is prohibited from performing any work on this project with a subcontractor who is
ineligible to perform work on a public works project pursuant to Labor Code Sections 1771.1 or & 1777.7.
Bidders shall make any additional copies of the disclosure forms as may be necessary to provide the
required information. The page number and total number of additional form pages shall be entered in
the location provided on each type of form so duplicated.
@ Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 38901 Page 20 of 67 Pages
DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR AND
AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS
MAHR RESERVOIR IMPROVEMENTS
CONTRACT NO. 38901
The Bidder certifies that it has used the sub-bid of the following listed subcontractors in preparing this bid for the Work and that the listed subcontractors will be used to perform the portions of the Work as designated in this list in accordance with applicable provisions of the specifications and section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contract Code, "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act." The Bidder further certifies that no additional subcontractor will be allowed to perform any portion of the Work in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder's total bid, or in the case of bids or offers for construction of streets and highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of one
percent (0.5%) or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), whichever is greater, and that no changes in the subcontractors listed work will be made except upon the prior approval of the Agency.
SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS
Subcontractor's License No.*
Page - 1 of ? pages of this Subcontractor Designation form
* Pursuant to section 4104 (a)(2)(A) California Public Contract Code, receipt of the information preceded by an asterisk may be submitted by the Bidder up to 24 hours after the deadline for submitting bids contained in the "Notice Inviting Bids."
@ Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 38901 Page 21 of 67 Pages
DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR AND
AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS
MAHR RESERVOIR IMPROVEMENTS
CONTRACT NO. 38901
The Bidder certifies that it has used the sub-bid of the following listed subcontractors in preparing this bid for the Work and that the listed subcontractors will be used to perform the portions of the Work as designated in this list in accordance with applicable provisions of the specifications and section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contract Code, "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act." The Bidder further certifies that no additional subcontractor will be allowed to perform any portion of the Work in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder's total bid, or in the case of bids or offers for construction of streets and highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), whichever is greater, and that no changes in the subcontractors listed work will be made except upon the prior approval of the Agency.
SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS
Subcontractor's License No.*
Page 2 of ? pages of this Subcontractor Designation form
* Pursuant to section 4104 (a)(2)(A) California Public Contract Code, receipt of the information preceded by an asterisk may be submitted
by the Bidder up to 24 hours after the deadline for submitting bids contained in the "Notice inviting Bids."
Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 38901 Page 21 of 67 Pages
DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR AND
AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS
MAHR RESERVOIR IMPROVEMENTS
CONTRACT NO. 38901
The Bidder certifies that it has used the sub-bid of the following listed subcontractors in preparing this
bid for the Work and that the listed subcontractors will be used to perform the portions of the Work as designated in this list in accordance with applicable provisions of the specifications and section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contract Code, "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act." The
Bidder further certifies that no additional subcontractor will be allowed to perform any portion of the Work in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder's total bid, or in the case of bids or offers for construction of streets and highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) or ten thousand dollars ($lO,OOO), whichever is greater, and that no changes in the subcontractors listed work will be made except upon the prior approval of the Agency.
SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS
Subcontractor's License No.*
Page 3 of ? pages of this Subcontractor Designation form
* Pursuant to section 4104 (a)(2)(A) California Public Contract Code, receipt of the information preceded by an asterisk may be submitted by the Bidder up to 24 hours after the deadline for submitting bids contained in the "Notice Inviting Bids."
Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 38901 Page 21 of 67 Pages
BIDDER'S STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL
(To Accompany Proposal)
R ES PONS I B I LlTY
MAHR RESERVOIR IMPROVEMENTS
CONTRACT NO. 38901
Copies of the latest Annual Report, audited financial statements or Balance Sheets may be
submitted under separate cover marked CONFIDENTIAL.
Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 38901 Page 22 of 67 Pages
ORION CONSTRUCTION CORPORATION
BALANCE SHEET
MARCH 3 1,2005
SEE ACCOUNTANTS COMPILATION REPORT
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS
CASH (NOTE A)
CONTRACT RECEIVABLES (NOTES A & B)
COSTS AND ESTIMATED EARNINGS IN EXCESS OF
$ 2,076,341
5,647,441
BILLINGS ON UNCOMPLETED CONTRACTS (NOTES A & D) 2,142,101
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS 9,865,882
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT (NOTES A & C) 1,915,634
LESS: ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION (1,604,913)
OTHER ASSETS
DEPOSITS 1,300
TOTAL OTHER ASSETS 1,300
$ 10,177,903
SEE NOTES TO FlrNANCLAL STATEMEhYS
-2-
7
I
3
1
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES
ACCOUNTS PAYABLE $ 5,365,085
ACCRUED EXPENSES AND PAYROLL TAXES PAYABLE 118,084
INCOME TAXES PAYABLE (NOTE G) 60,300
BILLINGS IN EXCESS OF COSTS AND ESTIMATED
EARNINGS ON UNCOMPLETED CONTRACTS (NOTES A & D) 1,704,543
250,500
TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES 7,498,513
CURRENT MATURITIES OF LONG-TERM DEBT (NOTE E)
LONG-TERM LIABILITIES
NOTES PAYABLE (NOTE E)
NOTES PAYABLE SHAREHOLDER (NOTE HI
688,875
200,000
888,875
TOTAL LIABILITIES 8,387,388
STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
COMMON STOCK, NO PAR
AUTHORIZED 100,000 SHARES
ISSUED 1,000 SHARES
OUTSTANDING 1,000 SHARES 1,000
161,867 ADDITIONAL PAID IN CAPITAL
RETAINED EARNINGS 1,627,650
1,790,516
$ 10,177,903
-3-
ORION CONSTRUCTION CORPORATION
STATEMENT OF INCOME AND RETAINED EARNINGS
FOR THE PERIOD OCTOBER 1,2004 THROUGH MARCH 3 1,2005
SEE ACCOUNTANTS COMPILATION REPORT
I INCOME
REVENUES EARNED (NOTE A) $ 11,863,066 IOO.OO%
COST OF REVENUES EARNED (SCH I) ii,iga,470 94.40%
GROSS PROFIT 664,596 5.60%
GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE (SCH 11) 638,069 5.38%
OPERATING INCOME 26,527 0.22%
INTEREST INCOME 12,144 0.10%
NONOPERATING INCOME (EXPENSE):
INTEREST EXPENSE (26,024) -0.22%
MISCELLANEOUS INCOME W/C REFUND 138,305 1.17%
PENALTIES 0 0.00%
124,424 1.05%
INCOME BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES 150,952 1.27%
INCOME TAXES (NOTES A C G) 60,300 0.51%
I
NET INCOME $ 90,652 0.76%
RETAINED EARNINGS
RETAINED EARNINGS AT BEGINNING OF YEAR, $ 1,536,998
LESS: DIVIDENDS PAID 0
ADD: NET INCOME 90,652
RETAINED EARNINGS AT END OF PERIOD, $ 1,627,650
SEE NOTES TO FlNMCIAL STATEMENTS
I ,-
Date
Contract
Completed
@ Revised 10/08/03
Name and Phone Amount
of the Employer to Contract Work Contract
Name and Address No. of Person Type of of
Contract No. 38901 Page 23 of 67 Pages
T
I I I
c
c
: 2
t
*
I
2
3
1
i
I I
> I >
a f
-r rr -r
BIDDER'S CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE FOR
GENERAL LIABILITY, EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY, AUTOMOTIVE
LIABILITY AND WORKERS' COMPENSATION
(To Accompany Proposal)
MAHR RESERVOIR IMPROVEMENTS
CONTRACT NO. 38901
As a required part of the Bidder's proposal the Bidder must attach either of the following to this page.
1. Certificates of insurance showing conformance with the requirements herein for:
Comprehensive General Liability
Workers Compensation
Automobile Liability
Employer's Liability
2. Statement with an insurance carrier's notarized signature stating that the carrier can, and upon
payment of fees and/or premiums by the Bidder, will issue to the Bidder Policies of insurance for
Comprehensive General Liability, Employer's Liability, Automobile Liability and Workers
Compensation in conformance with the requirements herein and Certificates of insurance to the
Agency showing conformance with the requirements herein.
All certificates of insurance and statements of willingness to issue insurance for auto policies offered
to meet the specification of this contract must:
(1) Meet the conditions stated in The Notice Inviting Bids, the Standard Specifications for Public
Works Construction and the Supplemental Provisions for this project for each insurance
company that the Contractor proposes.
(2) Cover any vehicle used in the performance of the contract, used onsite or offsite, whether owned,
non-owned or hired, and whether scheduled or non-scheduled. The auto insurance certificate
must state the coverage is for "any auto" and cannot be limited in any manner.
a Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 38901 Page 24 of 67 Pages
I ACORD, CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE Paae 1 of 2 I 10/:?2005 I
877-945-7378 PRODUCER ,-
willis North America, ~nc. - Regional Cert Center I 26 Century Blvd.
THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE
ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW.
HOLDER. THIS CERTtFlCATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR
P. 0. BOX 305191 Nashville, TN 372305191
1NSURERA:St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Compan
INSURERB: Hartford Fire Insurance Company
INSURERC: SeaBright Insurance Company
INSURER D:
I INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE 1 NAIC# I
24767-004
19682-001
15563 -001
INSURED Orion Construction Corporation 1232 Keystone Way
Vista, CA 92081
WLlCY EXPIRATION DATE IMMIDDIW)
12/3/2005
LIMITS
EACHOCCURRENCE s 1.000,000
50,000
MEDEXP (Anyoneperson) $ 5.000
DAMAGE TO RENTED -PREMISES (Ea occurence)
PERSONAL8ADVlNJURY $ 2,000,000
GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2 , 0 0 0,o 0 0
PRODUCTS- COMP/OP AGG $ 2 ,o 0 0 I 0 0 0
COVERAGES
THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR
MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS.
GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: i R B n LOC
AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY
X ANYAUTO
-
ALL OWNED AUTOS
SCHEDULED AUTOS
-
-
X HIREDAUTOS
X NON-OWNEDAUTOS
- -
CLAIMS MADE OCCUR
12/3/2005
IP
~ ~
AUTO ONLY - EAACCIDENT $
OTHERTHAN EAACC $
AGG $ AUTO ONLY:
EACH OCCURRENCE $
$ AGGREGATE
$
$
s
.X I T%%k I lo&?
EL. EACH ACCIDENT 5 1,000.000
E.L.DlSEASE-EAEMPLOYEE $ ~,O~~,~~O
E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT 1 , 0 0 0 , 0 0 0 $
-
B
c
EXCESS LIABILITY 3 OCCUR 0 CWMSMADE
DEDUCTIBLE
RETENTION $
WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY
IH
GARAGE LIABILITY
ANY AUTO
ANY PROPRlETOWPARTNERlEXECUTlM OFFICEWMEMEER EXCLUDED?
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATlONSlLOCATlONSNEHlCLl
~ ~~ ~~
POLICY NUMBER
KC06100195
7 2UENUS 9 5 4 0
3B104 0502
POLICY EFFECTIVE DATE (MMIDDIW)
12/3/2004
12/3 /20 04
12/3/2004
EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENTlSPEClAL PROVISION
IB 1,000,000 l2i3I2 O0 COMEINEDSINGLELIMIT 1 (Eaacddent)
BODILY INJURY (Per person)
BODILY INJURY (Per acddent)
PROPERTY DAMAGE (Per acddent)
Kahr Reservoir Improvements, Bid #PWSO6-O3ENG, Project #38901.
The City of Carlsbad, its officials, employees and volunteers are named as Additional Insureds as respects General Liability per attached endorsement. Primary/Non-Contributing wording applies to General Liability per attached endorsement. Blanket Waiver of Subrogation applies per the attached endorsement.
CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION
DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILL -=MAIL 30 DAYS WRITEN
NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LE-1UP-L
hasing Department
I
I Page 2 of 2
rc I
IMPORTANT
If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. A statement
on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s).
If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may
require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate
holder in lieu of such endorsement(s).
DISCLAIMER
The Certificate of Insurance on the reverse side of this form does not constitute a contract between
the issuing insurer(s), authorized representative or producer, and the certificate holder, nor does it
affirmatively or negatively amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies listed thereon.
ACORD 25 (2001108) Co11:1446777 Tpl:324713 Cert:6410961
c
ADDITIONAL PROTECTED PERSONS ENDORSEMENT - CONTRACTORS
GENERAL LIABILITY - INCLUDING COMPLETED WORK
This endorsement changes your Contractors
Commercial General Liability Protection
How Coveraae Is Chanaed
There are two changes which are described
below. services.
architect, engineer, or surveyor professional
1. The following is added to the Who is Protected
Under This Agreement section. This change
adds certain protected persons and limits their
protection.
Additional protected person. The person
or organization named below is an additional
protected penon as required by a contract or
agreement entered into by you. But only for
covered injury or damage arising out of:
0
0
your work for that person or organization;
your completed work for that person or
organization if your contract or agreement
requires such coverage;
premises you own, rent, or lease from that
person or organization; or
your maintenance, operation, or use of
equipment leased from that person or
organization.
0
0
We explain what we mean by your work and
your completed work in the Products and
completed work total limit section.
If the additional protected person is an
architect, engineer, or surveyor, we won't
cover injury or damage arising out of the
performance or failure to perform
Architd, engineer, or surveyor professional
services includes:
0 the preparation or approval of maps, drawings,
opinions, reports, surveys, change orders,
designs, or specification; and
services.
0 supervisory, inspection, or engineering
2. The following is added to the Other primary
insurance section. This change broadens
coverage.
We'll consider this insurance to be primary to
and non-contributory with the insurance issued
directly to the additional protected persons
listed below it
0 your contract specifically requires that we
consider this insurance to be primary or
primary and non-contributory insurance; or
you request before a loss that we consider
this insurance to be primary or primary and
non-contributory insurance.
0
Other Terms
All other terms of your policy remain the same.
Person Or Organization:
Any Person or Organization You Are Required By Written Contract to Add as an Additional Protected
Person.
Name of Insured: Policy Number: KC06100195 Effective Date 12/3/2004
Orion Construction Corporation Processing Date
GO322 Rev. 12-97 Printed in U.S.A. Endorsement
OSt. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Co. 1997 All Rights Reserved
Page 1 of 1
r-
WORKERS’ COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS LIABILITY INSURANCE POLICY WC040306 (4/84)
WAIVER OF OUR RIGHT TO RECOVER FROM OTHERS ENDORSEMENT - CALIFORNIA
We have the right to recover our payments from anyone liable for an injury covered by this policy.
We will not enforce our right against the person or organization named in the Schedule. (This
agreement applies only to the extent that you perform work under a written contract that requires you
to obtain this agreement from us.)
You must maintain payroll records accurately segregating the remuneration of your employees while
engaged in the work described in the Schedule.
The additional premium for this endorsement shall be 2-% of the California workers’ compensation
premium otherwise due on such remuneration.
Schedule
Person or Organization
WHERE REQUIRED BY WRITTEN CONTRACT, PROVIDED THE CONTRACT IS SIGNED AND
DATED PRIOR TO THE DATE OF LOSS TO WHICH THIS WAIVER APPLIES. IN NO INSTANCE
SHALL THE PROVISIONS AFFORDED BY THIS ENDORSEMENT BENEFIT ANY COMPANY
OPERATING AIRCRAFT FOR HIRE.
.e- :
This endorsement changes the policy to which it is attached and is effective on the date issued unless
otherwise stated.
(The information below is required only when this endorsement is issued subsequent to preparation
of the policy.)
Endorsement Effective: 12/3/2004 POLICY NO. BB1040502
INSURED: Orion Construction Corporation
INSURANCE COMPANY: SeaBright Insurance Company
x *'
THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY.
ADDITIONAL INSURED AND
RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS
Thii endorsement modifies insurance pmvldod under the following:
BUSINESSALcro COVERAGE FORM
A
8.
Any person or organiration whom you 4n mqulred by contract b name as additional insured is an "insureb tor
UABlLrrY COVERAGE but only to the extent that person or organization qualifies as an 'hwd' under the
WHO IS AN INSURED provision of Section II - UAMLllY COVERAQE.
For any perm or wgankation far whom you are required by confrad to provide B waiver of subrogation, the
Loss Condition -TRANSFER OF RlEiwf.5 OF RECOMRY AGAINST OTHERS TO US is applicable.
Fam HA 99 la 01 87 Printed In USA
1:- BIDDER'S STATEMENT RE DEBARMENT
(To Accompany Proposal)
MAHR RESERVOIR IMPROVEMENTS
CONTRACT NO. 38901
1. Have you or any of your subcontractors ever been debarred as an irresponsible bidder by
another jurisdiction in the State of California?
2. If yes, what wadwere the name(s) of the agency(ies) and what wadwere the period(s) of
debarment(s)? Attach additional copies of this page to accommodate more than two debarments.
party debarred party debarred
agency agency
,- period of debarment period of debarment I
BY CONTRACTOR:
G?R.lUU 4?+ 5772-55?& w. (name of Contractor)
I
t (sign here) /
Page of of ( pages of the Re Debarment form
Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 38901 Pane 25 of 67 Panes
I --
I
P
II
,-
BIDDER’S DISCLOSURE OF DISCIPLINE RECORD
(To Accompany Proposal)
MAHR RESERVOIR IMPROVEMENTS
CONTRACT NO. 38901
Contractors are required by law to be licensed and regulated by the Contractors’ State License Board
which has jurisdiction to investigate complaints against contractors if a complaint regarding a patent
act or omission is filed within four years of the date of the alleged violation. A complaint regarding a
latent act or omission pertaining to structural defects must be filed within 10 years of the date of the
alleged violation. Any questions concerning a contractor may be referred to the Registrar,
Contractors’ State License board, P.O. Box 26000, Sacramento, California 95826.
1) Have you ever had your contractor’s license suspended or revoked by the California Contractors’ State license Board times within an eight year period?
Yes no
2) Has the suspension or revocation of your contractors license ever been stayed?
Yes no
3) Have any subcontractors that you propose to perform any portion of the, Work ever had their
contractor’s license suspended or revoked by the California Contractors’ State license Board two
or more times within an eight year period?
no
4) Has the suspension or revocation of the license of any subcontractor’s that you propose to perform any portion of the Work ever been stayed?
5. 5) If the answer to either of 1. or 3.
above is yes fully identify, in each and every case, the party disciplined, the date of and violation that
the disciplinary action pertain to, describe the nature of the violation and the disciplinary action taken
therefore.
U- (If needed attach additional sheets to provide full disclosure.)
Page 1 of 2 pages of this Disclosure of Discipline form
’3 Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 38901 Paae 26 of 67 Paaes
BIDDER'S DISCLOSURE OF DISCIPLINE RECORD
(CONTINUED)
(To Accompany Proposal)
MAHR RESERVOIR IMPROVEMENTS
CONTRACT NO. 38901
6) If the answer to either of 2. or 4. above is yes fully identify, in each and every case, the party who's discipline was stayed, the date of the violation that the disciplinary action pertains to,
describe the nature of the violation and the condition (if any) upon which the disciplinary action
was stayed.
If needed, attach additional sheets to provide full disclosure. U
I
I
I
I
II
I,
R
BY CONTRACTOR:
DK/e/ L;qc( mu-764 WP.
(name of Contractor)
By:
(sign here) 1
Page =;! of 2 pages of this Disclosure of Discipline form
@ Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 38901 Paae 27 of 67 Paaes
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
1 ..--
I
I
I
1 1 ’--
F
I
NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT TO BE EXECUTED
BY BIDDER AND SUBMITTED WITH BID
PUBLIC CONTRACT CODE SECTION 7106
MAHR RESERVOIR IMPROVEMENTS
CONTRACT NO. 38901
State of California ) ) ss.
Countyof YM
ON I , being first duly sworn, deposes
(Name of Bidder3
]
and says that he or she is /3 ew f
(Title)
the party making the foregoing bid that the bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any
undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation; that the bid is
genuine and not collusive or sham; that the bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited
any other bidder to put in a false or sham bid, and has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired,
connived, or agreed with any bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or that anyone shall refrain
from bidding; that the bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement,
communication, or conference with anyone to fix the bid price of the bidder or any other bidder, or to
fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the bid price, or of that of any other bidder, or to secure
any advantage against the public body awarding the contract of anyone interested in the proposed
contract; that all statements contained in the bid are true; and, further, that the bidder has not,
directly or indirectly, submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof,
or divulged information or data relative thereto, or paid, and will not pay, any fee to any corporation,
partnership, company association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof to
effectuate a collusive or sham bid.
I declare under penal of p fury that the foregoing is true and correct and that this affidavit was - executed on the 947 ’% day of wf/ I *=Qf-
Subscribed and sworn to before me on the 2 0% day of wdu’5-sc I *-E
Signature of Bidder
(NOTARY SEAL)
-I
’3 Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 38901 Page 28 of 67 Pages
v >
ic City of Carlsbad
August 17,2005
ADDENDUM NO. 1
RE: MAHR RESERVOIR IMPROVEMENTS
BID NO. PWSO6=03ENG, CONTRACT NO. 38901
Please include the attached addendum in the Notice to BiddedRequest for Bids you
have for the above project.
This addendum--receipt acknowledged--must be attached to your Request for Bid when
your bid is submitted.
'- KEVIN DAVIS
Buyer
KD:rh
Attachment
I ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF ADDENDUM NO. 1
t B id d e r' s S i g n a t u r
1635 Faraday Avenue * Carlsbad, CA 92008-7314 0 (760) 602-2730 0 FAX (760) 602-8562 @
e-
r
CARLSBAD MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT
MAHR RESERVOIR IMPROVEMENTS
Contract No. 38901
Addendum No. I
From: David Ahles, Project Manager
Phone: (760) 602-2748
Fax: (760) 602-8562
No. of Pages: 3 (including this page)
Date: August 16,2005
Bid Opening Date: August 30, 2005 4:OO pm (No change)
A. information For Contractor, (Page 4 of 67),
Change the following:
Phone number for David Ahles to (760) 602-2748.
B. Notice Inviting Bids, (Page 7 of 67),
Pre-Bid Meeting was held on Tuesday, August 9, 2005 at 1O:OO am at the project site.
Attached are the meeting minutes including the questions and answers discussed at
that meeting.
C. CONTRACTOR’S PROPOSAL SCHEDULE: MAHR RESERVOIR IMPROVEMENTS,
(Page 9 of 67),
Change the following:
Item A-4 description shall be “Reservoir pump out from 550’ elevation to 542
elevation” and unit shall be “1 LS”, (A new bid schedule is attached to this addendum
and must be submitted as part of the bid).
D. Supplemental Provisions, Section 2-9.1, Permanent Survey Markers, (Page 48 of 67),
Delete the second paragraph and replace with the following:
“Contractor shall protect existing Surface Settlement Monuments on dam in place.
Contractor shall survey monuments before and after construction by a Licensed Land
Surveyor.” (Existing survey data attached to this addendum).
Contract No. 38901
Addendum No. 1
Page 1 of 3 Pages
c , E. Supplemental Provisions, Section 7-5, Permits, (Page 63 of 67),
Add the following:
The District has received approval of Application No. 854-2 for approval of plans
and specifications for the alteration of Stanley A. Mahr Reservoir Dam from the
State of California Department of Water Resources. Contractor shall notify
Regional Engineer from the Division of Safety of Dams and follow inspection
requirements as outlined in the attached “Information Regarding Supervision of
Construction of Dams and Reservoirs” and specifications.
F. Technical Specifications, Table of Contents,
Change the following:
1. Section 01 730 title to ”Operation and Maintenance Information”
2. Delete Section 06100 and title
3. Section 07312 to “Section 07322 Concrete Tile Roofing Material”
G. Monthly Employment Report, (between Sections 05541 and Section 061 00),
Delete entire Report Form
H. Section 1 1295, Hydraulic -Pneumatic Power and Actuator Control System
Relocate Pages No. I1 295-1 0 and 11 295-1 I from after Section 10520 to after Page
NO. 11295-9.
I. Drawing E2:
Clarification to drawing which shows required trench, conduit, and transformer pad for
contractor to provide for SDG&E Project No. 442427. Add to Drawings:
Contractor to trench, install conduit, transformer pad, and retaining wall for SDG&E
Project No. 442427 per attached SDG&E General Conditions, Construction Order No.
2827200, and SDG&E Electric Standard.
J. Responses to written Questions received:
Question: 1. The next to last sentence of the second paragraph on page 02115-1 says
“Contractor shall include an alternate bid item price for sediment removal that
contains hazardous materials.” I see such no such bid item in the bid item list. Do
you plan to include a bid item for sediment removal that contains hazardous waste?
Response: Since your hazardous waste removal may or may not happen, is unquantified, and its
nature is as yet undetermined, District will pay for such removal on force account.
Contract No. 38901
Addendum No. 1
Page 2 of 3 Pages
- Question: 2. Assume hazardous waste is found in the sediment and the contractor hauls it off
to an approved landfill. Who is the generator of the hazardous waste?
Response: The owner will be the generator of, and ultimately responsible for, the hazardous
waste.
Question: 3. Sheet C-3 shows a DG access road in plan and section view. The section view is
crossed out. We assume we will not include any money in our bid to do anything to
the existing access road. Is this assumption correct?
Response: The detail on Sheet C-3 and improvements to the existing access road have been
deleted from the contract. However, the access road must be restored to existing
condition if damaged by the contractor during construction.
Question: 4. Detail IC3 shows a DG parking area at the control building. Detail A on C1
shows the same area to receive 8" of Class 2 Base. Which material do we price at
the control building parking area?
Response: Class 2 Base.
Contract No. 38901
Addendum No. 1
Page 3 of 3 Pages
I I
MEETING MINUTES
/--
Carlsbad Municipal Water District
Mahr Reservoir Improvements
Pre-Bid Meeting
Tuesday, August 9,2005
1O:OO a.m.
1. Reviewed Current Site Conditions
2, Reviewed New Draining procedure/requirements
0 District will lower water level to elevation 550.0’.
0 Contractor shall pump out unclassified effluent at a maximum rage of 350 gpd,
through a Baker Tank to remove sediment, then discharge into the existing inletloutlet
tower down to the bottom elevation of 542.0’. Payment Item will be changed to an
unit of LS. Pumping shall only be allowed from 7am to 3:30 pm weekdays.
3. Questions and Answers:
a) Will the contractor have access to the site during non working hours?
Yes, the Contractor will be able to place a lock on the gates in addition to the
District’s lock. However, the Contractor is not permitted to store equipment and /or
materials that are not directly required to perform the work in this contract.
b) Can the contractor build an access road down to the existing intake/outlet
structure, including mining material if necessary to stabilized the bottom of the
reservoir?
Yes, provided that the road does not encroach on either side of the dam face and
is removed and grades are restored to the contours as shown on the Sheet C-3.
c) Will hydro seeding be required within the reservoir?
No hydro seeding will be required for any area below the spillway approximately
592’. Hydro seeding will be required for area disturbed outside the reservoir
storage area such as the new slope adjacent to the control building.
d) Can the Unclassified Sediment be placed somewhere on site to reduce the cost?
If no, can it be spread out to dry on District property to dry, before being hauled off
site?
1 I
MEETING MINUTES
Mahr Reservoir Improvements Pre-Bid Meeting
Tuesday, August 9,2005 - Page No. 2 I-
If testing, as required by contract, shows that material is free of hazarGaus material
the contractor may spread out the material to dry on the project site. Contractor
must prevent any material, sludge, or liquid from draining off site, provide erosion
control and restore drying area to original condition. Once the material has been
dried it must be removed from the site.
e) What is the existing paved access road section and will the contractor be
responsible for damage due to construction traffic?
The existing paved access road was recently constructed using 4-inches of AC
over 6-inches of CAB. The road is currently in great shape and the contractor will
be required to provided trench restoration and repair any additional damage due to
construction to pre-construction condition.
BRIAN POLLEY LAND SURVEYING, INC.
Licensed Land Surveyor No., 4670
LAND SURVEYOR &CIVIL ENGINEERS
656 METCALF STREET, ESCONDIDO, CALIFORNIA 92025
TELEPHONE: (760) 745-3805
FACSIMILE: (760) 745-3792
April 2 1, 2005
Stanley A. Mahr Reservoir and Dam Site
Surface Settlement Data
Data Taken 12-30-80 Data Taken 4-12-05 Difference
STA 14+00 598.766 598.650 0.1 16
STA 15+00 598.928 598.741 0.187
STA 16+00 598.828 598.553 0.275
STA 17+00 598.676 598.321 0.355
STA 18+00 598.860 598.5 67 0.293
STA 19+00 598.81 8 r 598.660 0.158
Stanley A. Mahr Reservoir and Dam Site
Alignment Data April 12,2005 Alignment East of Monuments
STA 12+3 1.706 Control line On Alignment
STA 14+00 Deviation of 0.10 left (East) 0.10
STA 15+00 Deviation of 0.13 left (East) 0.13
STA 16+00 Deviation of 0.1 1 left (East) 0.1 1
STA 17+00 Deviation of 0.10 left (East) 0.10
STA 18+00 Deviation of 0.20 left (East) 0.20
STA 19+00 Deviation of 0.28 left (East) 0.28
STA 20+90.04 Control Line On Alignment
I !
LAND PLANNING & SURVEYING * PROPERTY DEVELOPMENT ENGINEERING ’* CONSTRUCTION STAKING
State of California DEPARTMENT OF WATER RESOURCES Division of Safety of Dams The Resources Agency
r INFORMATION REGARDING SUPERVISION
OF CONSTRUCTION OF DAMS AND RESERVOIRS
It is required by the California Water Code that this Department supervise the
Reservoir for safety. It is also required that the construction work on the dam and reservoir be
under the responsible charge of a registered civil engineer representing the owner.
In general, the Department supervises the work by reviewing and approving procedures,
decisions, and portions of the work that have been approved by the registered engineer or by
his/her authorized representative.
alteram of Stanlev A. Mahr Dam and
During the work on this dam and reservoir, the Department will be represented by
Mutaz Mihyar , Regional Engineer, telephone (91 6)
227-4600 and Andrea Lobato , assigned
Field Engineer, telephone (91 6) 227-4602 ' . Their office is located at
2200 X Street; Suite 200; the mailing address is Department of Water Resources, Division of
Safety of Dams, P. 0. Box 942836, Sacramento, CA 94236-0001.
The Regional Engineer should be contacted by you or your representative several weeks prior to
the start of construction to determine the appropriateness of a pre-construction conference and
the schedule for such a meeting if it is deemed necessary.
Supervision of construction by this Department is usually conducted in the following manner:
r 1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6. -
The owner or hidher representative notifies the Regional Engineer approximately one week
prior to the start of construction to arrange for the initial construction inspection.
Inspections of construction are made by the Field Engineer as deemed necessary to ensure
compliance with approved plans and specifications and to ensure that developments which
might prove unsafe are corrected.
The foundation or abutments are not covered until the Field Engineer has inspected and
approved them. This includes the foundations for cutoff trenches, outlet conduit, spillway
channel, etc., which will be covered by concrete and/or other materials of the dam.
As construction progresses, any changes in work and/or the plans and specifications found
necessary must be given prior approval by the Department. Request for such changes are
submitted in writing to the Department of Water Resources, Division of Safety of Dams, P. 0.
Box 942836, Sacramento, CA 94236-0001.
Progress of work and/or construction procedures which might result in an unsafe condition
will not be permitted; for example, unsatisfactory progress which might result in an unsafe
dam in flood season or placement of earth embankment without adequate moisture conditioning of the soil.
The Field Engineer will make every attempt to schedule hidher inspections so as to avoid
delay in construction. Your cooperation is needed in giving prior notification as far in
advance as possible of the time when an inspection will be required.
DWR 1349 (Rev. 06/99)
, swc 0hCalifomia - D ARTMENT OF WATER RESOURCE DivSon of Safety of Dm 4
I I._. ..li , L EIL. h.,; L ! 'a r *
2004 DCi -7
RLEP(DUPLICAT& ORIGINAL SIGNATORE REQUIREDONBOTII ,',i 2. ri3 October 7, 2004 F5.w __. Dam No. ..................... ............ ..... 854-2
Applicant must norr in he nbovc blanks. /c
APPLICATION FOR
APPROVAL OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE
REPAIR OR ALTERATION OF A DAM AND RESERVOIR B For fuU information concerning the fdhg out and fCiF of tbis form send for Statutes and Regu- latioar Pertaining to Supemition of Dams and Reservom. This a p@hn involver no right to appro risk water. To secure the right to appropriate water,.appLlron shouId be made to the State hater Resources Control Board on forms whieh they wlll provide upon request.
WILL'IAM E. PLUMMER 1635,FARADAY AVE,, CARLSBAD, CA 92008 I , ............................................................ of ...................................................................
Nunc of individual rigning fipplication Addlwa CALIFORNIA County of ... SA!, .!.?E.%. ........... State of .............................. ., hereby make application for the approval of
The owner of the dam and reservoir is ....... VACLECITOS .. WATER.DISTR? ........................ .................
s+an'*yh* iQ/Iq/oy repair MAHR plans and specifications for the alteration of ............................................................... dam and reservoir. NMM of dun d rucnou (Strike out one)
Namc of owner 201 VALLECITOS DE OR0 SAN MARCOS, CA 92069 SAN DIEGO CALIFORNIA of .......................................... Countv of ...................................... State of ................................. Address
If the owner is a corporation, give name and address of president and secretary -
N/A ................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................
The applicant is acting for the owner in the capacity of ...... ECISINEER ..............................................
Agent, Loproc, Tmstu, Eng-, ctc. /c' Location of Dam KS C"/rs/Ou SAN DIEGO NW T12S R.R3N. SB 1. The dam is in ....................... County, in the ........ 114, Sec. 3.2.. Tp. ............... ........ B. & M.
-NOMI2 LL J -"-?::'< NONE
and is located on ..- ........................ tributary to .-.?..?.:<.t/ ................
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Crock, river or watcnhcd cmck or river
Description of Proposed Work.
Type of dam .... COMP/GTED !t ................................................................... ...... EARTH-FILL. DAM'. i ............. i .................................
Concrete &h or gtavity. carth, mlfill, UC.
Description of work contemplated .: !%!?!%. ,!~~.?T!.!E. .?!L!T$?!!%!?. .??!!!?A. !!?!)V?.k?. kd.?D:BAc!. ..... UBC cxtn ah& or cxhibita if nccu INLETIOUTLET PIPE WITH CONTROL VALVES, CONTROL BUILDING %R EQUIPMENT FOR THE CONTROL ..........................................................................................................................................
VALVES RESERVO14 MIXING AND ALGAE CONTROL, AERATION SYSTEM WITH COMPRESSOR AND
DIFFUSERS FOR RESERVOIR MIXING, CHLORINATION AND ALGAE CONTROL, ACCESS ROAD.
IMPROVEMENTS
...........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
Work will result in ..No..CHANGE.~.E?'.: ....... ..... the maximum storage level. 'No &age in' or .lowering. .......................................................................................................................................... Thir form i n0t.b k ud if tho rltcntion will inc- tho wdcr stongc elevation of the rucnoir u previoruly opuatd.
Work is to commence -by ....... i.. ............................ ,., and to be completed by
Engineer ..................................................... 7. Contractor .....................................................
.................................
CGvL
/L
this .... ........... DWR 4 (REV. rmpJ,
APPROVAL OF APPLICATION FILED Ortohcr 7. ?no4 9
INCLUDING THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
r
This is to certify that the within application, including plans and specifications for the
repif
alteration
(Strikc OUI om)
of .... .$L?d,?X..&...kb.C ............... dam and reservoir, No. .%%:2.., has been examined and the
same is hereby ......................... approved, subject to the following terms and limitations:
1. Construction work shall be commenced on or before ....................................................
2. Construction work shall be completed on or before ......................................................
.......................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................
..................... iS .................................................................... ....................*.............. 1 ,.*.A :- .. .. , - .I 7 i .. :% > .” ........................................................................................................................
a .......................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................
Witness my hqd and $e seal of the Department
‘of Water Resources of the State of California
c.
this .aday of A.%b ............. -26
,?
................................................................ Division Chiof
Division of Safety of Dams
Registered Civil Engineer No. ..2.555.1.2 ..................
... .. (. . .. .
I
r' MAHR RESERVOIR REMEDIAL IMPROVEMENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 0 1300 SUBMITTALS
SECTION 01730 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE
INFORMATION
SECTION 02050 DEMOLITION AND ALTERATIONS
SECTION 02 100 SITE PREPARATION
SECTION 02 1 15 RESERVOIR SEDIMENT REMOVAL AND
DISPOSAL
SECTION 021 10 CLEARING, GRUBBING AND STRIPPING
r SECTION 02200 EARTHWORK
SECTION 02232
SECTION 02550
PAVEMENT SUBGRADE
AC PAVEMENT
SECTION 02601 MANHOLES
SECTION 02830 CHAIN LINK GATES
SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
SECTION 03400 PRECAST CONCRETE VAULTS
SECTION 03600 GROUT
SECTION 04200 UNIT MASONARY
SECTION 05501 ANCHOR BOLTS
SECTION 05505 MISCELLANEOUS METAL WORK
0-- SECTION 05530 ALUMINUM ACCESS HATCH
SECTION 05541
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements TOC
MAHOLE FRAMES AND COVERS
1 I
r
SECTION 06150
SECTION 07 133
SECTION 07322
SECTION 07600
SECTION 07900
SECTION 08 120
SECTION 08520
SECTION 09900
SECTION 10520
SECTION 1 1000
/c SECTION 1 1002
SECTION 1 1004
SECTION 1 102 1
SECTION 1 1060
SECTION 1 1295
SECTION 1 1347
SECTION 1 143 5
SECTION 11436
SECTION 13300
SECTION 15042
F
SECTION 15063
C ARPENTARY
MODIFIED BITUMINOUS SHEET
WATERPROOFING
CONCRETE TILE ROOFING MATERIAL
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL
SEALANTS
ALUMINUM DOORS AND FRAMES
GLASS BLOCK WINDOWS
COATING SYSTEMS
FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR EQUIPMENT
EQUIPMENT MOUNTING
EQUIPMENT CONTROL DEVICES
VIBRATION ISOLATION SYSTEMS
ELECTRIC MOTORS
HYDRAULIC-PNEUMATIC POWER AND
ACTUATOR CONTROL SYSTEM
SUBMERSIBLE PUMP SYSTEMS
INTAKE SCREENS AND AIR BACKWASH
ASSEMBLY
AIR COMPRESSOR
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
HYDROSTATIC TESTING OF PRESSURE
PIPELINES
POLYETHYLENE PIPE & FITTINGS
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements TOC
2
1 I
rp SECTION 15064
SECTION 15067
SECTION 15096
SECTION 15 100
SECTION 15 104
SECTION 15400
SECTION 16000
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements
PVC PRESSURE PIPES AND FITTINGS
STAINLESSTEEL PIPES AND FITTINGS
PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
VALVES AND ACTUATORS
BUTTERFLY VALVES
PLUMBING
ELECTRICAL
TOC
3
A @ Sernpra Energy utility”
General Conditions for Underground
Electric Distribution, Service Systems
Construction and Gas Trench
/
CONSTRUCTION / TRENCH INSPECTIONS PH: 766 - q3J - 58 OS
MARK-OUT 1-800-227-2600
NOTICE
ALL WORK DONE PURSUANT TO THE ATTACHED MUST BE
ACCOMPLISHED IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE FEDERAL AND
STATE OF CALIFORNIA OCCUPANTIONAL SAFETY AND
HEALTH ACT.
ONE COPY TO BE KEPT AT PROJECT SITE
106-351 4OF 1292
T 7
1 .O SCOPE OF GENERAL CONDITIONS fl-
2.0 DEFINITION OF TERMS
3.0 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
4.0
5.0
6.0 SCHEDULING
INSPECTION OF WORK AND INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SDG&E’S RIGHT TO DO WORK
7.0 SURVEY AND EASEMENTS
8.0 PAVEMENT REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT
9.0 EXCAVATIONS
10.0 INSTALLATION OF CONDUIT
1 1 .O BACKFILL AND COMPACTION
12.0
13.0
,- 14.0
15.0
16.0
17.0
18.0
19.0
20.0
21 .o
22.0
23.0
SUBSTRUCTURES
CABLE INSTALLATIONS (NEW)
SAFEGUARDS
CHANGES IN WORK
PHASING FOR ENERGIZING
DRAWINGS AND PRINTS
RELATIONSHIP OF PARTIES
FINAL ACCEPTANCE
WARRANTY
PERMITS AND LICENSES
INDEMNITY
PUBLIC RELATIONS
24.0 UNION LABOR IF APPLICABLE
25.0 RISK OF LOSS OR DAMAGE
26.0 NOTICE OR DEMAND
/
106-3514OF 1292
1 .O SCOPE OF GENERAL CONDITIONS
.- These General Conditions apply to new underground electric facilities and gas trench where the facilities
being installed by an Applicant or by an applicant's contractor are for operations by SDG&E.
2.0 DEFINITION OF TERMS
The following terms in these General Conditions shall be applied as follows:
F
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.1 0
2.1 1
2.1 2
2:13
2.14
"Agent" - Those persons authorized to act for or represent the Applicant or SDG&E.
"Applicant" - The party or parties contracting with SDG&E for underground facilities and to perforrn work described in these General Conditions.
"Contract Documents" - The Contracts, Agreements, Specifications, General Conditions,
SDG&E Standards, drawings, permits and other papers for the purpose of construction or pertaining to construction of underground electric facilities and gas trench.
"Day or Days" - Normal SDG&E work days (Monday through Friday) unless otherwise
specified.
"Excavation" - Trenching, boring, and removal of soil required for the installation of substructures, all necessary backfilling including required imported backfill material and removal of trench spoil, and acceptable surface repair to the local governing authority's
specifications.
"Final Acceptance" -. SDG&E's acceptance of all work performed by the Applicant includes
"as-built" drawings and reconciliation of all material obtained for SDG&E.
"Final Grade" - The grade after paving and landscaping are completed.
"Finish Grade" - The grade shown on plans.
"Improvements"- The requirements of either the governing municipality or SDG&E which will
ensure protection for SDG&E facilities and provide verification of finish grade. Improvements include, but are not limited to, curbs, sidewalks, berms, barricades, bridle or pedestrian
paths, raised planters or parking lot berms in residential, commercial, manufacturing, or industrial projects, when these improvements are specified adjacent to SDG&E's facilities.
"Inspector" - The SDG&E employee assigned to inspect and accept or reject work on the
basis of compliance or lack thereof with the Contract Documents, SDG&E standards,
specifications and policies.
"Issued and Released" - When the specifications have been issued to the Construction
Department and all related holds (monies, contracts, Right of Ways, etc.) have been
removed.
"Landowner" - Public or private entity, or a natural person or persons, whose property is
affected in any way by construction performed by Applicant.
"Project Coordinator" - The SDG&E employee assigned to coordinate projects through
construction. The Project Coordinator will work with the SDG&E Inspector and Applicant to
coordinate the scheduling of SDG&E crews.
"SDG&E" - San Diego' Gas & Electric Company (including its contractors, subcontractors, employees, representatives or agents).
2.1 5 "SDG&E Standards" - SDG&E Gas and Electric Construction Standards, including SDG&E's
"Service Guide" (available upon request).
106-351 40F 1292 1
I f
,-
2.16 "Specifications" - The construction drawings (including any revisions, supplements or
SDG&E approved field changes) furnished to the Applicant detailing the work be performed.
"Substructures" - Includes, but are not limited to, manholes, handholes, vaults, pads (for
transformers, terminators or fuse cabinets), grounding grids and other structures needed to
accommodate cables, connections, transformers and appurtenances.
2.1 7
2.1 8 "Vault Book" - SDG&E transformer vault specifications.
2.1 9 "Work" - The performing of all labor and the furnishing and installing of all material and
equipment, necessary to accomplish all the duties and obligations imposed by the Contract
Documents and Specifications.
3.0 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
3.1 These Contract Documents are mutually binding on all and the Applicant must be thoroughly
familiar with them. Technical trade terminology shall retain well known meanings. All
Applicant work responsibility and any work reasonably inferred necessary to produce the
intended results, shall be supplied by the Applicant. Specified dimensions (except as
provided in section 15.0) shall govern. Work not specified shall be performed in the same
manner as similar work specified. Specific details take precedence in the manner of
construction.
4.0 INSPECTION OF WORK AND INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
4.1 All work and materials shall be of SDG&E approved manufacture class or grade specified in
the Contract Documents. It shall be the Applicant's responsibility to thoroughly familiarize all
of its Agents with the contents of the Contract Documents and to accurately advise SDG&E
of its construction schedule. SDG&E will be represented in the field by an Inspector, and all
work and material shall be subject at all times to inspection by the Inspector.
Applicant is required to call the number on the cover sheet for inspection of his work by
2:30 p.m. one workday prior to the date inspection is requested. The Inspector will inspect
each completed stage of Applicant's work including: trenching, substructure installation,
conduit installation, backfill, compaction, and cabling. As each stage is completed, the
Inspector will approve it. If SDG&E crews are needed, they will be dispatched as available
after the Inspector has verified that the Applicant has satisfactorily performed his portion of
the work.
-
4.2
4.3 Any workmanship or material supplied by the Applicant which does not meet the criteria
specified in the Contract Documents may be rejected by the Inspector whose decisions shall
be final and conclusive. The decision of SDG&E shall be final as to all matters of
interpretation of the Contract Documents.
4.4 . Any workmanship or material rejected by the Inspector shall be replaced by Applicant at
Applicant's expense. Inspections and final acceptance shall not relieve the Applicant's
obligation to complete the work in accordance with the Contract Documents and SDG&E
Standards.
5.0 SDG&E'S RIGHT TO WORK
If the Applicant fails to perform the work in accordance with the standards, within the prescribed time period,
or any obligation imposed by the contract documents, SDG&E, except as indicated below, after giving seven
days written notice to the Applicant, may take over and finish the Applicant's work or may correct any
defects at the Applicant's expense. If SDG&E is unable to collect reimbursement for its cost of work after 30
days from completion of the work, the actual cost may be deducted from Applicant's refundable monies on
deposit with SDG&E, or, at its option, SDG&E may recover such cost by claim against the surety on the
performance bond furnished by the Applicant.
-
106-3514OF 1292 2
, r
6.0 SCHEDULING
,- After receipt of written notification from SDG&E that construction orders have been released and issued, the
Applicant shall immediately advise SDG&E of the construction schedule, arrange a pre-construction meeting
with the Project Coordinator and verbally confirm the start date two working days in advance of trenching.
6.1 All work by Applicant shall be coordinated with SDG&E in a manner that will permit SDG&E
or its Agents to perform its work without delay and in an efficient manner throughout the
period of construction without being required to reschedule its construction forces after
starting the field installation.
6.2 The Applicant understands that trenching and backfilling must be coordinated with the
installation of facilities such as gas piping and/or equipment by SDG&E. The Applicant shall
contact the Project Coordinator to avoid SDG&E construction schedule delays. The
Inspector will specify the amount of clear open trench for SDG&E work. Inspector and
Construction Crew work will be performed during normal business hours. The Applicant
shall continue trenching to allow the project to be completed in an efficient manner. Joint
trench agreements with other underground utilities must be approved by SDG&E before the
start of construction and coordinated to avoid conflicts between construction forces.
6.3 The Applicant should call Underground Service Alert (1 -800-277-2600) for mark-out two
working days before trenching. The Applicant must locate all existing facilities before
construction and protect them throughout the construction period. Gas and electric facilities
will not be installed until all wet utilities have been installed and backfilled. Pressurized
sprinklers and irrigation lines installed after SDG&E's facilities must maintain the minimum
clearances specified in SDG&E Standards.
6.4 Applicant shall report to Project Coordinator any damage to any facilities resulting from the
construction and shall file a complete written report with SDG&E of the surrounding circumstances within 24-hours of the incident or by the end of the next working day.
i-
7.0 SURVEY AND EASEMENTS
The Applicant shall be responsible for establishing and maintaining alignment and finish grade for SDG&E
substructures and trenches throughout the construction of the project. SDG&E will survey, obtain
easements and stake trench positions when easements dictate a definite route on private property, or in a
dedicated street position.
8.0 PAVEMENT REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT
8.1 Applicant agrees, that when trenching or excavating in paved streets or sidewalks, all cutting,
removal and replacement of pavement or concrete shall be performed by methods which
meet the requirements of all governmental authorities having jurisdiction.
,
8.2 Applicant agrees that any curtailment or rerouting of traffic necessitated by Applicant's work
within streets or sidewalk areas shall be coordinated with all governmental authorities having
jurisdiction.
9.0 EXCAVATIONS
9.1 Excavations for substructures shall be made to such dimensions and grade lines as are
necessary to perform the work shown by Specifications and to a depth that will provide the ground coverage between the top of the conduit entering the substructures and finish grade
directed in the appropriate SDG&E Standards. Applicant shall verify in writing that all
substructures are set to finish grade prior to backfilling. The Applicant shall maintain finish
grade stakes for all four corners of all substructures until final backfill and compaction has
been completed and accepted by Inspector. Should any adjustments to substructures be
required due to variations in final grade not previously submitted to SDG&E, all costs for
adjustments made by SDG&E shall be borne by the Applicant.
rc
106-351 40F 1292 3
7
,-
9.2
9.3
9.4
9.5
9.6
9.7
9.8
9.9
9.1 0
Trenches shall be excavated in accordance with location and alignment shown on the
Specifications and to provide minimum width and depth necessary to install the
substructures, electric lines or gas pipe as specified in SDG&E Standards.
Bottom of excavations and trenches shall be free of rocks, dirt clods and pockets and shall
be graded with a base so that sags will not occur in any conduit or gas pipe placed therein as
specified in SDG&E Standards.
Any excavation made to an incorrect depth shall be adjusted to the correct depth and
thoroughly compacted by Applicant in accordance with the compaction requirements of the
Contract Documents.
Where excavations occur in soil, which is, in the opinion of the Inspector, unstable and
unsuitable for adequately supporting the conduit, gas pipe or substructures, reinforcement
shall be required and constructed to accommodate the individual case as determined by
SDG&E.
The Applicant shall not place excavated soil where it would pose a hazard to pedestrian or
vehicular traffic or interfere with the installation of SDG&E facilities. The Applicant is
responsible for the disposal of all excess soil.
,
If SDG&E encounters hazardous or toxic material while performing construction on the
project, SDG&E will halt work immediately, and it will be the Applicant’s responsibility to
remove and or clean up all hazardous toxic material. SDG&E will have no liability or
obligation whatsoever to clean up, remove or remediate any hazardous or toxic materials
discovered during the course of construction, unless the material were deposited through the
negligence of SDG&E.
The location of all excavation is subject to change as necessitated by conflicts, obstacles, or
field conditions revealed by actual examination during construction and Applicant agrees to
pay any additional trenching, excavation, backfill, compaction, pavement replacement or
other costs required by such changes in location.
When padmount equipment is to be installed in a location which requires equipment barriers
or retaining walls, Applicant shall install them in accordance with SDG&E Standards.
Retaining walls may be used as an acceptable alternative to establishment of proper grade.
They shall be provided and installed at Applicant’s expense per SDG&E Standards. If
retaining walls are required for any reason during the warranty period, they also shall be
provided and installed at Applicant’s expense.
10.0 INSTALLATION OF CONDUIT
THE FOLLOWING PROVISIONS APPLY TO APPLICANT’S INSTALLATION OF CONDUIT:
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
Conduits shall be installed in the trench in the alignment shown on the Specifications and all
material used shall be those specified in SDG&E Standards.
On approval of Inspector, ground cover may be reduced where the specified minimum
ground cover cannot be obtained in crossing over storm drains, foreign substructures, or
other obstacles.
Extreme care shall be exercised to ensure that foreign matter does not enter the conduits
during installation, or at any other time thereafter.
When such responsibilities are shown on the Specifications, cable pole conduits shall be
SDG&E approved and installed per SDG&E Standards unless otherwise instructed by the
Inspector.
106-3514OF 1292 4
c
10.5
10.6
10.7
10.8
10.9
10.10
10.1 1
10.12
10.13
10.14
10.15
10.16
Manufactured horizontal bends in the conduit shall be installed according to SDG&E
Standards. Should field conditions warrant a lesser radius, the Applicant shall obtain
SDG&E approval.
All concrete, unless otherwise permitted by Inspector, shall be ready mixed and shall meet
the requirements of SDG&E Standards.
The installation of conduit by Applicant must be coordinated with SDG&E or its Agent to
permit the installation of substructures and any conduit which may be installed by SDG&E.
After the substructures are placed in position, the conduits shall be terminated in the
substructure per SDG&E Standards.
Service conduit stubs shall be extended and marked three feet beyond the substructure or
retaining wall according to SDG&E Standards.
Any trench or excavation of 5 feet or more in depth, which will be entered by SDG&E
employees, requires spoil to be placed a minimum of 24 inches from edge of excavation.
Depths of less than 5 feet require a minimum clearance of 12 inches. Shoring or sloping.
may be required in depths less than 5 feet and is required for depths 5 feet or more (OSHA).
Gas and electric facilities in conflict with other construction must be shown on plans provided by Applicant, and SDG&E must be notified prior to trenching.
Street light circuits, CATV and telephone positions must be verified by the Applicant with
each serving agency and installed to their specifications in addition to SDG&E Specifications.
Each run between substructures, pads, customer’s service, risers, etc., shall be one size
conduit continuously, i.e., no reducers are allowed except where the conduit enters the
substructure or above the ground level on a riser pole. Deviations must be approved by
SDG&E.
All plastic conduit shall comply with SDG&E Standards, identified by manufacturer’s marking,
and be verified that it is an approved conduit. Conduit found to be defective or not on
approved supplier‘s list shall not be acceptable.
Installation of electric conduits with concrete substructures must be coordinated with
SDG&E. All conduits shall enter a substructure in a horizontal plane, using bottom set of
knockouts first, exception being a 331 5, 331 6 and 3324 manhole in which part of the job
package are pages showing conduit placement to assure correct cable training and
connections. Conduits shall be terminated in substructures per SDG&E Standards. Open
conduit ends shall be sealed during construction to prevent contamination inside conduit.
Conduits must be watertight and mechanically sound at entry point.
Core boring can only be authorized by SDG&E to insure against structural damage. All
work must be performed per SDG&E Standards. Conduits used with core boring must be
grouted.
Mandreling of conduit must be performed by the installer in the presence of SDG&E
Inspector. The conduit installer must provide a 3/16-inch polypropelene pullrope in each
conduit. The rope shall be approved by SDG&E and have a minimum average tensile
strength of 720 Ibs. Pullrope tails of 24 inches shall be secured at each end of the conduit.
106-3514OF 1292 5
I f
11 .O BACKFILL AND COMPACTION
When Applicant’s responsibility under the Contract Documents includes base, shading, backfill and
compaction, the following provisions apply: --
11.1 Backfill, base and shading shall be made with materials and by methods which will meet the
requirements of all applicable codes, ordinances and SDG&E Standards. It must be
approved by SDG&E Inspector.
11.2 Compaction shall be performed in accordance with governmental agencies and shall have a
minimum of 90% relative compaction,
11.3 When gas piping is installed and not energized, shading will be done the same day, if
practical, but not later than the following calendar day. Gas mains must be shaded and
backfilled before they are energized. Gas services, when energized, must be covered during
the same working day. During construction, new service lines must be made safe from
normally anticipated hazards. Energized service lines left unattended must have a minimum
of 12 inches cover on private property and 18 inches on public property. Completion of the
backfill must be made in a timely manner.
1 I .4 Shading between the different levels of jointly used trench must be compacted with
reasonable care to prevent damage to the facilities installed and shall be compacted before
proceeding with the next utility installation.
11.5 Soil filled sacks or redwood timber breakers shall be installed across trenches as required by
the Inspector in banks exceeding 25% slope. Water diversion berrns shall be cut diagonally
across trenches and working strips on banks exceeding 35% slope. The Inspector may
require cement slurry backfill on slopes as specified in SDG&E Standards.
P-
12.0 SUBSTRUCTURES
12.1 GENERAL
Unless otherwise specified, all substructures, and related hardware including, but not limited
to, frames, covers, barrier posts, ladders, ground rods, ground grids and cable supports shall
be provided and installed by the party responsible for installing the substructures and shall
comply with SDG&E Standards and SDG&E Vault Books. All of the substructures and
related hardware used are to be approved by SDG&E. The above facilities, if applicable, will
be installed at locations specified by the Specifications and in a manner prescribed by
SDG&E Standards.
12.2 PRIMARY MANHOLES AND VAULTS
The location of conduit entrances or recesses and sumps shall be as shown in SDG&E
Standards. Manhole or Vault entrances shall be installed as shown on the specifications.
Neck extensions shall be ordered with the manhole or vault and shall be adjusted to permit installation of the cover at final grade.
12.3 PRIMARY HANDHOLES
/-
When Applicant’s responsibility under the Contract Documents includes all or a portion of the
substructures, Applicant shall adjust the top section and lid to final grade per SDG&E
Standards. Conduits entering handholes shall be terminated in accordance with section
10.8.
Where any substructures are to be installed by SDG&E or its contractors and Applicant is
responsible for excavation, finish grade must be established to within 3 inches before
substructure can be set. The top section and lid shall be adjusted to final grade by SDG&E
or its contractor if less than a 3-inch adjustment is required. The developer is responsible for
106-3514OF 1292 6
I
,/-
12.4
12.5
maintaining the excavations for substructures for a period of five days. If SDG&E has not
installed the substructures within the five-day period, SDG&E assumes responsibility for the
excavation.
TRANSFORMER AND EQUIPMENT PADS AND SECONDARY HANDHOLES
Prior to the installation of these facilities, the Applicant must complete the improvements
adjacent to these facilities including barrier posts. Proper compaction and final grade must
be established by Applicant and inspected by SDG&E for the transformer and equipment
pads. Applicant must complete the required excavation for secondary handholes and site
preparation for pads.
COMPLETION OF IMPROVEMENTS
The Applicant must complete improvements (including proper compaction, final grade,
excavation and site preparation) adjacent to pads and secondary handholes prior to
scheduling SDG&E crews for installation and energizing of facilities. If improvements are to
be installed in segments, a minimum of 10 feet of improvements fronting electric facilities is
required. Any damaged substructure shall be replaced by the Applicant before the system is
energized.
13.0 CABLE INSTALLATIONS
THE FOLLOWING PROVISIONS APPLY TO APPLICANT'S INSTALLATION OF CABLE:
13.1
/c
13.2
13.3
It shall be Contractor's responsibility to protect the cable and other material furnished by
SDG&E against damage. Cable pulling methods shall be subject to the approval of the
Project Coordinator. If cable or associated materials are damaged due to Contractor's
negligence or faulty equipment, Contractor shall replace damaged section in a manner
satisfactory to SDG&E and at no additional cost to SDG&E. All sections of cable that are
damaged by the application of grips shall be discarded.
All cable ends shall be sealed to effectively prevent moisture from entering the cable.
HANDLING REELS
Inspection Contractor shall inspect each reel upon receipt to determine whether or not
visible damage has occurred during transit and/or storage.
Loadina and Unloadinq Reels shall be handled in such manner as to prevent smashing,
nicking, cutting or other damage to the cable. When unloading reels from trucks, reels shall
not be dropped to the ground or allowed to roll freely down ramps. Cranes or other
equipment of adequate capacity shall be utilized, and care shall be taken to avoid damage to
the cable or reels.
Final Inspection After removing lagging or other protective covering from reels, Contractor shall examine outside layer of each reel to be sure that the cable is undamaged and that no nails, staples, or other sharp objects which would damage the cable during unreeling protrude on the inside of the reelheads.
EmDtv Reels Contractor shall return all empty returnable reels prior to completion of the
work as instructed by the Project Coordinator. Contractor shall dispose of all empty non-
refundable reels.
106-3514OF 1292 7.
I
1 I
.-
13.4 SPLICES
Unless otherwise directed, splices shall be made in accordance with SDG&E Standards.
The Project Coordinator shall be present when all primary splices are performed, and shall
reject those splices which do not comply with SDG&E Standards. Failure to notify the
Project Coordinator is justification for rejection of the splices not performed in the Project
Coordinator’s presence.
The tools required for splicing the cable shall be furnished by Contractor and approved by
SDG&E.
13.5 PROOF TESTING
All primary installations shall be proof-tested prior to permanent connection to the distribution
system. The Project Coordinator shall be present during all proof testing. Failure to notify
the Project Coordinator is justification for rejection of the tests not performed in the Project
Coordinators presence.
The devices and methods utilized by Contractor for proof testing shall depend upon the circuit configuration and type of equipment. Testing methods shall be in accordance with
approved SDG&E procedures.
14.0 SAFEGUARDS
All material, work, traffic control and work areas shall comply with all applicable Federal, State, and local
safety laws or rules that are necessary to protect Applicant’s and SDG&E’s employees, the public, and
workmen during the time of construction. Applicant shall take all steps to protect property adjacent to the construction project from damage resulting from work specified and performed hereunder. /C
15.0 CHANGES IN WORK
Modification of the Specifications may be made in writing by mutual agreement between the Applicant and
SDG&E. Requests for changes shall be directed to Planner. Such changes may cause delays in
construction and require an engineering fee and revision to the Specifications. Costs resulting from work
changes are the Applicant’s responsibility under section 20.0. Minor changes for adverse field conditions
may be approved in writing at the job site by the Inspector to facilitate construction.
16.0 PHASING FOR ENERGIZING (Applies only when cabling is installed by SDG&E)
When SDG&E and the Applicant agree before the completion of final Specifications, portions of the
underground facilities may be phased for energizing before Final Acceptance provided the phasing does not , delay completion of the entire project, SDG&E retains control of the energized portion, and the energized
area is compatible with the system design and SDG&E’s safety practices. Energizing portions of systems
shall in no way relieve the Applicant of any of its duties.
17.0 DRAWINGS AND PRINTS
17.1 Applicant shall at all times maintain a set of the current Specifications at the job site, and
these will at all times be available for Inspection by the Inspector who shall have access
thereto on request. Applicant shall maintain at the job site any related project plans (e.g.
alignment and finish grade of street improvements) approved by the governmental agencies
having jurisdiction.
,/ - 17.2 Prior to energizing, Applicant shall provide as-built drawings of facilities installed by the
Applicant or his contractor per SDG&E Standards.
106-3514OF 1292 8
18.0 RELATIONSHIP OF PARTIES
In assuming and performing the obligations of these Contract Documents, Applicant is acting as an
independent contractor. Applicant shall assume full responsibility for the ownership, custody, and control of
work and facilities to be constructed. All persons employed by Applicant in connection herewith shall be
employees of Applicant. SDG&E’s inspections, or any suggestions or objections made by SDG&E shall not
constitute or be construed as an exercise of management or supervision over the work, nor shall it be
construed as acceptance of the work, or any part thereof, as it progresses, nor shall it limit or affect the right of SDG&E to reject any part or all of the work when completed in case the same does not conform to
Contract Documents.
19.0 FINAL ACCEPTANCE
Final acceptance by SDG&E will be made when Applicant has provided “as-built’’ drawings and satisfactorily
completed all work and improvements as called for in the Contract Documents including reconciliation of
materials. SDG&E shall notify Applicant in writing of final acceptance of the work. Failure or neglect on the
part of SDG&E to reject inferior work during the construction period shall not be construed. to imply
acceptance of such work nor to preclude its right to reject it. Applicant shall be required to correct all defects
which become evident at any time prior to final acceptance of Applicant’s work by SDG&E. The cost of all
such repairs, material, labor, and overheads shall be borne by Applicant. Ownership, custody, and control
of the work and facilities shall pass to SDG&E only upon Final Acceptance.
20.0 WARRANTY
The Applicant expressly represents and warrants that all work performed and all materials used are free
from defects of workmanship and conform to the Applicant’s Contract obligations. This warranty shall
commence upon Final Acceptance and end one year from that date. The Applicant shall pay the actual cost
to SDG&E for any breach of this warranty corrected by SDG&E (including labor, material and overheads). If
SDG&E is unable to collect for the work after 30 days from completion, the actual cost may be deducted
from the Applicant’s refundable monies on deposit with SDG&E. SDG&E may recover such cost by claim
against the surety on the performance bond furnished by the Applicant.
21 .O PERMITS AND LICENSES
The Applicant shall obtain and pay for all permits and licenses required by governing agencies before
starting any work. In the event any governmental agency imposes conditions which necessitate any
changes in the trench or conduit system shown on the Specifications, the Applicant agrees not to proceed
with any work affected by the conditions until SDG&E has completed the necessary redesign of construction
drawings and new agreement documents have been signed by SDG&E and the Applicant. New agreements
shall be the standard agreements in effect at the time the changes a made.
22.0 INDEMNITY
Applicant will indemnify, defend, hold SDG&E its employees and agents harmless from any and all claims, demands, loss, liability or expense (including attorneys’ fees) for injury to or death of any person, or damage
to or destruction of any property, in any way resulting from or connected with the performance of the work by Applicant’s Contractor, its agents, employees, or subcontractors regardless of the negligence of SDG&E except in those cases where SDG&E has been solely negligent or SDG&E’s willful misconduct caused the damage or injury. For purposes of this indemnification, SDG&E’s inspections, objections or comments shall NOT be construed as an exercise of management or supervision.
23.0 PUBLIC RELATIONS
The Applicant shall maintain a good public image. Excess soil, litter and debris around the work area shall be removed during construction. Due precaution shall be observed to avoid damage to lawns, trees, shrubs, flowers, fences and other property. All landowners and tenants shall be notified in advance when work interferes with their use of walks, driveways, roadways or entrances. Any disagreements, problems or adverse criticism in connection with the work from area landowners, tenants, the general public or public
officials shall be reported promptly to the Project Coordinator.
106-3514OF 1292 9
I
24.0 UNION LABOR IF APPLICABLE
L If for any reason, any work is performed by Applicant upon facilities that are at the time of work by Applicant,
owned and maintained by SDG&E, Applicant agrees that such work shall be done in compliance with the
terms and conditions of that amended Agreement between SDG&E and Local Union 465, International
Brotherhood of Electrical Workers, or such other agreements as may be entered into between the
Applicants' Contractor and bonafide unions of international organizations affiliated with the American
Federation of Labor and Congress of Industrial Organizations or other bonafide labor organizations.
-
25.0 RISK OF LOSS OR DAMAGE
The Applicant must take proper care to protect, and avoid any loss or damage to, material and/or equipment
furnished by the Applicant or by SDG&E until Final Acceptance. Any damage, injury or loss shall be
repaired, corrected or replaced by the Applicant at his sole expense. If the Applicant fails to do so, SDG&E
may complete the work and deduct such costs from any amounts due or to become due to Applicant, or SDG&E may, at its option, recover such cost by claim against the surety on the performance bond furnished
by Applicant.
26.0 NOTICE OR DEMAND
Any notices or demand which may or must be given by either party to the other hereunder unless otherwise
specified shall be made in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered by personal
service, or 24 hours after it is deposited for mailing at San Diego, California, by certified United States mail,
postage prepaid, addressed as follows, or to such other place as the parties may hereafter in writing direct:
/"
TO UTILITY:
San Diego Gas & Electric Company
P.O. Box 1831
San Diego, CA 921 12-4150
TO APPLICANT:
Address
Attention: Attention:
106-3514OF 1292 10
EnerW utility' ELECTRIC METER & SERVICE LOCATION T.B. lrzg 4 7
WANTED DATE 0 OVERHEAD NDERGROUND-SPECS ATTACHED JT MEET REQD & MM'L 0 RESIDENTIAL
NAME fl A@ f?BSGQVOIR- 1 PROJECT NO. 7 -+z7 I JOB NO. c)3)d
I ADDRESS MORATORIUM EFFECT - AGENCY
TYPE
DATE CRITICAL - PENDING STREET RESURFACING
POWER SOURCE I CONTACT naig MONTH YEAR
SDG&E APPLICATION REQ CALL^^ 4l! - 7
GENERAL CUSTOMER INFORMATlON
Meter Height - 4'0" min. - 6'3" max. from finish grade to center line of meter base.
Meters are required to be readily accessible 24 hours per day. Meters must be
located in a safe area free of any potentially hazardous or dangerous condition.
Provide 3 ft. X 3 ft. minimum clear and level working space in front of meter. Where
meter room is proposed, contact the Planner at the nearest SDG&E office.
Meter bases and meter service disconnects must be located at or immediately
adjacent to each other and be identified with address and unit number it serves.
\ OVERHEAD SERVICES
c
UNDERGROUND SERVICE
PROCEDURE FOR INSTALLATION
1. Pay all monies due 0 APPLICABLE &OT APPLICABLE
2. Phone SDG&E a&&&%vorking days prior to trenching to arrange with inspector and initiate trenching process.
3. PHONE DIG ALERT 1-800-227-2600 AT LEAST TWO DAYS PRIOR TO TRENCH-
ING FOR LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES.
4. Excavate trench, install conduit and service entrance equipment at meter location. CALL ABOVE PHONE # FOR INSPECTION. Do not cover conduit without inspector's written approval to backfill
5. Call inspector when trench is backfilled and compacted for inspection. If service entrance equipment is installed after backfill, CALL ABOVE PHONE # FOR
INSPECTION OF ME EQUIPMENT.
6. Meter will be set after inspector has approved installation, including service equipment, and receipt of cily/county/state' inspection clearance.
JT TRENCH GAS UTELCO OCATV I SEC HEIGHT
CABLE POLE CONDUIT BY 0 CUSTOMER SDGIE SIZE
CABLE POLE BEND BY 0 CUST 0 SDG&E 90" - RADIUS SCH 80 SIZE -
HANDHOLE BY 0 CUSTOMER 0 SDG&E 0 STD. PAGE #
CONDUIT BY EUSTOMER SDG~E SIZE '2+'/
If SDG&E encounters hazardous or toxic material while performing construction of your project, SDG&E will halt work immediately and it will be your responsibility to remove and/or clean up all hazardous or toxic material prior to SDG&E continuing construction. SDG&E shall have no liability or obligation whatsoever to clean up, remove ot remediats any hazardous or toxic materials discovered during the course of construction unless it is through negligence of SDG&E.
NOTE: INSPEC REQD PRIOR TO SET' ,&ITY/COUNTY
POLE #- LADDER ARMS REQ'D
STOP TRENCH 01' 071/2" FROM POLE RISER QUAD -
0 STATE
EXISTING
4
I N
-
ADD'L INFORMATION: (Detach before completing this section.)
TELEPHONE
Customer-owned facilities to receive electrical setvice are subject to all applicable local and state
of California inspection authority requirements. Building address ardor meter base must be posted prior to meter set. Information on this sheet is void after 6 months from date. Keep this notice with building parmit.
I
I I I I
I I I I I I I I I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I I I 1 I I I I
I I I I I I I I I I I
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
I I I I
I I I I I I I I
I I I I I I
I I I
I
I I I I I I
I I I
I
I
I
I I I I
I
I I I I I I I I I
I ig
I ow IU IZ
IW Ira
I3
I2
I\ I ;g
I& I I I I I I I I
I
I I
I I I I I I
I I I
I I I I
I I I I I I I I I I I
I I I I I
I I I I I I Iv)
IO IPO
1% I I I I I I I I
I I
I
I I I I I t I I I I I I
I I I
I I
I I *-
Iv) E
rn
I .I I .. ,
0 H m
E m
rn
W
n
i2
rl W P P I 0 D cr
k2 E 0
Q B
2 5
X
G
8
Q w
H v) w a
I1
01 I I1 I1 I1 I1 I1 I1
II I1 11 I1
01 I
Lnl I I1 I1
mi I I q
I , .. I
di Lnl PI
HI WI rlrt I 00 I LIP I rlrl I Ill mm I mm I mm I I I
I I
I I I I I I
I I I I I I I I 1
I I I
I l
I I I I: WI I PI1 I I EO I BIw3:
I
I
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
I I 1 I
I I I I I I I I I
I I I I I I I I I I I I
I I I I I I I I
1 I I
I I
I I
I
I I 4 I I I I I
I
I
I I I
I
I I I I I I I I I I
I I I I I I I I I I I I I
I I
I 01 01
01
01 NI .I
CnI -01 rnl ml I I
01 01 01 01 rll *I PI \DI ml Lnl I I 01
01 01 01 01 .I \Dl \Dl ml ml I
I
01 01
01 01 NI .I
01 WI rnl m1 I I
01 NI
I IW
, .. I
.. I I
Wl I WI I PI Id I
Irn I I01 Ih I
n IO I I .. I
I1 I1 I lull IP-IWI
I I
m73
.
.
Y
I I
I
I
I I I I
I
I
I I I
I I
I I
I
I
I
I
V H
I
I I1 ICI I I
11 I1
E - m ID rt
11
I I
I I
I
I I
I I I
I
I
I
I I
I
I1
I1
I1 IHI
rild I
6
H rr: PI
n
m Ei
E3
rr:
ID m
a
0 OI
m n z H
m I rt
3 iG -+- m dlri ID1 ril
I I +-
ri ri ri rllril
-
I1
I1 I1
I1 +-t
H 2
3
5
n
m
P:
UJ m
n
0 OI
m a
5
m I rl
I1
I1
I1 II
I1
I1
I1 I1 -+ +-+ ?I? ? ? 7 ?T? ? ? ? ? ?;?I
HIH H H H HIH H H H H HIgI -+ +-+ I I
I
v) c4
rl 0 PI
e
n
I1 I .. I
I1 I1 .. I I
mim .. I
01 -4 I ..
E e
5; 8
N N OD In
I N m d
W s Ell
m 0 0 N 01
2 8 i
e
2
I4 m
m v) $
10 rl 0 Ln
v) co 2 8
E z
Fl
k v)
ml 8; HI 5:
01 I41 I I I I I I I I
I
I I
I I
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
I
I I I Ici I1 11 II
I1 :a: IHI
XI I
I- ;%
00000 00 00000 00 00000 00 00000 00 ooorlrl 00
10W10PP 1010 1010ww10 -10 mmmmm mm
. . . . . . .
w 2
I hl I
..
1 / 1
I PI I 71 I Io1 I PI I 11 I 01 I rnl I *I I I I .. I
I 1E Id rl rl
rn
5: E 0 I% m
F3
I I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I I I
I
I I
p: E W
U
I I
m U 51 8
I
E H u U I
N N m In l-l w I
N m .a I
I WI i; I I I
I I I I
10
W 3 I I B F
0
rl u) 12 P
v,
n a
t
m 0 0 N o\ 0 m 7 I I I 10 ;$ I
I I I I I ..
I rl 0 0
d m cl rx
I u) rl 0 In
v) v) w rx 2
.. 0 a n n U 10 10 Icv IP-
I I I I I I I
I I
I I
I I I I I I I I
.- IN
1- I
im
I .. X * m
n E s v) w n
I m~
01 bl
I I I I I I I
1. I I I I
I I
I I
i
.." r
u) u) m
I- I5 I-
I I
I I +-I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I
I-
I I I 11 I I
I I I I I I I I I I :x 101 I I
I I
I I
I I
I I I
I
I I I I I I I a01 all Lnl dl WI dl ":
I I
I I I I I I I
I I I I I
I I I I I I I
I I I I I
I
I
I,, ... 111
I 'IUI IPIZI
Id I I I I I
rca ow E8 wv xw VIP:
I I
I I I I I I I I I
I
I I I I
01
*I [cl
0 01 0 01 0 01 0 01 0 01 - .I 10 101 10 -01
mi
n~ -1
m mi
N
m
[c m m
d
0 LI m m
0 0 0 0 0
10
u) m
I I I I
I I I I I I
-+ I i gz; u v v
+ 100 drl mm m rll n I u)~ WID 10 I 01 rld rlrl rl 1
- I
0S I E
I I I -+ I
I I t I I I I I I I
I I
I
I I
I I I I I I I I
I 1
I I I I I
I I
I I I I I I I
m n
k
I I I I I
I I
I I I I
I I
I
I I I I
I I I
I I
I I I
I
I #I e OD N I I I
I I I I I
I I I I I I I ; "8
I=
/ 86
..
I I '.I I IBl lolwl IOlWl INIXI Ir-IrnI IN1 I PlDJl I mlNlNI rt..I 101 00 I .. I n I
$I m
nI HI
I I I I I I I I I I I I I
I
I I I I
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
I 161 I I I~IP I
NN
mo Nd d,m
..
me
N m P n m I 0 00 0 001 0 00 0 001 0 00 0 001 0 00 0 001 0 NO1 0 ..I 04 ..
ul W m
wLI w lnWI ulw w Wull mm m mmi I I
I I I I I I I
I I I I I I I I
I I
I I I I I I I I I I I I
t
I
U uv u UI
I- + I
2
.. I- I I i5h 4 443 44 4 43: I-+ I
I I I-+
I I
I
I
I I
I
I I
I I I I I
I I I I I
I I I I I I I I I I I I
I I
I I I I I I I I I I
E
NW m 01 d,l 01 01 NI YI
rrl TY
mm N om 0
orl N I I I
I I I I I I I I
I I
I
I I I I I I I
I Ikl in; iri
rlc1 ow
E8 wu xw rnp:
P m
B m :E!
UFP 2% ? ?? H HH ?? xu iz *I I I =h I H HH
I I I I
I I I I I I
I I I I I I I I I I I I
VI w E
E 8
2 5 8 U
2
2
E
8 W a
5
U VI W n
8; 0
CII I
cn I w I
I
E I I I
8, I I I I I I I I
I
I I I I
0 ! I4
E H
I I I
I I I I I I I 1 1 I
E 2
w
111 I I I * I OI I ul I rl I ID I rl I
I I I
n I I I&l l..ILIl
I
I NI I OD1 I NI*l 101 ..IO1 ~ dl I I I I I I I I I I
I
* 0 0
V 0 d
. PROPERV SIDE
I 1
I TELECOMMUNICATIONS
I
SERVICE GUIDE
3370.1
'1
I. lndicotes Latest Revision Completely Revised New Page Information Removed GAS STD. 7403.1
RWISION SDG&E ELECTRIC STANDARDS
UNDERGROUND DISTRIBUTION (UD) TRENCHES DATE 1-1-98
AND UTILITY POSITIONING - S.D. COUNTY
I
! PROPERTY SloE
PROPERM SIDE JEP .I-
. : PROPERTY SIDE . . . ..
1 "
PROPERM SIDE
+ .... 3
I
-
ALLO~MENJS AND THE MAXJMUM SJZE FOR .EWd SPACE ALLOTMENT.
DOWN UNnL THE TWO JOIN IN A SQUARE, AND THAT IS THE DISTANCE REQUIRED BETWEEN THE TW6 UTI~IES. TO READ THE CHARTS, READ ACROSS AND I
EXAMPLE
* ALL MINIMUM COVER DEPTHS MEASURED FROM FINAL GRADE-
DEPTHS REDUCED DEPTHS IN NOTE @ ARE LESSER WHAT IS SHOWN UNDER "MINIMUM COVER''.
-1 NOT ALLOWED. I
SERVICE TRENCH PRIVATE PROPERTY (MINIMUM SEPARATION FROM)
I VERTICAL I HORIZONTAL I - -
1 WIN. FAClUM SPACE cwER ALLOTMENT (MAX) GS.ES ME U L GS ES ME U L
GAS SERVICE :;:: 2-1/21 x 2-t/2" - 12" 12" - 12" - 12" - 12" 12:
-- i ELECTRIC SERVICE 12" @ @ 12', ,
1 MULTIPLE ELECTRlC WILL VARY DUE TO BOARD AMPACIM 12" @ @ l+Y - @ @ - - 1 24"
~ ~ I FOREIGN UTILITY T I
4TE 1-1-96 I UN DERGROU NO DISTRIBUTION (U D) TRENCHES I 3370.2 AND UTILITY POSITIONING -. S:D. COUNTY 'PD g$lY--q]
LiNSTALMTloN: .
A AN EFFORT SHOULD BE MADE TO KEEP THE TRENCH DEPTH LESS THAN 60 INCHES. IF A PERSON IS REQ U~RE~ TI . ENTER 1 TRENCH 60 tNCHES OR DEEPER, IT SHALL BE SHORED, BENCHED, OR SLOPED TO PREVENT MOVEMENT a EARTH WAT MAY ENDANGER LIFE Of? PROPERM. THE TRENCH CONFIGURATIONi UTlbTY POSITIONING AND ALL OTHER RElATED CONSTRUCTION MUST CONFORM TO TI-llS STANDARD AN0 THE STATE Of CALIFORNIA Pu~tj~ UT~LITI ES COMMISSION 'GENERAL QRDERS 1 28 AND 1 120, AND ANY OTHER APPRoPRIAT€ GOVERNMENTAL, AG EN^
HAV~N G J.URISDICTION OVER CONSTRUCTION. I'
SERVICE GUIDE
NOTE: ENCHING THE'TRENCH IS FOR SM~ REASONS ONLY AND NOT to BE USED FOR lNSTA&LATlON pURpOSES.
THE TRENCH DEPTH IN THIS STANDARD SHALL BE FOLLOWED FOR ALL NORMAL INSTALLATIONS: IN IN&&h-ONS
SCHEDUK 40 WC OR SGHEDULE 80 PVC CONDUIT WITH A MINIMUM WALL THICKNESS OF 0.15 INCHES OR (3) A
INCH LAYER Of CONCRETE (2 SACK 3/8" ROCK) ABOVE AND 2 lNGHE5 ON E4CH SIDE OF TMG CONDU~. DE~HS MUST BE APPROVED BY BOTH THE PROJECT MANAGEMENT SPECIALIST AND SDG&E INSPECTOR.
PERMI~TED WITHOUT SEPARATION WHEN INSTALLED IN A HORIZOb4TAL CONFfGURATlbN.
SPACE ALLOTMENT IS PERMlTfED' NEXT TO THE ELECTRIC SPACE ALLOTMENTS WtTHOw SEPARA.TION.+ MINIMUM TRENCH WIDTH, 24 INCH MAXIMUM- TRENCH WIDTH) (SEE STANDARD 3376 FOR CON~UIT/TRENCH CONFIGURATION).
BASE ,AND SHADING .MKJERIAL FOR, GAS TRENCH ONLY:
COMBINATIONS MAY BE USED FOR BASE AND SHADING MATERIAL PROVIDED IT COMPLIES WITH GAS STANDARD ~7405 AVD IS OF A QUALIM THAT Wlll COMYLY WITH COMPACTION REQUIREMENTS OF GOVERNMEMRL
D~ES N(X HAVE TO BE TESTED BY AN INDEPENDENT PROFESSIONAL TESTING FIRM IF, 'IN. THE OPINION OF THE INSPEGTOR. IT MEETS THE G7405 SPECIFICATIDN.
0 WHERE 1HE TRENCH DEPTH CANNOT BE-Mfl, GO. 128 REQUIRES ONE Of THE FOLLOWING: (1) STEEL, OR (2)
REDUCED
c ANY C0N)UlT COMBINATION Sh;lALLER THAN 5 INCH, (NOT MULTIPLE ELECTRIC-Me OR SERVICC'C~~DUITS) ME SDG&E TELECOMPUNI CA~O~S
(6 IN~H
p&PNCIE$ .STANpARD G74QS PEClEl,ES ~ MAT *E kiATEP14 MUST MS A ALL .SMALLER THAN 1/2 INCHES. EXISTING, wnvk MATERIAL AND IMPCIRTED~ OF * PARTICLF. SIZES <' PROV~OED BY A DWLO~ER
IX-1 Indicates' Latest Revision I I Completely Revised New Page Information Removed GAS 07405,3 STD.
REVISION. SDG&E ELECTRIC STANDARDS
SH,A,IY.~@G MATERIAL FOR ELECTRIC TRENCH dkky:,, ELECTR1.C SHAQING . . MATERIAL -. (ESM] .. .. SPECIFICATION. ..
NATURAL SAND, MANUFACTURED SAND. DECOMPOSED GRAMITE, . ROCK.! FREE: SANDY LOG; EXISFING* ~~E MATEjilAL OR cQMBNATION~' THEREOF: AGGREGATE. COIUPOSITJQ LL BE CAPABLE' UF"PASSING THRO'.GH A . .
1/1' r$CH SIEVE.
~A~ERI~L'SPECIFICATION.
ACCEPTAELE. .MATERIAL .EO.R ..(@,E). D,IR~I;?. WRIE~ G.~NRUITS,
SU~A~LE MEANS MAY BE REQUIRED AT. THE DIS~~QEII~N OF THE SDG~E INSPECTO~R, .TO M- .THIS (ES~)..+SWiNG
SPONGY FEEL AND : WIGHLY FLASTrC (SQGGI); Cl+%YS;'..slL~S OR- METALLIC' SLAG.'' . . . ..
__ . ~ . . .,.. _. - .:_.. .
GRAVELS SHALL NOT AM.OUNT TO. MAN 50%. OF THE MIXTURE. BC#EENlNG OR. @-HER,
NOT ACCEPTABhE AI%? SOlL$'.OF' HIGHLY ORGANIC CONTEW IDENTIFIED By OdaR .-.d~
BACK~LL ,MATERIAL FOR GAS AND/OR ELECTRIC:
THE MATERIAL SHALL BE WELL DISTRIBUTED THROU~HOUT THE FINER MATERIAL.
BACKFILL MATERIAL SW MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF ALL APPLICABLE CODI%, ORDINANPE$,'*AWD SqG&E ~-(ANDAR~ AND BE FREE OF DEBRIS AND ORGANIC MATTER.
FOR BACKFILL MATERIAL IF THE PlPE GAS IS SHADED WITH A MINIMUM OF 4 INCHES OF COMPACTED SHADING MATERML MEET ME REQUIREMENTS OF GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES' AND SbG&E ST'ANDARDS.
THE ~AfrniAL USED FOR BACKFILLING THE TRENCH AEOVE THE SHAPING MNERIAL ~ND EXJZN~ING UPwAeO To
SHALL BE UMITED, IN THE OPINION OF THE INSPECTOR, TO ALLOW FOR BAR TESTING FQR'GAS LEAKS. THE
SWBGRAOE SHALL BE FREE OF RQCKS OR CLODS MGER THAN 6. INCHES IN ANY QIMF;P$ION. 'GQAR$E THE AMOUNT 0F;ROCKS OR CLODS
I-SACK CONCRETE SLURRY MIX MAY BE USE0 FOR
l'-SACK CONCRETE SLURRY MIX IS PREFERRED FOR BACKFIU. THE SLURRY INsklATION SHALL MEFJ
4
BASE INSTALLATION .FOR GAS:
FOR d&, 3 INCHES OF BASE MATERIAL IS REQUIRED ON THE BOITOM OF THE TRENCH TO PREVENT DAMAGE FROM
ROCKS, SAGS, OR POCKETS-
EARTH TRENCH BOTTOM INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRIC: (EB & DE CONDUIT)
THE 1 INCg EARTH TRENCH BOTTOM SHALL BE STABLE WITH A UNIFORM GRADE CONTAINING .NO HARD CLODS, ROCKS, ETC. THAT MAY DAMAGE THE CONDUIT. BE DAMAGED, TAMPING, WElllNG OR A 3 INCH BASE ELECTRIC SHADING MATERIAL (ESM) MAY BE REQUIRED.
SHAD1 NG INSTALLATION:
REQUIRED ABOVE THE GAS PIPE AND ELECTRIC CONDUIT. A MINIMUM COVER OF 12 INCHES OF COMPACTED SHADING MATERIAL WtLL BE REQUIRED IF. IN THE OPINION OF THE INSPECTOR, THERE IS AN EXCESSIVE AMOUNT OF ROCK AND CLODS IN THE BACKFILL. THE SHADING MATERIAL MUST BE INSTALLED AND COMPACTED AT EACH
IS BACKFILLED TO PREVENT DAMAGE FROM ROCKS, CLODS, ETC. GAS PIPE SHALL NEVER BE CONCRETE OR
SLURRY ENCASED, AND SHALL HAVE THE PROPER BASE, SHADING, BACKFILL, AND COMPACTION.
IF, IN THE OPINION OF THE SDGdrE INSPECTOR, THE CONDUIT MAY
A MINIMUM COVER OF 4 INCHES OF COMPACTED SHADING MATERIAL (4 INCHES AFTER COMPACTION) SHALL BE
L~EL BEFORE INSTALLING THE NEXT UTILITY. THE SHADING MATERIAL MUST BE INSTALLED BEFORE THE TRENCH
UNDERGROUND DISTRIBUTION (UD) TRENCHES
AND UTILITY POSITIONING - S.D. COUNTY
i
GAS STD. 7403.4 I REVISION
,I CO M PACT1,ON :
EXTREME CARE SHALL BE TAKEN TO ENSURE THAT SHADING MATERIAL IS ADEQUATELY COMPACTED BOTH
UNDERNEATH AND AROUND GAS PIPE AND FITTINGS TO PREVENT EXCESSIVE STRESS AND SHEARING FORCES. HAND TEMP AROUND FITTINGS WHERE MECHANICAL COMPACTION CANNOT BE USER. COMPACTING WITH A
HY~)RAHAMMER OR SIMILAR EQUIPMENT SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED ON TRENCHES WHERE POLYEJHYLENE PIPE HAS BEEN INSTALLED. WHEN THE SHEEP'S FOOT MFTHOD OF COMPACTION I$ USER ,A MINIMUM OF 18" OF COVER IS REQUIRED BEFORE COMPACTING. WHEEL ROLLING WITH A HEAW VEHICLE, COMBINED WITH ADEQU~TE -N, IF NEEDED, IS ALLOWED FOR COMPACTING BACKFILL MATERIAL PROVIDED A MINIMUM OF 4 INCHES OF MECHANICALLY COMPACTED SHADE MATERIAL AND A MINIMUM OF 12" OF BACKFILL MATERIAL
CONSOLIDATE BACKFILL, CARE MUST BE TAKEN TO ENSURE THAT GAS PIPE OR ELECfRIC CONDUIT li.4~"~)~ FLOATED FROM iTS POSITION IN THE TRENCH. COMPACTION BY THE WATER JmlNO METHOD IS NOT ALLOWED.
EXISTS OVER THE GAS PIPE OR ELECTRICAL CONDUIT. WHEN FLOODING OF THE -TRENCH IS DONE TO .
. ALLOWED. SHADING AND BACKFILL SHALL BE COMPACTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES AND
SHALL HAVE A MINIMUU OF 90 PERCENT RELATIVE COMPACTIOh.
ALL BASE, SHADIN(3, AND BACKFILL MATERIAL MUST BE APPROVED BY AN SDGBcE INSPECTOR.
@ ONE OR MORE 5 INCH PRIMARY CONDUITS SHALL BE SLURRY ENCASED.
XI Indicates Cotest Revision I I Completely Revised New Page Information Removed SERVICE GUIDE
SDGBE ELECTRIC STANDARDS
@ FOREIGN UTILITIES MUST NOT BE LOCATED UNDER ANY SDG&E FACILITIES. SUCH AS HANDHOLES, TRANSFORMER
PADS, ETC.
..
FOR A GAS OR ELECTRIC SERVICE, IF ANY OBSTRUCTION IS ENCOUNTERED (WATER PIPES, ETC.), A z FOOT WIDE x 3 FOOT LONG HOLE MAY BE REQUIRED FOR WORKING ROOM IN THE' AREA OF THE CIBSTRUCTION. THIS IS TO BE DETERMINED gV AN SDG&E INSPECTOR.
THE FOREIGN UTlLlN (U) SPACE AUOTMENT MUST BE A MINIMUM OF 6 INCHES BELOW THE GAS MAN AND 12 INCH RADIAL SEPARATION FROM ALL OTHER UTILITIES MUS BE MAINTAINED (SEE nGURES 1 AND 5). IF (u) SPACE ALLOTMENT EXCEEDS A 9 INCH HORIZONTAL MEASUREMENT, IT MUST BE PLACED DIRECTLY ABOVE THE ELECTRIC SPACE ALLOTMENTS AND SHALL NOT EXTEND PAST THE OUTER SIDES OF ELECTRIC SPACE
ALLOTMENTS. 3, & 4. IF (UJ SPACE ALLOTMENT IS 9" X 9" OR SMALLER, IT IS ALLOWED AT' THE SAME LEVEL As THE
ELECTRIC (SEE FIGURE 6).
DB CONDUIT MAY ALSO BE SLURRY ENCASED IF INCLUDED IN THE MULTIPLE ELECTRIC PACKAGE. IN A SERUCE
TRENCH, ALL EB CONbUlT SHALL BE ENCASED WITH CEMENT SLURRY (1 SACK).
CONCRETE OR SLURRY ENCASED IF INCLUDED IN THE MULTIPLE ELECTRIC PACKAGE.
H
FOR INSTALLATION PURPOSES, BENCHING THE TRENCH IS NOT ALLOWED), SEE FtGURES 2,
I ALL EB CONDUIT. REGARDLESS OF THE SIZE. SHALL BE CONCRETE ENCASED WITH 1-SACK CEMENT SLURRY.
DB CONDUIT MAY ALSO BE
DATE 1 - 1 -2000 I APPD&,dd/
UNDERGROUND DISTRIBUTION (UD) TRENCHES
AND UTILITY POSITIONING - S.D. COUNTY
I I I
@ MINIMUM SEPARATION MAIN TRENCH
MINIMUM SEPARATION SERVICE TRENCH
IN A SERVICE TRENCH, WAT~R. SEWER, PROPANE GAS, SPRINKLER, DRAIN. LEACH UNES. PRIVATELY OWNED
UTlUTlES i.e., PRIVATE TELCO. VIDEO, AUDIO. SECURITY WIRES, FIRE ALARM, SREET LlGHTtNG. EX., ARE NOT pERMIllED IN THE SAME TRENCH WITH GAS OR ELECTRIC. WHEN THESE FACILITIES PARALLEL GAS OR ELECTRIC, 12 INCHES SEPARATION BETWEEN SEPARATE TRENCHES SHALL BE MAINTAINED BETWEEN THE UTlUTlES W~H AT LEAST 12 INCHES OF UNDISTURBED NATIVE SOIL BEMIEEN TRENCHES. PROPANE GAS SHALL ALWAYS HAVE A 5 FOOT SEPARATION.
(EXCEPTION) WHEN THERE IS NO SDGBrE GAS IN THE SERVICE TRENCH, A SINGLE NATURAL GAS LINE MAY BE INSTALLED IN THE TRENCH, PROVIDED A 12 INCH RADIAL SEPARATION IS MAINTAINED. (THIS IS FOR ,+J INDIVIDUAL HOUSE ON A CASE BY CASE BASIS, NOT A GROUP OF HOUSES/BUILDINGS).
FUEL OIL, GASOLINE, AND DIESEL LINES MUST MAINTAIN A 15 FOOT SEPARATION FROM GAS PIPELINES AND A FIVE FOOT SEPARATION WITH THREE FEET OF UNDISTURBED SOIL SEPARATION FROM ELECTRIC CONDUITS.
IF FIELD CONDITIONS WILL NOT PERMIT THESE SEPARATIONS, THEN APPROVAL OF REDUCED SEPARATIONS MUST COME FROM BOTH THE CUSTOMER PROJECT PLANNER AND SDG&E INSPECTOR.
WHEN CROSSING, A 6 INCH VERTICAL SEPARAYON IS REQUIRED.
- WHEN FIELD CONDITIONS WILL NOT PERMIT STANDARD PARALLEL SEPARATIONS, A 12 INCH MINIMUM SEPARATION 1s REQUIRED. PROPANE GAS SHALL ALWAYS HAVE A 5 FOOT SEPARATION.
UTILITY -
TELCO MULTIPLE CONCRFTE DUGT (CONDEX), TRANSITE, WATER, SE\J/ER, FUEL, OIL, DIESEL. PROPANE GAS, SPRINKLER, DRAIN, LEACH LINES, STEEL GAS MAIN LARGER fHAN 2" PRIVATELY OWNED UTILITIES i.e. PRIVATE TELCO, VIDEO, AUD\O, sECURlTV WIRES, FIRE ALARM, STRED LIGhmNG, E7%-,
SERVICE GUIDE
3370.5
WATER, SEWER, EXISTING GAS OR ELECTRIC, STORM DRAINS, STEAM, IRRIGATION PIPE, SPRINKLER PIPE LARGER THAN 4",
PRIVATE TELCO TRANSITE. PROPANE GAS
' Indicates Latest Revision Completely Revised New Page I Information Removed 1 z3y.
REVISION SDG&E ELECTRIC STANDARDS
UNDERGROUND DISTRIBUTION (UD) TRENCHES DATE t -7-96
AND UTILITY POSITIONING - S.D. COUNTY
SEWAGE LEACH LINES OR SEEPAGE PITS
IRRIGATION, SPRINKLER PIPE 4" AND LESS
FUEL, OIL, GASOLINE, DIESEL
HORIZONTAL SEPARATION
NOT PERMITTED IN, JOINT TRENCH WITH GAS AND/OR ELECTRIC
* 5 FEET WITH 3 FEET OF
UNDISTURBED SOIL ..
5 FEET FROM MAIN TRENCH FOR EACH 1' D&JH OF MAfN TRENCH
3 FEET PROVIDED DEPTH OF PlPE DOES *NpT EXCEED DEPTH OF GAS OR ELECTRIC
IN cONSIDERABON FOR ME SAFETY OF THE GENERAL PUBLIC, PERSONS ENGAGED IN CO
NOT PERMImD IN A JOINT TRENCH WITH SDGdLE FACILITIES. .
* IF FIELD CONDITIONS WILL NOT PERMIT ANY OF THESE SEPARATIONS, MEN
SEPARATIONS MUST COME FROM: BOTH THE CUSTOMER PROJECT PtA"ER % SDb'drE INSPECTOR. ON FlnD CONDITIONS THAT WILL NOT PERMIT Sl'ANbARD f%RALLEL SEPARATIONS, A 12'INCH MINIMUM sEpAf?ATtON IS REQUIRED.
CTION, ES ARE PROPERTY. AN0 FOR WE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF SQCBE Sm, PRaPWE <,
PROVAL OF REDUCED
PROPANE GAS SHALL'ALWAYS WVE k 5 FOOT 9E
~ILLIY -
ALL WET UTILITIES, TELCO. W. GAS. ELECT. 6 INCHES
ARC-WELDABLE PIPELINES 3" AND lARGER
STEAM (SEE NOTE)
FROM GAS, ia INCHES FROM ELECT- 6 INCHES
18 INCHES
FROM GAS. POLY PlPE 5 FEET FROM ELECT., 5 FEET
NOTE: PLACE INSULATING BARRIER BETWEEN STEAM MAIN AND POLYETHYLENE PIPE AND/OR ELECTRIC.
*
--
THE ELECTRIC PRIMARY WILL BE ON THE STREET SIDE OF THE TRENCH. THE SDGBrE STREET LIGHT CIRCUITS WILL BE ON THE PROPERTY SIDE OF THE TRENCH WHENEVER POSSIBLE.
(NOT SERIES) SHALL BE ON THE PRQPERTY SIDE OF THE TRENCH AT THE SAME LEVEL As SDGdcE CONDIJ~S AND SHALL "TAlN A 12 INCH-RADIAL SEPARATION. WHEN CROSSING ALL SDG&E ELECTRIC. FOR SEPARATION ON THE SERVICE TRENCH, SEE CHART ON
PAGE 7403.2 (3370.2).
FOREIGN UTlLllY STREET LIGHTS
ALL UTILITIES SHALL MAINTAtN A 6 INCH SEPARATION
I
7403.6
.REVISION SOG&E ELECTRIC STANDARDS
MINIMUM HORIZONTAL SEPARATION FROM GAS PIPE TO ANY FOREIGN SUBSTRUCTLJRE (VAULTS, HANDHOLES,
ETC.) SHALL BE 12 INCHES.
GAS UNE$ MUST NOT BE LQCATED UNDER ANY STRUCTURE, SUCH AS BUILDINGS. CARPORTS, PAq-los BREEZEWAYS, EQUIPMENT PADS. AND FACIUTIES, SUCH AS SPLICE BQXES.FQR ELECTRIC, CATV, TIEL&, mc. TREES OR SHRUBBERY MUST NOT BE PLANTED OVER M GAS PIPELINE;.^ A THREE FOOT SEPARATION
MUST BE MAINTAINED BETWEEN THE TREE ROOT BALL AND THE GAS PIPELINE.
IF AN AGENCY OR UTlLllY SUCH AS THE U.S. GOVERNMENT. SAP4 Dlf30 UNIFIED PORT DISTRICT, TELCO,
CATV, ETC. REQUIRES CONCRETE ENCASEMENT. CONCRETE MAY BE SUBSTITU'FED EOR WE BACKFILL. BASE ,& SHADING SHALL BE PER SDGdcE STNDARRS. : ON SDGdLE CONDUITS, EITHER DIRECT QURIED QR CONCRETE ENCASED. A MINIMUM 4 INCH COMPAGTED SHADING MATERIAL SHALL BE INST&LED OVER THE UPPERMOST OB CONDUITS BEFORE THE CONCRETE BACKflLL IS INSTALLED. ALL OTHER INSTALLATIONS SHALL PRDWDE'WE REQUIRED MATERIALS AS SPECIFIED IN THIS STANDARD AND STANDARDS 3365 & 3376. HAVE THE PROPER BASE, SHADING, BACKFILL. AND COMPACTION.
MINIMUM SEPARATION OF ANY FOREIGN UTlLlM INCLUDING WATER PIPES. SEWER, ETC.. FROM SDG&E SUBSTRUCTURES SHALL BE 12 INCHES. PROPANE GAS SHALL BE 5 FEET.
N$fE: THe'GAS /WIN, GAS SERVICE SHALL NEVER BE CONCRETE' OR SLURRY ENCASED AND SHALL
,.. REFERENCES:
(3
S.
T.
0 @ @
0
X.
Z.
SEE STANDARD PAGE 3364.1 FOR UTILITY LOCATIONS IN LOCAL AND COLLECTOR STREETS.
SEE STANDARD PAGE 3364.2 FOR UTILITY LOCATIONS IN MAJOR STREETS, PRIME ARTERIALS AND EXPRESSWAYS.
SEE STANDARD PAGE 3364.3 FOR JOINT TRENCH TYPICAL LOCATION FOR UNDERGROUND CONVERSIONS.
SEE STANDARD PAGE 3J65 FOR IMPORTED OR NATIVE BACKFILL MATERIAL.
SEE SFANDARO PAGE 3365 FOR SLURRY BACKFILL MATERIAL.
CONCRETE OR CONCRETE SLURRY ENCASEMENT OF ELECTRIC CONDUITS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH
STANDARD 3376.
SEE STANDARD PAGE 3376, 3421, 3425, 3426, AND 3427 FOR CONDUIT CONFIGURATIONS ALLOWED IN THE SERVICE TRENCH.
SEE STANDARD 4620 TELECOMMUNICATIONS INSTALLATION.
FOR TRENCHING AND SHORING QUESTIONS. SEE SDGBtE TRENCHING AND SHORING MANUAL.
DATE 1 - 1-2000 I APPDW//d I UNDERGROUND DISTRIBUTION (UD) TRENCHES
AND UTILITY POSITIONING - S.D. COUNTY I 3370.6
SCOPE: THIS STANDARD SHOWS THE CONDUIT AND FIITINGS USED TO CONSTRUCT UNDERGROUND CONDUIT SYSTEMS. CONDUIT AND FITTINGS IN THIS STANDARD SHALL BE USED IN BELOW-GROUND OR BRIDGE CELL APPLICATIONS. -
MOTES: (PVC) POLWINYLCHLORIDE CONDUIT - - WC CONDUIT SHALL BE GRAY OR BLACK IN COLOR. NO OTHER COLOR IS ACCEPTABLE ON THE COMPANY CONDUIT SYSTEM.
UNDERGROUND STANDARD 4204.
-
- ALL 5" CONDUIT MUST BE ENCASED WfTH CONCRETE SLURRY.
FOR SCHEDULE 40 AND SCHEDULE 80 ABOVE-GROUND COMPONENTS TO CONSTRUCT CABLE POLE RISERS, SEE
(1-SACK MIX). - DE CONDUIT IS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATIONS REQUIRING DIRECT BURIED MATERIAL, i.e. SAND, DECOMPOSED
- FOR DIRECT BURIED INSTALLATIONS. DB 60 IS REQUIRED FOR 2", 3" & 5" CONDUIT. OB 100 IS
- ALL COUPLINGS, BENDS AND SWEEPS CLASSIFIED AS DB ARE TO BE USED WITH DB AND EB CONDUIT.
- THE SHELF LIFE FOR DE CONDUIT, BENDS, AND RnlNGS EXPOSED TO SUNLIGHT IS 6 MONTHS MAXIMUM. flRST LOCATION SHALL BE INSTALLED IN 2" CONDUIT. I
GRANITE (DG), NATIVE. EK.
REQUIRED FOR 4" CONDUIT.
BELLED END OR - DB = DIRECT BURIED CONDUIT. - EB = ENCASED BURIED CONDUIT. SPIGOT CONDUIT STRAIGHT SECTIONS COUPLING END
2-#8 FROM A RISER POLE TO THE
1"
2"
3"
4"
5"
e* - SCHEDULE 40 CONDUIT IS REQUIRED IN BRIDGE CELLS. I -Lm I
SDR 9 2000' 249630 1" PE
SCH 40 2500' 252002 -
SCH 40 1000' 252004 -
500' 252006 - SDR 15.5
SCH 80 20' LERGTHS 252008 -
(PE) POLYETHYLENE CONDUIT
I CONDUIT SIZE 1 TYPE 1 COIL LENGTH I STOCK NUMBER I ASSEMBLY UNIT 1
SERVICE GUIDE Indicates Latest Revision Completely Revised I I New Page 1x1 Information Removed
NOTES:
POLYETHYLENE CONDUIT SHALL BE klACK OR BLACK WITH THREE E~UALLY SPACED RED STRIPS. NO OTHER COLOR IS ACCEPTABLE ON THE COMPANY CONDUIT SYSTEM.
CORRUGATED POLYETHYLENE CONDUIT
IS NOT ACCEPTABLE ON THE COMPANY CONDUIT SYSTEM.
REFERENCE:
SEE STANDARD 3383 FOR SPLICING OR REPAIRING 1 " POLYETHYLENE CONDUIT.
NOTES: ***
S/N 280384 SCH 40 PVC MAY BE USED AS A REPLACEMENT ON A
TEMPORARY BASIS. (DEPENDS ON SUPPLIER OF COUPLING).
CONDUIT COUPLINGS
DE SWEDGE COUPLING FIGURE A
DE MOLDING COUPLING FIGURE B -Fq- (BOTH WITH --n-- CENTER STOPS)
FIGURE C
RGURES A & 9
NUMBER
279904
279936 280032
OB STRAIGHT COUPLING (WITHOUT CENTER STOPS, TO BE USED ONLY WHEN REPAIRING EXISTING CONDUIT SYSTEMS)
NUMBER
I -I
CONDUIT AND CONDUIT FlUlNGS I 3373-1
- CONDUIT PLUG CONDUIT BELL REDUCER CONDUIT END CAP
1 1 - 1 /4O
22-1/2O
CONDUIT STOCK CONDUIT STOCK ASSEMBLY SIZE NUMBER UNITS
2" 203296 RED3-2
203328 RED4-3 3"
203360 RED5-4 4"
5" 203392 RED6-5
SIZE NUMBER UNITS
2 I' 544768 PLUG-2
3 " 544800 PLUG-3
4" 544704 PLUG-4
' 5" 544736 PLUG-5
25'-0" DE 60 32 1876 1 EB3-C 1 DB3-C 1 DB3SC
25'4" DE 60 3221 44 1 EB3-S 1 DB3PS 1 DB3SS
90' El
25'-0"
25'""
CONDUIT BENDS
(EXAMPLES)
DB 100 321884 1EB4-C 1 DE4-C 1 DB4SC
DB 100 321826 lEB4-S 1 DB4PS 1 OB4SS
22- 1 /2 O SWEEP/25' RADIUS
36"
25'""
I/%L OF MATERIAL:
OB 100 322082 1EB4-B 1 DB4-B 1 OB4F
DB 60 321 882 1 EB5-C 1 DB4-C 1 DB5SC
ASSEMBLY UNJTS NOMINAL DEGREE OF RADIUS OF NPE OF STOCK CONDUIT SIZE CURVATURE CURVATURE CONDUIT NUMBER C&Ez!E 1 PRIMARY I SEC/SERV /I
22- 1/2O
4 so
goo
5"
II 22- 1/2O 25'-0" DE 60 32 1 808 1 EB2-S 1 DB2PS 1 DB2SS
45O 24"(SECONDARY ONLY) DE 60 32 1 920 - - 1 DB2S8
1082-8 - 2" 45O 36" DB 60 321810 1EB2-8
25'-0" DE 60 32 1 856 1 EB5-S 1 DB5PS lOBSSS
36" DE 60 321 960 1 EB5-8 1 DB5-8 1 DB5S8
36" DB 60 3221 12 1EB5-B 1 DB5-8 1 OBJSB
I 90" 124"(SECONDARY ONLY) I DB 60 I 321984 I - I - I lDB2SB I
45O 136" I DB 60 I 321878 I 1EB3-8 I 1083-8 I 1 DB3S8
goo 136" I DB 60 I 322048 I 1EB3-B I 1083-8 I 1 DB3SB
4
22- 1 /2O
I 11--1/4O
36" I DB 100 I 321942 I 1EB4-8 I 1DB4-8'; I 1DB4S8 I I I I
- SERvlCE GUIDE I I Indicates Latest Revision 1 I ComDletelv Revised 1. I New Paae I I lnformotion Removed 11 I REVISION SDG%E ELECTRIC STANDARDS I 3373-2 I CONDUIT AND CONDUIT FITTINGS
ED AND DB
i
DATE 1-1-98 THREE-PHASE TRANSFORMER PAD INSTALIATION 3425 3425.1
APPD g#T/ (y$-
t
P
7
SERVlCE GUIDE . Indicates Latest Revision ,---
Completely Revised New Poqe Informotion Removed
I
REVISION
SCOPE: THIS STANgMD SHOWS REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTALLING A 3425 THREE-PHASE PAD FOR DEAD FRONT -- TWNSFORMER APPLICATION THROUGH 300 KVA. ALSO FOR 3750 KVA HHR DEAD FRONT BOOSTER
TRANSFORMER.
SDGBcE ELECTRIC STANDARDS
PAD
WEIGHT: 1900# MAX.
I STOCK NUMBER I
5 13998
ASSEMBLY UNIT . 3425-3
MAXIMUM PRIMARY CONDUITS ALLOWED
2 RUNS OF 4" (E8 OR De) PRIMARY CONDUIT
1'
9' 9'
9' 9'
40' 48'
6-4" SECONDARY~ 5-5" SECONDARY~
NOTES: -
- IF NUMBER OF SECONDARY CONDUITS IS GREATER THAN MAXIMUM SHOWN, USE PAD PER STANDARD 3426 OR 3427.
- SERVlCE GUIDE lndicotes Lotest Revision
- TRANSFORMER PAD MAY NOT BE POURED IN PLACE. USE PRECAST PADS ONLY.
Completely Revised New Poge In formotion Removed
INSTALLATION:
@) 1 INCH EARTH IN THE BOllOM OF THE TRENCH IS REQUIRED TO PREVENT DAMAGE FROM ROCKS, SAGS,
AND POCKETS.
@ PLACE ALL PRIMARY AND SECONDARY CONDUITS WITHIN THE PAD OPENING AS SHOWN ON PAGE 3425.1.
TERMINATE PRIMARY AND SECONDARY CONDUITS FLUSH WITH THE TOP OF THE PAD. DO NOT CUT INTO THE CURVED PORTION OF THE ELBOWS. RADIUS OF CURVATURE IS 36” MINIMUM FOR 3 INCH, 4 INCH AND 5 INCH CONDUITS.
oCONFIGURATION TO 2 WIDE X 3 DEEP OR 3 WIDE X 2 DEEP (NO ONE CONDUIT IS TO BE COMPLETELY
c THE CONDUIT CONFIGURATION REQUIREMENT BETWEEN TERMINATING POINTS LIMITS THE SECONDARY CONDUIT
SURROUNDED ON ALL FOUR SIDES BY OTHER CONDUITS), USING SPACERS AND 1 SACK CONCRETE SLURRY BACKFILL. CONDUITS MAY ALSO BE INSTALLED SIDE BY SIDE ON THE BOllOM OF THE TRENCH WITHOUT SPACERS OR CONCRETE SLURRY (4 CONDUITS MAX.). IN THE TRANSITION AREA WHERE THE CONDUITS FROM THE BOTTOM OF THE TRENCH START TOWARD THE SURFACE (THE STRAIGHT PORTION BY THE 90’ BEND). SPACERS MAY BE REQUIRED TO ALLOW THE 9(r BENDS TO ENTER STRAIGHT INTO THE PAD OPENING. AT THE SURFACE POINT, THE CONDUITS MAY BE BUNDLED TOGETHER. USE SDG&E APPROVED BASE, SHADING
AND BACKFILL.
@ANY COMBINATION OF 3. 4 OR 5 INCH SECONDARY CONDUITS MAY BE USED, PROVIDED THEY DO NOT EXCEED THE TOTAL OF 6 OR THE MAXIMUM OF EACH SIZE CONDUIT AS SPECIFIED ON PAGE 3425.1. AN EXCEPTION WOULD BE WHEN THE TRANSFORMER FEEDS ONE CUSTOMER WITH A 2000 AMP MAIN WHICH REOUIRES FIVE-5 INCH CONDUITS. NO FUTURE CUSTOMERS ARE ALLOWED IN THIS INSTALIATION. c TWO EXTRA 1 INCH OR TWO EXTRA 2 INCH CONDUITS MAY BE ADDED TO SERVE STREET LIGHTS, RECREATION BUILDINGS, ETC.
2 WIDE X 3 DEEP l7-4
1 -SACK SLURRY CONCRETE BACKFILL
3 WIDE I X 2 DEEP ,
MAXIMUM OF
4 CONDUITS WITHOUT SPACERS
OR CONCRETE SLURRY
I , /SHADING
i
rc
,e--
SERVICE GUIDE
REVISION
*.-‘ Completely Revised New Poge Information Removed . Indicates Latest Revision
SDG&E ELECTRIC STANDARDS I
@ WHEN NUMBER OF REQUIRED CONDUITS IS LESS WAN THE TOTAL ALLOWABLE SHOWN ON PAGE 3425.1,
INSTALL IN NUMBERED SEQUENCE AS SHOWN. INSTALLATION CON%
)ATE 1-1-98
PPD m/m
G. IN SOFT SOILS A CONCRETE BACKFILL (1-SACK MIX.) IS REQUIRED UNDER THE PAD, 12 INCHES BEYOND THE SIDE EDGES OF PAD AND 12 INCHES DEEP.
THREE-PHASE TRANSFORMER PAD INSTALLATION 3425 3425.3
REFERENCE
K. SEE STANDARD 321 1 FOR PAD IDENTIFICATION.
L. SEE STANDARD 3370 OR 3371 FOR TRENCH, UTILllY POSITIONING. SHADING AND BACKFILL REQUIREMENTS.
M. SEE STANDARD 3376 FOR CONCRETE SLURRY.
N. SEE STANDARD 3481 FOR TRANSFORMER BARRIER PROTECTION.
0. SEE STANDARD 3483 FOR MINIMUM OPERATING AND CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS (PAD PLACEMENT).
P. SEE STANDARD 3484 FOR PAD INSTALLATION OF PAD-MOUNTED EQUIPMENT.
Q.SEE STANDARD 3486 FOR RETAINING WALL REQUIREMENTS AND CLEARANCES FROM REVERSE
SUBGRADE RETAINING WALLS.
R. SEE STANDARD 3487 FOR RETAINING WALLS.
S. SEE STANDARD 3751 FOR TRANSFORMER INSTALLATION.
T. SEE STANDARD 4512 FOR EQUIPMENT GROUNDING.
U. SEE STANDARD 4514 FOR GROUNDING TELCO CONDUCTOR IN PAD-MOUNTED EQUIPMENT.
SCOPE: THIS STANDARD SHOWS RETAINING WALLS FOR LEVEL AND SLOPING BACKFILL TO PROTECT PAD-MOUNTED AND SUBSURFACE EQUIPMENT. .-
12" min.
12"
WALL TYPE ? "
A. TYPE I 6" WIDTH 8. TYPE I 8" WIDTH C. TYPE U (NOTE 1)
REINFORCING STEEL "R "
1. #3 BARS 8 24" O/C 2. 4 BARS 0 32" O/C 3. 3 BARS Q 16" O/C 4. 4 BARS 0 24" O/C 5. 4 BARS 0 16" O/C 6. 4 BARS 8 16" O/C
KEY SIZE "K " WIDTH x DEPTH 6" x 6" 8" x 8" D. E. F. 12" x 12' G. 12" x 18" N. NONE REQUIRED
i
SERvlCE GUIDE Indicates Lotest Revision
/ PK~ si7 "K" 80;s
min. concrete depth.
Completely Revised New Page Informotion Removed
\FFootin&vvi dth __I f- Footing width -4 12" min. into noturol' ground
W" , or approved compacted fill.
REVISION
)ATE 1-1-91
-cI ..
SDG&E ELECTRIC STANDARDS
MASONRY RETAINING WALLS WPE I & NPE II 3487.1 (LEVEL AND SLOPING BACKFILL)
I SLOPE
~
( -
0 P
~~
IF RETAINED EARTH HORIZONTAL RUN TO VERTICAL RISE
TO 1 4 TO 1 2 TO 1 11-1/2 TO 1 I ? TO 1
F 3'-10" C 6 F 3'-10' C 6 G 3'-11 C 6 G 4'-1"
iTlNG SIZES ARE BASED ON 1000 LE. PER SQUARE FOOT MAXIMUM SOIL rRlNG VALUE. - 0 WHEN WALL MPE II IS REQUIRED, THE FIRST FOUR COURSES OF BLOCK. REGARDLESS OF WALL HEIGHT, ~ SHALL CONSIST OF 12 INCHES WIDE MASONRY UNITS.
#3 BAR OR LADDER MESH SHALL BE PCACED LONGITUDINALLY IN THE MORTAR JOINT EVERY 16 INCHES AS THE BLOCKS ARE MID UP.
@ HORIZONTAL STEEL- TWO #3 BARS SHALL BE PLACED LONGITUDINALLY IN THE FOOTING As SHOWN. ONE
3. SEE PAGES 3487.3 & .4 FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.
4. CONSULT LOCAL BUILDING DEPARTMENT FOR PERMITS. @ ANY WALL 14 INCHES OR LESS (WITH A MAXIMUM SLOPE OF RETAINED EARTH OF 4 TO I. HORIZONTAL RUN TO VERTICAL RISE) REQUIRE0 WITH THE 3411 OR 3421 PADS, USE THE PREFORMED RETAINING WALL
IN STANDARD 3485.
I
5'-4" Is? 8" 4'-0" 6" x 6" # 4 Q 16" O/C # 4 Q 24' O/C
6'-0" P 8" 4'-6' 8" x 8" # 4 Q 24" O/C # 4 Q 24" O/C
6'-8" P 1'-1" 5'-0" 8" x 8" # 4 0 16" O/C # 4 0 16" O/C
8'-0" P 1'-8" 5'-2" 12" x 12" # 5 0 16" O/C # 4 Q i6" O/C
NOTES:
@
1 FOOTING SIZES ARE BASED ON 1000 LBS. PER SQUARE FOOT MAXIMUM SOIL BEARING VALUE. WALL HEIGHT IS MEASURED FROM THE TOP OF THE FOOTING TO THE TOP OF THE WALL.
SHOWN IN THE TABLE ABOVE MUST BE DESIGNED SPECIFICALLY FOR THE EXISTING CONDITION.
TO WALL HEIGHT.
SEE PAGES 3487.3 & .4 FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.
OF 12 INCHES WIDTH MASONRY UNITS. HORIZONTAL STEEL: #3 BARS SHALL BE PLACED LONGITUDINALLY IN THE FOOTING AS SHOWN. #3 BARS OR LADDER MESH SHALL BE PLACED LONGITUDINALLY IN THE MORTAR JOINT EVERY 16 INCHES AS THE BLOCKS ARE LAID UP.
ANY WALL 14 INCHES OR LESS REQUIRED (WITH A MAXIMUM SLOPE OF RETAINED EARTH OF 4 TO 1. HORIZONTAL RUN TO VERTICAL RISE) REQUIRED WITH THE 341 1 OR 3421 PADS, USE THE PREFORMED
RETAINING WALL IN STANOARD 3485.
WALLS NOT
3. THE WALLS SHOWN HERE ARE DESIGNED AS WALLS RETAINING LEVEL EARTH FOR A DISTANCE EQUAL
WHEN WALL TYPE P IS REQUIRED, THE LOWER 16 INCHES OF WALL HEIGHT IS REQUIRED TO CONSIST
@
7. CONSULT LOCAL BUILDING DEPARTMENT FOR PERMITS.
@
SERVlCE GUIDE lndicotes Lotest Revision Completely Revised New Poge Informotion Removed
REVISION SDG&E ELECTRIC STANDARDS
I 3487.2 MASONRY RETAINING WALLS-TYPES IU, & P DATE 1-1-86
... P . *'
- PAD OR --
SUBSTRUC-
TURE - -
I
EXAMPLE:
SUBSTRUC- L
PLAN VIEW
I
SERVICE GUIDE
REVISION
Completely Revised New Poge Information Removed . lndicotes Lotest Revision
SDG&E ELECTRIC STANDARDS I
MEASUREMENTS WILL VARY
WITH EACH SUBSTRUCTURE Hi OR PAD
CONCRETE AREA @
)ATE 3-23-84
WPD $f%?/q
MASONRY RETAINING WALLS-TYPES I, It, III, IY. & P 3487.3
(SLOPING AND LEVEL BACKFILL)
SIDEWALK
BILL OF MATERIAL:
INSTALLATION
A. WAU DRAINS- WALL DRAINS SHALL BE PROVIDED AT 6 FOOT INTERVALS ALONG THE LENGTH OF THE WALL AND LOCATED AT THE LEVEL OF THE BOTTOM COURSE OF BLOCK. THE DRAINS SHALL BE 4 INCHES IN DIAMETER. FORMED BY PLACING A BLOCK ON ITS SIDE. OR LEAVING OUT EVERY HEAD JOINT IN THE - FIRST COURSE OF BLOCK. BACKFILL BEHIND WALL DRAINS OR OPEN HEAD JOINTS SHALL BE LOOSE RUBBLE OR GRAVEL. ALL BACKFILL SHALL BE GRANULAR MATERIAL COMPACTED TO AT LEAST 90% OF MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY IN
SIX INCH LAYERS.
WITH GROUT. ROD OR VIBRATE GROUT WITHIN 10 MINUTES OF POURING TO INSURE CONSOLIDATION. BRING GROUT TO A POINT 2 INCHES FROM THE TOP OF MASONRY UNITS WHEN GROUTING OF SECOND LIFT
IS TO BE CONTINUED AT ANOTHER TIME. GROUT MUST DEVELOP 2000 POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH OF COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH PRIOR TO BACKFILLING THE WALL.
C STEEL REINFORCEMENT- ALL STEEL REINFORCEMENT SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A615 GRADE 40. WHEN ONE
CONTINUOUS BAR CANNOT BE USED, A LAP OR SPLICE A DISTANCE EQUAL TO THIRTY BAR DIAMETERS SHALL BE USED.
D. MORTAR KM-TO INSURE PROPER BONDING BETWEEN THE FOOTING AND THE FIRST COURSE OF BLOCK, A MORTAR KEY SHALL BE FORMED BY EMBEDDING A FLAT 2 X 4 FLUSH WITH AND AT THE TOP OF THE
FRESHLY POURED FOOTING. THE 2 X 4 SHOULD BE REMOVED AFTER THE CONCRETE HAS STARTED TO
HARDEN (APPROXIMATELY 1 HOUR). A MORTAR KEY MAY BE OMllTED IF THE FIRST COURSE OF BLOCK IS SET INTO THE FRESH CONCRETE WHEN THE FOOTING IS POURED, AND A GOOD BOND IS OBTAINED.
F. CONCRETE- FOOTING CONCRETE SHALL BE 560-C-3250. USING B AGGREGATE AS DEFINED IN THE "STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION". WHEN PLACING CONDITIONS PERMIT.
. 1
I * - *--I . -.
SERVlCE GUIDE lndicotes Latest Revision Completely Revised
i
New Poge Information Removed
G. SOIL - ALL FOOTINGS SHALL EXTEND AT LEAST 12 INCHES INTO UNDISTURBED NATURAL SOIL OR APPROVED
COMPACTED FILL. SOIL SHOULD BE DAMPENED PRIOR TO PLACING CONCRETE IN FOOTINGS.
3487.4
H. FENCING - SAFETY FENCiNG SHALL BE INSTALLED AT TOP OF THE WALL WHEN REQUIRED BY THE CIN OR
COUNTY CODES.
MASONRY RETAINING WALLS-NPES I, E, ID, E, & P DATE 1-1-91
(SLOPING AND LEVEL BACKFILL) APPD jY!/qy
1. L(ASONRY - ALL MASONRY UNITS SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED IN THE "STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR PUBLIC
WORKS CONSTRUCTION:
J. INSPECTIONS - FOREMAN SHOULD INSPECT AS FOLLOWS FOR WALLS 3 FEET HIGH MAXIMUM:
1)
2)
WHEN THE FOOTING HAS BEEN FORMED, WITH THE STEEL TIED SECURELY IN FINAL
POSITION, AND IS READY FOR THE CONCRETE TO BE PLACED. WHERE CLEANOUT HOLES ARE NOT PROVIDED:
HEIGHT FOR WALLS UP TO 5 FEET, WITH THE STEEL IN PLACE BUT BEFORE THE
GROUT IS POURED, AND...
UP TO THE TOP OF THE WALL WITH THE STEEL TIED SECURELY IN PLACE BUT BEFORE THE UPPER LI!7 IS GROUTED.
-mER THE BLOCKS HAVE BEEN LAID UP TO A HEIGHT OF 4 FEET, OR FULL
-AFTER THE FIRST LIFT IS PROPERLY GROUTED, THE BLOCKS HAVE BEEN LAID
3
WHERE CLEANOUT HOLES ARE PROVIDED:
STEEL TIED SECURELY IN PLACE, BUT BEFORE GROUTING. -AFTER THE BLOCKS HAVE BEEN LAID UP TO THE TOP OF THE WALL, WITH THE
AFTER GROUTtNG IS COMPLETE AND AFTER ROCK OR RUBBLE WALL DRAINS ARE
IN PLACE BUT BEFORE EARTH BACKFILL IS PLACED. FINAL INSPECTION WHEN ALL WORK HAS BEEN COMPLETED.
CONTACT CIVIL/STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING IF ASSISTANCE IS DESIRED.
@ THE CONCRETE AREA AROUND THE PAD, MANHOLE OR HANDHOLE SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 3-1/2 INCHES
0 THE TOP BLOCKS ARE TO HAVE A FINISHED 1 INCH HIGH ROUNDED CONCRETE CAP.
THICK. SLOPE THE CONCRETE TOWARD THE FRONT OR SIDEWALK.
M. EXCEPTIONS - WHERE POOR SOIL CONDITIONS EXIST OR WHEN HIGHER WALLS ARE REQUIRED, CONTACT CIVIL/STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING FOR A SPECIAL DESIGN.
REFERENCE:
N. SEE STANDARD 3483 FOR WALL CLEARANCES FROM PAD-MOUNTED AND SUBSURFACE STRUCTURES.
0. SEE STANDARD 3484 FOR INSTALLATION OF PAD-MOUNTED EOUIPMENT.
P. SEE STANDARD 3484 FOR PREFORMED PLASTIC RETAINING WALL.
0. SEE STANDARD 3486 FOR RETAINING WALL REQUIREMENTS AND CLEARANCES FROM REVERSE SUBGRADE
RETAINING WALLS.
,
a n
c. *
SERVICE GUIDE Indicates Latest Revision Completely Revised New Poge
Li -
f-
/-
Information Removed
-
SCOPE: THIS STANDARD SHOWS THE (PREFERRED I ) TRENCH GROUND WIRE INSTALLATION USE0 TO PROVIDE
GROUNDING. THIS METHOO SHALL BE USED WHEN THE SAME PARTY IS RESPONSISLE FOR THE CONOUlT AND PAD INSTALLATION AND WHEN A SYSTEM NEUTRAL FROM A SUBSTATION OR GROUNDING BANK 1s PRESENT. USE ALTERNATE TRENCH GROUND WIRE METHOD PAGE 4510.2 WHEN A WSTEM
NEUTRAL IS NOT PRESENT. @
-
REVISION
)ATE 1-1-96
FIGURE 1
SDG&E ELECTRIC STANDARDS
TRENCH GROUND WIRE 4510.1 (PREFERRED I )
I I
c
SERVICE GUIDE
SCOPE: THIS STANDARD SHOWS THE ALTERNATE TRENCH GROUND WIRE INSTALLATION USED TO PROVIDE GROUNDING. THIS METHOD SHALL BE USED WHEN THE SAME PARTY IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE CONDUIT AND PAD INSTALLATION AND WHEN A SYSTEM NEUTRAL FROM A SUBSTATION OR GROUNDING BANK IS NOT PRESENT. USE PREFERRED GROUNDING METHOD ON PAGE 4510.1 WHEN
A SYSTEM NEUTRAL IS PRESENT. @
-
. Indicates Latest Revision Completely Revised New Poge Information Removed
REVISION SDG&E ELECTRIC STANDARDS
451 0.2 I I
TRENCH GROUND WIRE DATE 1-1-96
(ALTER N ATE) APPD&&/qy
I
.1
I rd (..
c.
2
3
4
c - f
rc
F-
WIRE, BARE COPPER, #2, 7 STR. SOFT DRAWN
GROUND ROD, 5/8" X 8'-0". COPPERWELD AS REQ'D 603072 -
GROUND ROD, CLAMP AS REQ'D
AS REQ'D GDWlRE
23001 6 -
BILL OF MATERUL:
SEFMCE GUIDE Indicates Lotest Revision
I ITEM I
Information Removed Completely Revised New Page
DESCRIPTION
I 1 I PAD
NOTES -c---
CUSTOMERS SERVlCE TRENCH: - THE SERVlCE TRENCH IS ON PRIVATE PROPERTY AND BELONGS TO THE CUSTOMER, THEREFORE, THE TRENCH GROUND WIRE SHOULD NOT BE INSTALLED IN THE CUSTOMER TRENCH. THE SITUATION IS
DIFFERENT ON A RULE FJOB WHERE THE PAD-MOUNTED EQUIPMENT, PRIMARY/SECONDARY AND SERVICE TRENCH ARE ALL ON PRIVATE PROPERTY AND THE PAD AND CONDUIT BELONGS TO THE CUSTOMER AND REMAINS THE CUSTOMERS RESPONSIBILIM. IN THIS CASE, THE TRENCH GROUND WIRE COULD BE INSTALLED IN EITHER THE PRIMARY/SECONDARY OR THE SERVICE TRENCH.
I NSTALIATION:
@GROUND RODS TO HAVE A 6 FOOT MINIMUM SEPARATION.
@ LEAVE 24 INCHES OF WIRE (EXPOSED TAILOUT) ABOVE THE TOP OF FINAL GRADE.
C. USE EQUIPMENT GROUNDING INSTALLATION (PREFERRED IC ) ON STANOARD PAGE 4512.1 IF TRENCH GROUND WIRE WAS NOT INSTALLED PRIOR TO BACKFILLING THE TRENCH.
LOCATE GROUND RODS SO THEY DO NOT TOUCH CONDUITS. GENERAL ORDER 128 REQUIRES GROUND RODS TO BE DRIVEN. THEY MAY BE DRIVEN AT AN ANGLE IF IT IS DIFFICULT IF NOT IMPOSSIBLE TO
DRIVE STRAIGHT DOWN.
REFERENCE
E. SEE STANDARD 3484.1 FOR PAD INSTALLATION OF PAD-MOUNTED EQUIPMENT.
@ SEE STANDARD 4002.2 FOR WIRE INFORMATION.
G SEE STANDARD PAGE 4512.1 FOR (PREFERRED II ) EQUIPMENT GROUNDING INSTALLATION WHEN DIFFERENT PARTIES ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE CONDUIT AND PAD INSTALLATION.
@ SEE STANDARD 451 2.2 FOR EQUIPMENT GROUNDING INSTALLATION.
DATE 1-1-91 1 TRENCH GROUND WIRE I 4510.3 (PREFERRED I OR ALTERNATE) APPD @/W 1
, RUG-30-2005 11:07 760 431 5769 P.02/03
*--
c
City of .Carlsbad
August 23,2005
ADDENDUM NO. 2
RE: MAHR RESERVOIR IMPROVEMENTS
BID NO, PWSO663ENG, CONTRACT NO. 38901
Please include the attached addendum in the Notice to BiddedRequest for Bids you
have for the above project.
This addendurn-receipt acknowledged-must be attached to your Request for Bid when
your bid is submitted.
Buyer
Attach me nt
I ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF ADDENDUM NO. 2
Bidder's Signature1
1635 Faraday Avenue Carlsbad, CA 92008-7914 * (780) 602-2720 FAX (760) 602-8562 @
c
From:
CARLSBAD MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT
MAHR RESERVOIR IMPROVEMENTS
Contract No. 38901
Addendum No. 2
David Ahles, Project Manager
Phone: (760) 602-2748
Fax: (760) 602-8562
No. of Pages: 1 (including this page)
Date: August 23,2005
Bid Opening Date: August 30, 2005 4:OO pm (No change)
A. Technical Specifications, Section 11 347, Submersible Effluent Pump System.
Part 2.3 - Pump Equipment Features
Delete the following words from the first sentence of paragraph “H:
I. “explosion-proof”
B. Technical Specifications, Section 15104, Butterfly Valves
Clarification this section shall apply to the three 18-inch and one 6-inch Butterfly
valves located on the stainless steel inletloutlet pipeline as shown on drawings MI
and M2.
C. Drawing sheet NO. 9 of 37, Recycled Water Main Replacement.
Clarification all Butterfly Valves shown on this drawing shall be per City of Carlsbad
Engineering Standards, dated June 30, 2004, Volume 2, Section 151 02 Butterfly
Valves.
Contract No. 38901
Addendum No. 2
Page 1 of 1 Pages
CONTRACT
PUBLIC WORKS
This agreement is made this /8@ day of , 2Od , by and
between the Carlsbad Municipal Water District of Cdlsbad, California, a municipal corporation,
(hereinafter called "District"),
and ORION CONSTRUCTION CORPORATION whose principal place of business is
1621 S RANCHO SANTA FE ROAD #A SAN MARCOS CA 92069 (hereinafter
called "Contractor").
District and Contractor agree as follows:
1.
for:
Description of Work. Contractor shall perform all work specified in the Contract documents
MAHR RESERVOIR IMPROVEMENTS
CONTRACT NO. 38901
(hereinafter called "project")
..- 2. Provisions of Labor and Materials. Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, tools,
equipment, and personnel to perform the work specified by the Contract Documents.
3. Contract Documents. The Contract Documents consist of this Contract, Notice Inviting Bids,
Contractor's Proposal, Bidder's Bond, Designation of Subcontractors, Designation of Owner
Operator/Lessors, Bidder's Statements of Financial Responsibility, Technical Ability and Experience,
Re Debarment, Non-collusion Affidavit, Escrow Agreement, Release Form, the Plans and
Specifications, the Supplemental Provisions, addendum@) to said Plans and Specifications and
Supplemental Provisions, and all proper amendments and changes made thereto in accordance with
this Contract or the Plans and Specifications, and all bonds for the project; all of which are
incorporated herein by this reference.
Contractor, her/his subcontractors, and materials suppliers shall provide and install the work as
indicated, specified, and implied by the Contract Documents. Any items of work not indicated or
specified, but which are essential to the completion of the work, shall be provided at the Contractor's
expense to fulfill the intent of said documents. In all instances through the life of the Contract, the
District will be the interpreter of the intent of the Contract Documents, and the District's decision
relative to said intent will be final and binding. Failure of the Contractor to apprise subcontractors
and materials suppliers of this condition of the Contract will not relieve responsibility of compliance.
4. Payment. For all compensation for Contractor's performance of work under this Contract,
District shall make payment to the Contractor per section 9-3 PAYMENT of the Standard
Specifications for Public Works Construction (SSPWC) 2000 Edition hereinafter designated
"SSPWC", as issued by the Southern California Chapter of the American Public Works Association,
and as amended by the Supplemental Provisions section of this contract. The Engineer will close the
estimate of work completed for progress payments on the last working day of each month. -
+$ Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 38901 Page 29 of 67 Pages
c1 5. Independent Investigation. Contractor has made an independent investigation of the
jobsite, the soil conditions at the jobsite, and all other conditions that might affect the progress of the
work, and is aware of those conditions. The Contract price includes payment for all work that may be
done by Contractor, whether anticipated or not, in order to overcome underground conditions. Any
information that may have been furnished to Contractor by District about underground conditions or
other job conditions is for Contractor's convenience only, and District does not warrant that the
conditions are as thus indicated. Contractor is satisfied with all job conditions, including underground
conditions and has not relied on information furnished by District.
6. Hazardous Waste or Other Unusual Conditions. If the contract involves digging
trenches or other excavations that extend deeper than four feet below the surface Contractor shall
promptly, and before the following conditions are disturbed, notify District, in writing, of any:
A. Hazardous Waste. Material that Contractor believes may be material that is hazardous waste,
as defined in section 251 17 of the Health and Safety Code, that is required to be removed to a Class
I, Class 11, or Class Ill disposal site in accordance with provisions of existing law.
B. Differing Conditions. Subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site differing from those
indicated.
C. Unknown Physical Conditions. Unknown physical conditions at the site of any unusual
nature, different materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in
work of the character provided for in the contract.
District shall promptly investigate the conditions, and if it finds that the conditions do materially so
differ, or do involve hazardous waste, and cause a decrease or increase in contractor's costs of, or
the time required for, performance of any part of the work shall issue a change order under the
procedures described in this contract.
In the event that a dispute arises between District and Contractor whether the conditions materially
differ, or involve hazardous waste, or cause a decrease or increase in the contractor's cost of, or time
required for, performance of any part of the work, contractor shall not be excused from any
scheduled completion date provided for by the contract, but shall proceed with all work to be
performed under the contract. Contractor shall retain any and all rights provided either by contract or
by law which pertain to the resolution of disputes and protests between the contracting parties.
7. Immigration Reform and Control Act. Contractor certifies it is aware of the requirements
of the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 (8 USC sections 1101-1525) and has complied
and will comply with these requirements, including, but not limited to, verifying the eligibility for
employment of all agents, employees, subcontractors, and consultants that are included in this
Contract.
8. Prevailing Wage. Pursuant to the California Labor Code, the director of the Department of
Industrial Relations has determined the general prevailing rate of per diem wages in accordance with
California Labor Code, section 1773 and a copy of a schedule of said general prevailing wage rates
is on file in the office of the City Engineer, and is incorporated by reference herein. Pursuant to
California Labor Code, section 1775, Contractor shall pay prevailing wages. Contractor shall post copies of all applicable prevailing wages on the job site.
t-
@ Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 38901 Paae 30 of 67 Paaes
e 9. Indemnification. Contractor shall assume the defense of, pay all expenses of defense, and
indemnify and hold harmless the District and the City of Carlsbad, and its officers and employees,
from all claims, loss, damage, injury and liability of every kind, nature and description, directly or
indirectly arising from or in connection with the performance of the Contract or work; or from any
failure or alleged failure of Contractor to comply with any applicable law, rules or regulations
including those relating to safety and health; and from any and all claims, loss, damages, injury and
liability, howsoever the same may be caused, resulting directly or indirectly from the nature of the
work covered by the Contract, except for loss or damage caused by the sole or active negligence or
willful misconduct of the District or City. The expenses of defense include all costs and expenses
including attorneys' fees for litigation, arbitration, or other dispute resolution method.
Contractor shall also defend and indemnify the City and District against any challenges to the award
of the contract to Contractor, arising in whole or in part from alleged inaccuracies or
misrepresentation by Contractor, whether intentional or otherwise, and Contractor will pay all costs,
including defense costs for the City and District. Defense costs include the cost of separate counsel
for City and District, if City or District request separate counsel.
10. Insurance. Contractor shall procure and maintain for the duration of the contract insurance
against claims for injuries to persons or damage to property which may arise from or in connection
with the performance of the work hereunder by the Contractor, his or her agents, representatives,
employees or subcontractors. Said insurance shall meet the District's policy for insurance as stated
in Resolution No. 772.
(A) Coverages And Limits Contractor shall maintain the types of coverages and minimum limits
7 indicted herein:
a. Comprehensive General Liability Insurance: $1,000,000 combined single limit per
occurrence for bodily injury and property damage. If the policy has an aggregate limit, a separate
aggregate in the amounts specified shall be established for the risks for which the District and City,
or its agents, officers or employees are additional insured.
b. Automobile Liability Insurance: $1,000,000 combined single limit per accident for bodily injury
and property damage. In addition, the auto policy must cover any vehicle used in the performance of
the contract, used onsite or offsite, whether owned, non-owned or hired, and whether scheduled or
non-scheduled. The auto insurance certificate must state the coverage is for "any auto" and cannot
be limited in any manner.
c. Workers' Compensation and Employers' Liability Insurance: Workers' compensation limits
as required by the Labor Code of the State of California and Employers' Liability limits of $1,000,000
per incident. Workers' compensation offered by the State Compensation Insurance Fund is
acceptable to the City.
(B) Additional Provisions. Contractor shall ensure that the policies of insurance required under
this agreement with the exception of Workers' Compensation and Business Automobile Liability
Insurance contain, or are endorsed to contain, the following provisions:
a. The District and City, its officials, employees and volunteers are to be covered as additional
insured as respects: liability arising out of activities performed by or on behalf of the Contractor;
products and completed operations of the contractor; premises owned, leased, hired or borrowed by
the contractor. The coverage shall contain no special limitations on the scope of protection afforded
to the District or City, its officials, employees or volunteers. All additional insured endorsements must
be evidenced using separate documents attached to the certificate of insurance; one for each
company affording general liability and employers' liability.
i-
a Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 38901 Page 31 of 67 Pages
7^
b. The Contractor's insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respects the District and
City, its officials, employees and volunteers. Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by the
District or City, its officials, employees or volunteers shall be in excess of the contractor's insurance
and shall not contribute with it.
c.
to the District and City, its officials, employees or volunteers.
Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies shall not affect coverage provided
d. Coverage shall state that the contractor's insurance shall apply separately to each insured
against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of the insurer's
liability.
(C) Notice Of Cancellation. Each insurance policy required by this agreement shall be endorsed to
state that coverage shall not be nonrenewed, suspended, voided, canceled, or reduced in coverage
or limits except after thirty (30) days' prior written notice has been given to the District by certified
mail, return receipt requested.
(D) Deductibles And Self-Insured Retention (S.I.R.) Levels. Any deductibles or self-insured
retention levels must be declared to and approved by the City. At the option of the District, either: the
insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductibles or self-insured retention levels as respects the
District and City, its officials and employees; or the contractor shall procure a bond guaranteeing
payment of losses and related investigation, claim administration and defense expenses.
- (E) Waiver Of Subrogation. All policies of insurance required under this agreement shall contain a
waiver of all rights of subrogation the insurer may have or may acquire against the District or City or
any of its officials or employees.
(F) Subcontractors. Contractor shall include all subcontractors as insured under its policies or
shall furnish separate certificates and endorsements for each subcontractor. Coverages for
subcontractors shall be subject to all of the requirements stated herein.
(G) Acceptability Of Insurers. Insurance is to be placed with insurers that have a rating in Best's
Key Rating Guide of at least A-:V. Insurers must also be authorized to transact the business of
insurance by the State of California Insurance Commissioner as admitted carriers as evidenced by a
listing in the official publication of the Department of Insurance of the State of California and/or under
the standards specified by the Board of Directors in Resolution No. 772.
(H) Verification Of Coverage. Contractor shall furnish the District with certificates of insurance and
original endorsements affecting coverage required by this clause. The certificates and endorsements
for each insurance policy are to be signed by a person authorized by that insurer to bind coverage on
its behalf. The certificates and endorsements are to be in forms approved by the District and are to
be received and approved by the District before the Contract is executed by the District.
(I) Cost Of Insurance. The Cost of all insurance required under this agreement shall be included in the Contractor's bid.
.-
@ Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 38901 Page 32 of 67 Pages
11. Claims and Lawsuits. All claims by contractor for $375,000 or less shall be resolved in
accordance with the provisions in the Public Contract Code, Division 2, Part 3, Chapter 1, Article 1.5
(commencing with section 20104) which are incorporated by reference. A copy of Article 1.5 is
included in the Supplemental Provisions I section. The contractor shall initially submit all claims over
$375,000 to the District using the informal dispute resolution process described in Public Contract
Code subsections 201 04.2(a), (c), (d). Notwithstanding the provisions of this section of the contract,
all claims shall comply with the Government Tort Claim Act (section 900 et seq., of the California
Government Code) for any claim or cause of action for money or damages prior to filing any lawsuit
for breach of this agreement.
1
(A) Assertion of Claims. Contractor hereby agrees that any contract claim submitted to the District
must be asserted as part of the contract process as set forth in this agreement and not in anticipation
of litigation or in conjunction with litigation.
(B) False Claims. Contractor acknowledges that if a false claim is submitted to the District, it may
be considered fraud and the Contractor may be subject to criminal prosecution.
(C) Government Code. Contractor acknowledges that California Government Code sections
12650 et seq., the False Claims Act, provides for civil penalties where a person knowingly submits a
false claim to a public entity. These provisions include false claims made with deliberate ignorance of
the false information or in reckless disregard of the truth or falsity of the information.
(D) Penalty Recovery. If the Carlsbad Municipal Water District seeks to recover penalties pursuant to the False Claims Act, it is entitled to recover its litigation costs, including attorney's fees.
(E) Debarment for False Claims. Contractor hereby acknowledges that the filing of a false claim
may subject the Contractor to an administrative debarment proceeding wherein the Contractor may
be prevented from further bidding on public contracts for a period of up to five years.
rc
(F) Carlsbad Municipal Code. The provisions of Carlsbad Municipal Code sections 3.32.025, 3.32.026, 3.32.027 and 3.32.028 pertaining to false claims are incorporated herein by reference.
(G) Debarment from Other Jurisdictions. Contractor hereby acknowledges that debarment by
another jurisdiction is grounds for the Carlsbad Municipal Water District to disqualify the Contractor
or subcontractor from participating in future contract bidding.
(H) Jurisdiction. Contractor agrees and hereby stipulates that the proper venue and jurisdiction for
resolution of any disputes between the parties arising out of this agreement is San Diego County,
California.
I have read and understand all provisions of Section 11 above. F- (initial)
12. Maintenance of Records. Contractor shall maintain and make available at no cost to the
City, upon request, records in accordance with sections 1776 and 181 2 of Part 7, Chapter 1, Article
2, of the Labor Code. If the Contractor does not maintain the records at Contractor's principal place
of business as specified above, Contractor shall so inform the District by certified letter
accompanying the return of this Contract. Contractor shall notify the District by certified mail of any
change of address of such records.
,- 13. Labor Code Provisions. The provisions of Part 7, Chapter 1, commencing with section 1720
of the Labor Code are incorporated herein by reference.
Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 38901 Page 33 of 67 Pages
.- 14. Security. Securities in the form of cash, cashier's check, or certified check may be substituted
for any monies withheld by the District to secure performance of this contract for any obligation
established by this contract. Any other security that is mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the
District may be substituted for monies withheld to ensure performance under this Contract.
15. Provisions Required by Law Deemed Inserted. Each and every provision of law and
clause required by law to be inserted in this Contract shall be deemed to be inserted herein and
included herein, and if, through mistake or otherwise, any such provision is not inserted, or is not
correctly inserted, then upon application of either party, the Contract shall forthwith be physically
amended to make such insertion or correction.
16. Additional Provisions. Any additional provisions of this agreement are set forth in the
"General Provisions" or I' Supplemental Provisions" attached hereto and made a part hereof.
NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXECUTION BY ALL SIGNATORIES MUST BE
AlTACHED
(CORPORATE SEAL)
CONTRACTOR: CA
mu
By:
G~ON LO~= wc,~o,~ cog^
By:
(sign Kre~
(pridame and title) /
President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If only
one officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or assistant
secretary under the corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation.
If signed by an individual partner, the partnership must attach a statement of partnership authorizing
the partner to execute this instrument.
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
RONALD R. BALL
General Counsel
By: x-
Deputy General Counsil
e Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 38901 Page 34 of 67 Pages
fl CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT
I State of California I ss. County of
-7-5, N/Ljm?
Name and Title of Officer (e g "Jde Doe, Notary Public') On A//<?/< before me,
RPh)SIN&
ipne(s) of Signer(s) . personally appeared p f &ma
&rsonally known to me
0 proved to me on the basis of satisfactory
evidence
to be the person(s) whose name(s) islare
subscribed to the within instrument and
acknowledged to me that helshelthey executed
the same in hislherltheir authorized
capacity(ies), and that by hislherltheir
signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or
the entity upon behalf of which the person(s)
acted. executed the instrument.
Place Notary Seal Above
OPTIONAL
Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document
and could prevent fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document.
Description of Attached Docume t
Title or Type of Document: 0-
Document Date: m7 Number of Pages: - Signer(s) Other Than Named Above:
Capacity(ies)
Signer's Name:
0 I 'vidual
0 Partner - 0 Limited 0 General
0 Attorney in Fact
0 Trustee
0 Guardian or Conservator
0 Other:
dporate Officer - Title(s): FEekv(fF -y
f
Signer Is Representing: mw &%6 - -. I
0 1999 National Notary Assmiation * 9350 De Soto Ave., P.O. Box 2402 * Chatsworth, CA 91313-2402 - www.nationalnotary.org Prod. No. 5907 Reorder: Call Toll-Free 1-800-876-6827
BOND NO: 6247600
PREKIUM INLOED IN PERFORMANCE BOND
LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND
WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the City of Carlsbad, State of California, by Resolution No. 1256, adopted OCTOBER 18, 2005 , has awarded to
ORION CONSTRUCTION CORPORATION (hereinafter
designated as the "Principal"), a Contract br:
MAHR RESERVOIR IMPROVEMENTS
CONTRACT NO. 38901
BID NO. PUS06-03ENG, PROJECT NO. 38901
in the City of Carlsbad, in strict conformity with the drawings and specifications, and other Contract
Documents now on file in the Office of the Secretary of the Board of Directors (City Clerk of the City
of Carlsbad) and all of which are incorporated herein by this reference.
WHEREAS, Principal has executed or is about to execute said Contract and the terms thereof
require the furnishing of a bond, providing that if Principal or any of their subcontractors shall fail to
pay for any materials, provisions, provender or other supplies or teams used in, upon or about the
performance of the work agreed to be done, or for any work or labor done thereon of any kind, the
Surety on this bond will pay the same to the extent hereinafier set forth.
NOW, THEREFORE, WE, ORION CONSTRUCTION CORPORATION 1 as
Principal, (hereinafter designated as the 'Contractor"), and SAFECO INSURANCE
as Surety, are held firmly bound unto the Carlsbad
Municipal Water District in the sum of TWO MILLION FOUR HUNDRED FORTY SEVEN
THOUSAND NINE HUNDRED SEVENTY FIVE Dollars ($2,447,975), said sum being an amount
equal to: One hundred percent (100%) of the total amount payable under the terms of the contract by
the Carlsbad Municipal Water District, and for which payment well and truly to be made we bind
ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly and severally,
firmly by these presents.
- CoMpBNY~AnERIcA
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the Contractor or hislher subcontractors
fail to pay for any materials, provisions, provender, supplies, or teams used in, upon, for, or about the
performance of the work contracted to be done, or for any other work or labor thereon of any kind,
consistent with California Civil Code section 3181, or for amounts due under the Unemployment
Insurance Code with respect to the work or labor performed under this Contract, or for any amounts
required to be deducted, withheld, and paid over to the Employment Development Department from
the wages of employees of the contractor and subcontractors pursuant to section 13020 of the
Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to the work and labor, that the Surety will pay for the
same, and, also, in case suit is brought upon the bond, reasonable attorney's fees, to be fixed by the
court consistent with California Civil Code section 3248.
This bond shall inure to the benefit of any of the persons named in California Civil Code section
3181, so as to give a right of action to those persons or their assigns in any suit brought upon the
bond.
Surety stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of
the Contract, or to the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the
same shall affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any change,
extension of time, alterations or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the
specifications.
-
4% k$ Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 38901 Page 35 of 67 Pages
In the event that Contractor is an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Contractor shall
not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond.
Executed by CONTRACTOR this 28TH Executed by SURETY this -28m day
c
05 9 20-d of OcTOBw day of OCTOBER ,2005 .
CONTRACTOR: SURETY:
ORION CONSTRUCTION CORPORATION SBFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA
(name of Contractor) (name of Surety)
330 NORTH BRAND BLVD., lOTB FLOOR By: Le GLENDALE, CA 92103
(sign RdFe) (address of Surety) 2D0dJf-) 818-956-4208
(print nadere) 7f&,
(title and organization of signatory)
JEBNETTE SEIDL, ATTOIUEY-IN-FACT
(printed name of Attorney-in-Fact) 5?zLd7.-q
(print name here) (attach corporate resolution showing current - power of attorney)
nization of signatory)
(Proper notarial acknowledge of execution by CONTRACTOR and SURETY must be attached.)
(President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If only
one officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or assistant
secretary under corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation.)
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
RONALD R. BALL
General Counsel
By: 1 I Deputy General Counsel\
43 Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 38901 Page 36 of 67 Pages
CALIFORNIA ALLPURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT -
1 State of California 1 ss. County of SAN DIEGO
GLADYS D. ROGERS, NOTARY PUBLIC I On 28 OCTOBER 2005 , before me,
personally appeared JEANETTE SEIDL ,
Name and Title of Officer (e.g.. "Jane Doe. Notary Public? Date
Name(s) of Signer@)
personally known to me
0 proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence
to be the person@) whose name@) Ware subscribed
to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that
he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their
authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their
signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the
entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted,
executed the instrument.
Place Notary Seal Above
WITNESS my hand icial seal.
/ Si- of N otary Public
0 PTIONA L L
Though the information below is not required by law, if may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document.
Description of Attached Document
Title or Type of Document:
Document Date: Number of Pages:
Signer@) Other Than Named Above:
Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s)
Signer's Name: Signer's Name:
0 Individual 0 Individual
0 Corporate Officer - Title(s): 0 Corporate Officer - Title@):
0 Partner - 0 Limited 0 General 0 Partner - 0 Limited 0 General
5 Attorney in Fact
0 Trustee
0 Guardian or Conservator 0 Guardian or Conservator
0 Other:
Signer Is Representing:
0 Attorney in Fact
Signer Is Representing: SURETY
..
POWER A E O' OFAlTORNEY
SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA
GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA
HOME OFFICE: SAFECO PLALA SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98185
rc
No. 11566
KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS:
That SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, each a Washington corporation, does each hereby appoint
************LARRY D. COGDILL; INGRID ERIKA CROSBY, JEANETTE SEIDL; BROOKE LAFRENC MICHAEL W. THOMAS; San Diego, California***********
its true and lawful attomey(s)-in-fact. with full authority to execute on its behalf fidelity and surety bonds or undertakings and other documents of a similar
character issued in the course of Is business, and to bind the respective company thereby.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA have each executed and
attested these presents
this 9th day of June I 2004
CHRISTINE MEAD, SECRETARY MIKE MCGAVICK, PRESIDENT
CERTl FIC ATE
Extract from the By-Laws of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA
"Artide V, Sedion 13. - FIDELITY AND SURETY BONDS ... the President, any Vice President, the Secretary, and any Assistant Vice President appointed for that purpose by the officer in charge of surety operations, shall each have authority to appoint individuals as attorneys-in-fact or under other appropriate Wes with
authority to execute on behalf of the company fidelity and surety bonds and other documents of similar character issued by the company in the course of its
busine ss... On any instrument making or evidencing such appointment, the signatures may be affixed by facsimile. On any instrument conferring such authority
or on any bond or undertaking of the company, the seal, or a facsimile thereof, may be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced; provided,
however, that the seal shall not be necessary to the validity of any such instrument or undertaking.'
Extract from a Resolution of the Board of Directors of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA
and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA adopted July 28,1970.
I
"On any certificate executed by the Secretary or an assistant secretary of the Company setting out,
(i) The provisions of We V, Section 13 of the By-Laws, and (ii) A copy of the power-of-attorney appointment, executed pursuant thereto, and
(iii) Certifying that said power-of-attorney appointment is in full force and effect,
the signature of the cerlifying officer may be by facsimile, and the seal of the Company may be a facsimile thereof.'
I, Christine Mead, Secretary of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMEIUCA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, do hereby cettiQ that the foregdq extracts of the By-Laws and of a Resolution of the Board of Directors of these corporations, and of a Power of Attorney issued pursuant thereto, are true and coned and that both the By-Laws, the Resolution and the Power of Attorney are still in full force and effect.
IN WlTNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the facsimile seal of said corporation
OCTOBER 2005 this 28TE day of
CHRISTINE MEAD, SECRETARY
*
S4974lSAEF 2/01 @A registered trademark of SAFECO Corporation
06/09/2004 PDF
..
EXHIBIT 6
iMPORTANT NOTICE TO SURETY BOND CUSTOMERS REGARDING
THE TERRORISM RlSK INSURANCE ACT OF 2002
As a surety bond customer of one of the SAFECO insurance companies (SAFECO Insurance Company of
America, General Insurance Company of America, First National Insurance Company, American States Insur-
ance Company or American Economy Insurance Company), it is our duty to notify you that the Terrorism Risk
Insurance Act of 2002 extends to ‘surety insurance”. This means that under certain circumstances we may be
eligible for reimbursement of certain surety bond losses by the United States government under a formula
established by this Act.
Under this formula, the United States government pays 90% of losses caused by certified acts of terrorism that
exceed a statutorily established deductible to be paid by the insurance company providing the bond. The Act
also establishes a $100 billion cap for the total of all losses to be paid by all insurers for certified acts of
terrorism. Losses on some or all of your bonds may be subject to this cap.
This notice does not modify any of the existing terms and conditions of this bond, the underlying agreement
guaranteed by this bond, any statutes governing the terms of this bond or any generally applicable rules of law.
At this time there is no premium change resulting from this Act.
MI248 2/03
r- CALIFORNIA ALL=PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT
State of California
County of
} SS.
Name and Title of Officer (e.g., "JadDoe. Notary Public"7 On /<.<%/O5 , before me, /Hmz<
@HJw$ personally appeared RLG~ b
Narne(s) of Signer(s) I 3f%ersonally known to me
- proved to me on the basis of satisfactory
evidence
-
Place Notary Seal Above
to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are
subscribed to the within instrument and
acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed
the same in his/her/their authorized
capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their
signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or
the entity upon behalf of which the person(s)
acted, executed the instrument.
-Signaftre of Notary Public
OPTIONAL
Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document
and could prevent fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document.
Description of Attached
Title or Type of Document: .e /v&eqtw* -m
Document Date: Number of Pages: 7
Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: -%- 5E)VL
Capacity(ies) Claime Si ner
Signer's Name:
0 I 'vidual
drporate Officer - Title(s): ?!!),Hh &/?Zrn-, W l / 0 Partner - 0 Limited 0 General
0 Attorney in Fact
0 Trustee
C Guardian or Conservator
C Other:
Signer Is Representing: pvRbf?d
0 1999 National Notary Association * 9350 De Solo Ave.. P.O. Box 2402 * Chalsworlh, CA 91 313-2402 - www nationalnotaly.org Prod. No. 5907 Reorder Call Toll-Free 1-803-876-6827
BOND NO: 6247600
PREMIUM: $21,334.00
FAITHFUL PERFORMANCElWARRANTY BOND
WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the City of Carlsbad, State of California, by Resolution No.
1256, adopted OCTOBER 18, 2005 , has awarded to
ORION CONSTRUCTION CORPORATION (hereinafter
designated as the "Principal"), a Contract 6r:
MAHR RESERVOIR IMPROVEMENTS
CONTRACT NO. 38901
in the Carlsbad Municipal Water District, in strict conformity with the contract, the drawings and
specifications, and other Contract Documents now on file in the Office of the Secretary of the Board
of Directors (City Clerk of the City of Carlsbad), all of which are incorporated herein by this reference.
BID NO. PWS0643ENG, PROJECT NO. 38901
WHEREAS, Principal has executed or is about to execute said Contract and the terms thereof
require the furnishing of a bond for the faithful performance and warranty of said Contract;
NOW, THEREFORE, WE, ORION CONSTRUCTION CORPORATION , as Principal, (hereinafter designated as the 'Contractor"), and SBFECO IHSURANCE
as Surety, are held firmly bound unto the Carlsbad
Municipal Water District in the sum of TWO MILLION FOUR HUNDRED FORTY SEVEN
THOUSAND NINE HUNDRED SEVENTY FIVE Dollars ($2,447,975), said sum being an amount
equal to: One hundred percent (100%) of the total amount payable under the terms of the contract by
the Carlsbad Municipal Water District, and for which payment well and truly to be made we bind
ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
COMPANY OF BNWICA
-
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the above bounden Contractor, their heirs,
executors, administrators, successors or assigns, shall in all things stand to and abide by, and well
and truly keep and perform the covenants, conditions, and agreements in the Contract and any
alteration thereof made as therein provided on their part, to be kept and performed at the time and in
the manner therein specified, and in all respects according to their true intent and meaning, and shall
indemnify and save harmless the Carlsbad Municipal Water District, its officers, employees and
agents, as therein stipulated, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise it shall
remain in full force and effect.
As a part of the obligation secured hereby and in addition to the face amount specified therefore,
there shall be included costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attorneys
fees, incurred by the District in successfully enforcing such obligation, all to be taxed as costs and
included in any judgment rendered.
Surety stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of
the Contract, or to the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the
same shall affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any change,
extension of time, alterations or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the
specifications.
ern p,s Revised 10108103 Contract No. 38901 Page 37 of 67 Pages
In the event that Contractor is an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Contractor shall
not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond. -
Executed by CONTRACTOR this, 281'8 Executed by SURETY this 28m day of
day of OCTOBER ,20 05 . OCTOBER ,2005 .
CONTRACTOR: SURETY:
ORION CONSTRUCTION CORPORATION SBPECO INSURANCE CWANY OF AMERICA
(name of Contractor) (name of Surety)
330 NORTH BRAND BLVD., 10TB FLOOR
CA 91203
(address of Surety)
r rK 818-956-4208
(pdname here) number of Surety)
%egik/d By:
(Title and Ordanization of Signatory)
JlWWJTE SEIDL, ATTO~-~-FACT - (printed name of Attorney-in-Fact)
(sign6re)
r/LLJ/+ (Attach corporate resolution showing current
(print namdere) power of attorney.)
9d30 a-
(Title and Organizati
(Proper notarial acknowledge of execution by CONTRACTOR and SURETY must be attached.)
(President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If only
one officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or assistant
secretary under corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation.)
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
RONALD R. BALL
General Counsel
By: 8
Deputy General Counsel 7
%# Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 38901 Page 38 of 67 Pages
CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT -
State of California
County of SBN DIEGO } SS.
On 28 OCTOBER , before me, GLADYS D. ROGERS, NOTARY PUBLIC I
Dale Name and Title of Officer (e.g., "Jane Doe, Notary Public?
personally appeared JEANETTE SEIDL 1
Name($ of Signer($
personally known to me
0 proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence
to be the person@) whose name(s) islare subscribed
to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that
he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their
authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their
signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the
entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted,
executed the instrument.
Place Notary Seal Above
WITNESS my hand
bqdlure of Notary Public
0 PTlONA L I!
Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document.
Description of Attached Document
Title or Type of Document:
Document Date: Number of Pages:
Signer(s) Other Than Named Above:
Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s)
Signer's Name: Signer's Name:
0 Individual 0 Individual
0 Corporate Officer - Title(s):
0 Partner - 0 Limited 0 General Partner - Limited 0 General
Dl Attorney in Fact
0 Trustee
0 Guardian or Conservator 0 Guardian or Conservator 0 Other:
Signer Is Representing:
0 Corporate Officer - Title(s):
Attorney in Fact
Signer Is Representing:
SURETY
rc
POWER A E O' OFATTORNEY
-
KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS:
SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA
GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA
HOME OFFICE: SAFECO PLAZA
SEATTLE. WASHINGTON 98185
No. 11566
That SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, each a Washington corporation. does each
hereby appoint
************LARRY D. COGDILL; INGRID ERIKACROSBY; JEANETTE SEIDL; BROOKE LAFRENZ; MICHAEL W. THOMAS; SanDiego, CaI~fomia***********
its true and lawful attomey(s>iwfad. with full authority to execute on its behalf fidelity and surety bonds or undertakings and other documents of a similar character issued in the course of its business, and to bind the respective company thereby.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA have each executed and attested these presents
this 9th dayof June I 2004
CHRISTINE MEAD. SECRETARY MIKE MCGAVICK, PRESIDENT
CERTIFICATE
and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA:
"Attide V, Section 13. - FIDELITY AND SUREM BONDS ... the President. any Vice President, the Secretary, and any Assistant Vice President appointed for that
purpose by the officer in charge of surety operations, shall each have authority to appoint indiiuals as attorneys-in-fact or under other appropriate Wes with
authority to execute on behalf of the company fidelity and surety bonds and ather documents of similar d-mracter issued by the company in the wrse of its business ... On any instrument making or evidencing such appointment, the signatures may be afiixed by facsimile. On any insburnent conferring such authority
or on any bond Or undertaking of the company, the seal, or a facsimile thereof, may be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced; provided, however, that the seal shall not be necessary to the validity of any such instrument or undertaking."
Extract from the By-Law of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA
Extract from a Resolution of the Board of Diredors of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA adopted July 28.1970.
"On any certificate executed by the Secretary or an assistant secretary of the Company setting out,
(i) The provisions of Article V, section 13 of the By-Laws, and
(ii) A copy of the power+f-attomey appointment, executed pursuant thereto, and
(iii) Certifying that said power-ofattomey appointment is in full force and effect,
the signature of the certifying officer may be by facsimile, and the seal of the Company may be a facsimile thereof.'
I, Christine Mead, Seaetary of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, do hereby certify
that the foregdq extrads of the By-Lam and of a Resolution of the Bod of Directors of these wrpotations, and of a Power of Attorney ksued pursuant thereto, are true and correct, and that both the By-Laws, the Resolution and the Power of Attorney are still in full force and effect.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the facsimile seal of said corporatim
OCTOBER 2005 this 28TH day of
CHRISTINE MEAD, SECRETARY -
S-09741SAEF 2/01 b A registered trademark of SAFECO Corporation
06/09/2004 PDF
.-
I
EXHIBIT B
IMPORTANT NOTICE TO SUREN BOND CUSTOMERS REGARDING
THE TERRORISM RISK INSURANCE ACT OF 2002
As a surety bond customer of one of the SAFECO insurance companies (SAFECO Insurance Company of
America, General insurance Company of America, First National Insurance Company, American States Insur-
ance Company or American Economy Insurance Company), it is our duty to notify you that the Terrorism Risk
Insurance Act of 2002 extends to 'surety insurance". This means that under certain circumstances we may be
eligible for reimbursement of certain surety bond losses by the United States government under a formula
established by this Act.
Under this formula, the United States government pays 90% of losses caused by certified acts of terrorism that
exceed a statutorily established deductible to be paid by the insurance company providing the bond. The Act
also establishes a $100 billion cap for the total of all losses to be paid by all insurers for certified acts of
terrorism. Losses on some or all of your bonds may be subject to this cap.
This notice does not modify any of the existing terms and conditions of this bond, the underlying agreement
guaranteed by this bond, any statutes governing the terms of this bond or any generally applicable rules of law.
At this time there is no premium change resulting from this Act.
- CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT
I State of California
County of D/W
On '![fy/<before me, fl. Lv'/qi+/N mP?iw
Name and Title of Officer (e g "Jane Doe,%tary Public') Ldsb44
F(s) of Signer@)
personally appeared KL/Ab@?D bQ
dersonally known to me
0 proved to me on the basis of satisfactory
evidence
Place Notary Seal Above
to be the person(s) whose name(s) islare
subscribed to the within instrument and
acknowledged to me that helshelthey executed
the same in hislherltheir authorized
capacity(ies), and that by hislherltheir
signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or
the entity upon behalf of which the person(s)
acted, executed the instrument.
OPTIONAL
Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document
and could prevent fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document.
Description of Attached Document
Title or Type of Document: ?&?F&%?- 4e
Document Date: Number of Pages: z.
Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: a3wcm ~ykT&-
Capacity(ies)
Signer's Name:
%pyrzL Officer - Title(s):
0 Partner - 0 Limited C General
0 Attorney in Fact
0 Trustee
0 Guardian or Conservator
Other:
1- /
Signer Is Representing: Q/Zlsd wn L
0 1999 National Notary Association * 9350 De Solo Ave., P.O. Box 2402 * Chatsworih, CA 91313-2402 - w.natlonalnotary.org Prod. No. 5907 Reorder: Call Toll-Free 1-800-876-6827
#- ?
4-
.-
OPTIONAL ESCROW AGREEMENT FOR
SECURITY DEPOSITS IN LIEU OF RETENTION
This Escrow Agreement is made and entered into by and between the Carlsbad Municipal Water
District whose address is 5950 El Camino Real, Carlsbad, California, 92008, hereinafter called
"District" and
For the consideration hereinafter set forth, the District, Contractor and Escrow Agent agree as
follows:
Pursuant to sections 22300 and 10263 of the Public Contract Code of the State of California, the
Contractor has the option to deposit securities with the Escrow Agent as a substitute for retention
earnings required to be withheld by the District pursuant to the Construction Contract entered into
between the District and Contractor for:
MAHR RESERVOIR IMPROVEMENTS
CONTRACT NO. 38901
in the amount of 5 a947],475.9-
as the "Contract").
dated /I-/ r-Hdc(hereinafter referred to
Alternatively, on written request of the Contractor, the District shall make
payments of the retention earnings directly to the Escrow Agent. When the Contractor deposits the
securities as a substitute for Contract earnings, the Escrow Agent shall notify the District within 10
days of the deposit. The Escrow Agent shall maintain insurance to cover negligent acts and
omissions of the Escrow Agent in connection with the handling of retentions under these sections in
an amount not less than $100,000 per contract. The market value of the securities at the time of the
substitution shall be a least equal to the cash amount then required to be withheld as retention under
the terms of the contract between the District and Contractor. Securities shall be held in the name of
the District and shall designate the Contractor as the beneficial owner.
2. The District shall make progress payments to the Contractor for such funds which otherwise
would be withheld from progress payments pursuant to the Contract provisions, provided that the
Escrow Agent holds securities in the form and amount specified above.
3. When the District makes payment of retentions earned directly to the Escrow Agent, the Escrow
Agent shall hold them for the benefit of the Contractor until such time as the escrow created under
this contract is terminated. The Contractor may direct the investment of the payments into securities.
All terms and conditions of this agreement and the rights and responsibilities of the parties shall be
equally applicable and binding when the District pays the Escrow Agent directly.
4. The Contractor shall be responsible for paying all fees for the expenses incurred by the Escrow
Agent in administering the Escrow Account and all expenses of the District. These expenses and payment terms shall be determined by the District, Contractor and Escrow Agent. c
c3 Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 38901 Page 39 of 67 Pages
c 5. The interest earned on the securities or the money market accounts held in escrow and all
interest earned on that interest shall be.for the sole account of Contractor and shall be subject to
withdrawal by Contractor at any time and from time to time without notice to the District.
6. Contractor shall have the right to withdraw all or any part of the principal in the Escrow Account only by written notice to Escrow Agent accompanied by written authorization from District to the Escrow Agent that District consents to the withdrawal of the amount sought to be withdrawn by Contractor.
7. The District shall have a right to draw upon the securities in the event of default by the Contractor. Upon seven days' written notice to the Escrow Agent from the District of the default, the Escrow Agent shall immediately convert the securities to cash and shall distribute the cash as
instructed by the District.
8. Upon receipt of written notification from the District certifying that the Contract is final and complete and that the Contractor has complied with all requirements and procedures applicable to the Contract, the Escrow Agent shall release to Contractor all securities and interest on deposit less
escrow fees and charges of the Escrow Account. The escrow shall be closed immediately upon
disbursement of all moneys and securities on deposit and payments of fees and charges.
9. The Escrow Agent shall rely on the written notifications from the District and the Contractor
pursuant to sections (1) to (8), inclusive, of this agreement and the District and Contractor shall hold
Escrow Agent harmless from Escrow Agent's release, conversion and disbursement of the securities and interest as set forth above.
10. The names of the persons who are authorized to give written notices or to receive written notice
on behalf of the District and on behalf of Contractor in connection with the foregoing, and exemplars
of their respective signatures are as follows:
-
For District:
For Contractor:
For Escrow Agent:
Revised 10/08/03
Title FINANCE DIRECTOR
Name k/eY;> gfAaC%
Signature
Title
Name PK!.hahd nw si na
Contract No. 38901 Page 40 of 67 Pages
.
At the time the Escrow Account is opened, the District and Contractor shall deliver to the Escrow
Agent a fully executed counterpart of this Agreement.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement by their proper officers on the
date first set forth above.
For District:
For Contractor:
For Escrow Agent:
ern sg Revised 10/08/03
Title Wm PRESIDENT
Address
Name
Contract No. 389111
SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS
FOR
MAHR RESERVOIR IMPROVEMENTS
CONTRACT NO. 38901
SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS TO
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION
PART 1, GENERAL PROVISIONS
SECTION 1 -- TERMS, DEFINITIONS ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS
1-1 TERMS
Add the following section:
1-1.1 Reference to Drawings. Where words "shown", "indicated", "detailed", "noted", "scheduled",
or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that reference is made to the plans
accompanying these provisions, unless stated otherwise.
.
Add the following section:
1-1.2 Directions. Where words "directed", "designated", "selected", or words of similar import are
used, it shall be understood that the direction, designation or selection of the Engineer is intended,
unless stated otherwise. The word "required" and words of similar import shall be understood to
mean "as required to properly complete the work as required and as approved by the Engineer,"
unless stated otherwise.
-
Add the following section:
1-1.3 Equals and Approvals. Where the words "equal", "approved equal", "equivalent", and such
words of similar import are used, it shall be understood such words are followed by the expression "in
the opinion of the Engineer", unless otherwise stated. Where the words "approved", "approval",
"acceptance", or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that the approval,
acceptance, or similar import of the Engineer is intended.
Add the following section:
1-1.4 Perform. The word "perform" shall be understood to mean that the Contractor, at its
expense, shall perform all operations, labor, tools and equipment, and further, including the
furnishing and installing of materials that are indicated, specified or required to mean that the
Contractor, at its expense, shall furnish and install the work, complete in place and ready to use,
including furnishing of necessary labor, materials, tools, equipment, and transportation.
..+-
Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 38901 Page 42 of 67 Pages
c 1-2 DEFINITIONS. Modify as follows: The following words, or groups of words, shall be exclusively
defined by the definitions assigned to them herein.
Agency - the Carlsbad Municipal Water District of Carlsbad, California.
Board of Directors - the Board of Directors of the Carlsbad Municipal District of the City of
Carlsbad.
Executive Manager - the Executive Manager of the Carlsbad Municipal Water District or his/her
approved representative.
Dispute Board - persons designated by the Executive Manager to hear and advise the Executive
Manager on claims submitted by the Contractor. The Executive Manager is the last appeal level for
informal dispute resolution.
Engineer - the District Engineer of the Carlsbad Municipal Water District or hidher approved
representative. The District Engineer is the third level of appeal for informal dispute resolution.
Minor Bid Item - a single contract item constituting less than 10 percent (10%) of the original
Contract Price bid.
Own Organization - When used in Section 2-3.1 - Employees of the Contractor who are hired,
directed, supervised and paid by the Contractor to accomplish the completion of the Work. Further,
such employees have their employment taxes, State disability insurance payments, State and
Federal income taxes paid and administered, as applicable, by the Contractor. When used in
Section 2-3.1 ”own organization” means construction equipment that the Contractor owns or leases
and uses to accomplish the Work. Equipment that is owner operated or leased equipment with an
operator is not part of the Contractor’s Own Organization and will not be included for the purpose of
compliance with section 2-3.1 of the Standard Specifications and these Supplemental Provisions.
-
Owner OperatorLessor - Any person who provides equipment or tools with an operator provided
who is employed by neither the Contractor nor a subcontractor and is neither an agent or employee
of the Agency or a public utility.
Principal Inspector - The Senior Inspector’s immediate supervisor and second level of appeal for
informal dispute resolution.
Project Inspector - the Engineer’s designated representative for inspection, contract administration
and first level for informal dispute resolution.
Project Manager - the District Engineer of the Carlsbad Municipal Water District or hidher
approved representative.
Senior Inspector - the Project Inspector’s immediate supervisor and first level of appeal for informal
dispute resolution.
@ Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 38901 Page 43 of 67 Pages
- 1-3 ABBREVIATIONS
1-3.2 Common Usage, add the following:
Abbreviation Word or Words
Apts ........................................ Apartment and Apartments
Bldg ........................................ Building band Buildings
CMWD .................................... Cartsbad Municipal Water District
CSSD ..................................... Carlsbad Supplemental Standard Drawings
cfs ........................................... Cubic Feet per Second
Comm ..................................... Commercial
DR .......................................... Dimension Ratio
E ............................................. Electric
G ............................................. Gas
gal ........................................... Gallon and Gallons
Gar ......................................... Garage and Garages
GNV ........................................ Ground Not Visible
gpm ......................................... allons per minute
IE ............................................ Invert Elevation
LCW D ..................................... Leucadia County Water District
MSL ........................................ Mean Sea Level (see Regional Standard Drawing M-12)
MTBM ..................................... Microtunneling Boring Machine
NCTD ..................................... North County Transit District
OHE ........................................ Overhead Electric
OMWD ................................... Olivenhain Municipal Water District
S ............................................. Sewer or Slope, as applicable
SDNR ..................................... San Diego Northern Railway
SDRSD ................................... San Diego Regional Standard Drawings
SFM ........................................ Sewer Force Main
T ............................................. Telephone
UE .......................................... Underground Electric
W ............................................ Water, Wider or Width, as applicable
VWD ....................................... Vallecitos Water District
rc- ROW ...................................... Right-of-way
SECTION 2 -- SCOPE AND CONTROL OF THE WORK
2-3 SUBCONTRACTS.
2-3.1 General, add the following: Should the Contractor fail to adhere to the provisions requiring
the Contractor to complete 50 percent of the contract price with its own organization, the Agency may
at its sole discretion elect to cancel the contract or to deduct an amount equal to 10 percent of the
value of the work performed in excess of 50 percent of the contract price by other than the
Contractor’s own organization. The Board of Directors shall be the sole body for determination of a
violation of these provisions. In any proceedings under this section, the prime contractor shall be
entitled to a public hearing before the Board of Directors and shall be notified ten (10) days in
advance of the time and location of said hearing. The determination of the Board of Directors shall
be final. -
+“s Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 38901 Page 44 of 67 Pages
I 2-4 CONTRACT BONDS, modify the second sentence of paragraph one as follows: Delete, "who
is listed in the latest version of U.S. Department of Treasury Circular 570."
Modify Paragraphs three and four to read: The Contractor shall provide a faithful performance/
arranty bond and payment bond (labor and materials bond) for this contract. The faithful
performance/warranty bond shall be in the amount of 100 percent of the contract price. The
Contractor shall provide bonds to secure payment of laborers and material suppliers, in an amount
equal to:
1) One hundred percent (100%) of the total amount payable by the terms of the contract when the total amount payable does not exceed five million dollars ($5,000,000.
2) Fifty percent (50%) of the total amount payable, by the terms of the contract when the total
amount payable is not less than five million dollars ($5,000,000) and does not exceed ten million
dollars ($1 0,000,000).
3) Twenty-five percent (25%) of the total amount payable be the terms of the contract if the contract exceeds ten million dollars ($1 0,000,000).
Both bonds shall extend in full force and effect and be retained by the Agency during this project until
they are released according to the provisions of this section.
The faithful performance/warranty bond will be reduced to 25 percent of the original amount 30 days
after recordation of the Notice of Completion and will remain in full force and effect for the one year
warranty period and until all warranty repairs are completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The
bonds to secure payment of laborers and material suppliers shall be released six months plus 30
days after recordation of the Notice of Completion if all claims have been paid.
Add the following: All bonds are to be placed with a surety insurance carrier admitted and authorized to transact the business of insurance in California and whose assets exceed their liabilities in an
amount equal to or in excess of the amount of the bond. The bonds are to contain the following
documents:
1) An original, or a certified copy, of the unrevoked appointment, power of attorney, by laws, or other
2) A certified copy of the certificate of authority of the insurer issued by the insurance commissioner.
L
instrument entitling or authorizing the person who executed the bond to do so.
If the bid is accepted, the Agency may require a financial statement of the assets and liabilities of the
insurer at the end of the quarter calendar year prior to 30 days next preceding the date of the
execution of the bond. The financial statement shall be made by an officer's certificate as defined in
Section 173 of the Corporations Code. In the case of a foreign insurer, the financial statement may
be verified by the oath of the principal officer or manager residing within the United States.
2-5 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
2-5.1 General, add the following: The specifications for the work include the Standard
Specifications for Public Works Construction, (SSPWC), 2003 Edition hereinafter designated
"SSPWC", as written and promulgated by the Joint Cooperative Committee of the Southern
California Chapter American Public Works Association and Southern California Districts Associated
General Contractors of California, and as amended by the Supplemental Provisions section of this
con tract.
@ Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 38901 Page 45 of 67 Pages
The construction plans consist of:
rc
Sheet
Nos.
G1
G2
G3
D1
c1
c2
c3
c4
c5
P1
P2
P3
A1
A2
A3
s1
s2
s3
s4
s5
S6
M1
M2
M3
M4
M5
M6
M7
M8
M9
El
E2
E3
E4
E5
E6
E7
Drawing
Nos.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
Drawing Title
TITLE SHEET, VICINITY AND LOCATION MAPS
INDEX OF DRAWINGS, SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS
GENERAL NOTES
INTAKE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION PLAN AND SECTIONS
GENERAL SITE PLAN
YARD PIPING PLAN
ACCESS ROAD IMPROVEMENTS
CIVIL DETAILS
RECYCLED WATER MAIN REPLACEMENT
PROCESS SCHEMATICS, SYMBOLS AND NOTES
INLET/OUTLET VALVE SYSTEM PROCESS FLOW DIAGRAM
AERATION AND RECIRCULATION PROCESS FLOW DIAGRAM
CONTROL BUILDING ARCHITECTURAL PLANS
CONTROL BUILDING ELEVATIONS AND FINISH SCHEDULES
ARCHITECTURAL STANDARD DETAILS
TYPICAL STRUCTURAL NOTES
TYPICAL STRUCTURAL NOTES
TYPICAL STRUCTURAL DETAILS
TYPICAL STRUCTURAL DETAILS
CONTROL BUILDING STRUCTURAL PLANS
STRUCTURAL DETAILS
INLET/OUTLET PIPE PLAN
INLET/OUTLET PIPE SECTION
AERATION/CHLORINATION MECHANICAL PLAN
AERATION/CHLORINATION MECHANICAL SECTIONS
CONTROL BUILDING MECHANICAL PLAN AND SECTIONS CONDUIT BANK AND PEDESTAL PIPE SUPPORT SECTIONS &
DETAILS
PULL BOX PIPE ARRANGEMENT
CHLORINATION PIPING SCHEMATIC AND MECHANICAL DETAILS
MECHANICAL DETAILS
LEGENDS AND SYMBOLS
MAHR RESERVOIR REMEDIAL IMPROVEMENT PLAN
SINGLELINE DIAGRAM, LOAD CALCULATIONS ,SCHEDULES
CONTROL BUILDING POWER PLAN AND DETAILS
CONTROL BUILDING LIGHTING PLAN AND SCHEDULE
CONTROL SCHEMATICS, RTU I/O DIAGRAM
RTU & PLC I/O DIAGRAMS
The standard drawings used for this project are the latest edition of the San Diego Area Regional
Standard Drawings, hereinafter designated SDRS, as issued by the San Diego County Department
of Public Works, together with the most recent edition of the Carlsbad Municipal Water District
Supplemental Standard Drawings. Copies of some of the pertinent standard drawings are enclosed
as an appendix to these Supplemental Provisions.
rc
e Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 38901 Page 46 of 67 Pages
- 2-5.2 Precedence of Contract Documents, modify as follows:
If there is a conflict between Contract Documents, the document highest in precedence shall control.
The precedence shall be the most recent edition of the following documents listed in order of highest
to lowest precedence:
1) Permits from other agencies as may be required by law.
2) Supplemental Provisions.
3) SWRCB Contract Documents
4) Construction Plans.
5) Technical Specifications.
6) Standard Plans.
a) City of Carlsbad Supplemental Standard Drawings.
b) Carlsbad Municipal Water District Standard Drawings.
c) City of Carlsbad modifications to the San Diego Area Regional Standard Drawings.
d) San Diego Area Regional Standard Drawings.
e) State of California Department of Transportation Standard Plans.
5) Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction.
6) Reference Specifications.
7) Manufacturer’s Installation Recommendations. F
Change Orders, Supplemental Agreements and approve revisions to Plans and Specifications will
take precedence over items 2) through 7) above. Detailed plans and plan views shall have
precedence over general plans.
2-5.3.3 Submittals, add the following: Each submittal shall be consecutively numbered.
Resubmittals shall be labeled with the number of the original submittal followed by an ascending
alphabetical designation (e.g. The label ‘4-C’ would indicate the third instance that the fourth
submittal has been given to the Engineer). Each sheet of each submittal shall be consecutively
numbered. Each set of shop drawings and submittals shall be accompanied by a letter of transmittal
on the Contractor’s letterhead. The Letter of Transmittal shall contain the following:
.
1) Project title and Agency contract number.
2) Number of complete sets.
3) Contractor’s certification statement.
4) Specification section number(s) pertaining to material submitted for review.
5) Submittal number (Submittal numbers shall be consecutive including subsequent submittals
6) Description of the contents of the submittals.
7) Identification of deviations from the contract documents.
1
Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 38901 Page 47 of 67 Pages
- When submitted for the Engineer's review, Shop Drawings shall bear the Contractor's certification
that he has reviewed, checked, and approved the Shop Drawings and that they are in conformance
with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall subscribe to and shall place
the following certification on all submittals:
"I hereby certify that the (equipment, material) shown and marked in this submittal is that proposed to
be incorporated into this Project, is in compliance with the Contract Documents, can be installed in
the allocated spaces, and is submitted for approval.
By: Title:
Date:
Company Name:
Add the following:
2-5.4 Record Drawings, The Contractor shall provide and keep up-to-date a complete "as-built"
record set of blue-line prints, which shall be corrected in red daily and show every change from the
original drawings and specifications and the exact "as-built" locations, sizes and kinds of equipment,
underground piping, valves, and all other work not visible at surface grade. Prints for this purpose
may be obtained from the Agency at cost. This set of drawings shall be kept on the job and shall be
used only as a record set and shall be delivered to the Engineer upon completion of the work.
Payment for performing the work required by section 2-5.4 shall be included in various bid items and
no additional payment will be made therefore.
- 2-9 SURVEYING
2-9.1 Permanent Survey Markers, Delete sections 2-9.1 and replace with the following: The
Contractor shall not cover or disturb permanent survey monuments or benchmarks without the
consent of the Engineer. Where the Engineer concurs, in writing, with the Contractor that protecting
an existing monument in place is impractical, the Contractor shall employ a licensed land surveyor or
a registered civil engineer authorized to practice land surveying within the State of California,
hereinafter surveyor, to establish the location of the monument before it is disturbed. The Contractor
shall have the monument replaced by the surveyor no later than thirty (30) days after construction at
the site of the replacement is completed. The surveyor shall file corner record(s) as required by $5
8772 and 8773, et seq. of the California Business and Professions Code.
When a change is made in the finished elevation of the pavement of any roadway in which a
permanent survey monument is located, the Contractor shall adjust the monument frame and cover
to the new grade within 7 days of paving unless the Engineer shall approve otherwise. Monument
frames and covers shall be protected during street sealing or painting projects or be cleaned to the
satisfaction of the Engineer.
2-9.2 Survey Service, Delete sections 2-9.2 and replace with the following: The Contractor shall
hire and pay for the services of a surveyor to perform all work necessary for establishing control, construction staking, records research and all other surveying work necessary to construct the work,
provide surveying services as required herein and provide surveying, drafting and other professional
services required to satisfy the requirements of the Land Surveyors Act. Surveyor shall be resident
on the site during all surveying operations and shall personally supervise and certify the surveying - work.
@ Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 38901 Page 48 of 67 Pages
Add the following section:
2-9.2.1 Submittal of Surveying Data, All surveying data submittals shall conform to the
requirements of section 2-5.3.3, “Submittals”, herein. The Contractor shall submit grade sheets to
the Engineer before commencing work in the area affected by the grade sheets. The Contractor shall
submit field notes for all surveying required herein to the Engineer within ten days of performing the
survey. All surveying field notes, grade sheets and survey calculations shall be submitted in bound
form on 215mm by 280 mm (8’1; by 11”) paper. The field notes, calculations and data shall be clear
and complete with name of the Surveyor, the party chief, field crew members, preparer of the field
notes or calculations. They shall be annotated with the date of observation or calculation, be
numbered with consecutive page numbers and shall be readable without resort to any electronic aid,
computer program or documentation for any computer program. The field notes shall be prepared in
conformance with the CALTRANS “Surveys Manual”. The Contractor shall have a Record of Survey
prepared by the Surveyor and file it in conformance with $5 8700 - 8805 of the State of California
Business and Professions Code when the surveyor performs any surveying that such map is
required under 59 8762 of the State of California Business and Professions Code and whenever the
Surveyor shall establish, set or construct any permanent survey monument. SDRS drawing M-10
type monuments, bolts, spikes, leaded tacks and nails (when set in concrete), iron pipes, reinforcing
steel and all monuments and marks that are at, or accessory to, property corners and street
centerlines are permanent survey monuments. The Record of Survey shall show all monuments set,
control monuments used, the basis of bearings and all other data needed to determine the procedure
of survey and the degree of accuracy attained by the field surveying including the unadjusted ratio of
closure. The unadjusted ratio of closure shall not exceed 1 part in 40,000. The record of survey
shall show the location and justification of location of all permanent monuments set and their relation
to the street right-of-way. Record(s) of Survey(s) shall be submitted for the Engineer’s review and
approval before submittal to the County Surveyor and before submittal to the County Recorder.
c
I
2-10 AUTHORITY OF BOARD AND ENGINEER
Add the following section:
2-10.1 Availability of Records, The Contractor shall, at no charge to the agency, provide copies
of all records in the Contractor’s or subcontractor’s possession pertaining to the work that the
Engineer may request.
Add the following section:
2-10.2 Audit And Inspection, Contractor agrees to maintain andlor make available, to the Engineer, within San Diego County, accurate books and accounting records relative to all its
activities and to contractually require all subcontractors to this contract to do the same. The
Engineer shall have the right to monitor, assess, and evaluate Contractor’s and its subcontractor’s
performance pursuant to this Agreement, said monitoring, assessments, and evaluations to include,
but not be limited to, audits, inspection of premises, reports, contracts, subcontracts and interviews of
Contractor’s staff and the staff of all subcontractors to the contract. At any time during normal
business hours and as often as the Engineer may deem necessary, upon reasonable advance
notice, Contractor shall make available to the Engineer for examination, all of its, and all
subcontractors to this contract, records with respect to all matters covered by this Contract and will
permit the Engineer to audit, examine, copy and make excerpts or transcripts from such data and
records, and to make audits of all invoices, materials, payrolls, records of personnel, and other data
relating to all matters covered by this Contract. However, any such activities shall be carried out in a
manner so as to not unreasonably interfere with Contractor’s ongoing business operations.
Contractor and all of its subcontractors to this contract shall maintain such data and records for as
long as may be required by applicable laws and regulations. -
Revised 10108103 Contract No. 38901 Page 49 of 67 Pages
,- SECTION 3 -- CHANGES IN WORK
3-3 EXTRA WORK.
3-2.2.1 Contract Unit prices, add the following: In the case of an increase or decrease in quantity
of a minor bid item in excess of 25 percent of the original quantity bid adjustment of contract unit
price for such items will be limited to that portion of the change in excess of 25 percent of the original
quantity listed in the Contractor’s bid proposal for this contract. Adjustments in excess of 25 percent
may, at the option of the Engineer, be paid pursuant to section 3-3, Extra Work.
3-3.2.2 ( c ) Tool and Equipment Rental, second paragraph, modify as follows: Regardless of
ownership, the rates and right-of-way delay factors to be used in determining rental and delay costs
shall be the edition of the, “Labor Surcharge & Equipment Rental Rates” published by CALTRANS,
current at the time of the actual use of the tool or equipment. The right-of-way delay factors therein
shall be used as multipliers of the rental rates for determining the value of costs for delay to the
Contractor and subcontractors, if any. The labor rates published therein are not a part of this
contract.
3-3.2.3 Markup,
replace with the following:
Delete section 3-3.2.3 from the 1995 and 1996 Supplements to the SSPWC and
(a) and shall constitute the markup for all overhead and profits:
1) Labor .................................................. 20
2) Materials ............................................. 15
3) Equipment Rental .............................. 15
4) Other Items and Expenditures ........... 15
Work by Contractor. The following percentages shall be added to the Contractor’s costs
To the sum of the costs and markups provided for in this section, 1 percent shall be added as
compensation for bonding.
(b) When all or any part of the extra work is performed by a
Subcontractor, the markup established in 3-3.2.3(a) shall be applied to the Subcontractor’s actual
cost of such work. A markup of 10 percent on the first $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the
extra work and a markup of 5 percent on work added in excess of $5,000 of the subcontracted
portion of the extra work may be added by the Contractor.
Work by Subcontractor.
3-3.3 Daily Reports by Contractor, add the following after the second sentence: Payment for
extra work will not be made until such time that the Contractor submits completed daily reports and
all supporting documents to the Engineer.
Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 38901 Page 50 of 67 Pages
3-4 CHANGED CONDITIONS. delete the second sentence of paragraph three, delete paragraph
five (3, and add the following: The Contractor shall not be entitled to the payment of any additional
compensation for any act, or failure to act, by the Engineer, including failure or refusal to issue a
change order, or for the happening of any event, thing, occurrence, or other cause, unless the
Contractor shall have first given the Engineer due written notice of potential claim as hereinafter
specified. Compliance with this section shall not be required as a prerequisite to notice provisions in
Section 6-7.3 Contract Time Accounting, nor to any claim that is based on differences in
measurement or errors of computation as to contract quantities. The written notice of potential claim
for changed conditions shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Engineer upon their discovery and
prior to the time that the Contractor performs the work giving rise to the potential claim.
The Contractor’s failure to give written notice of potential claim for changed conditions to the agency
upon their discovery and before they are disturbed shall constitute a waiver of all claims in
connection therewith.
I
The Contractor shall provide the District with a written document containing a description of the
particular circumstances giving rise to the potential claim, the reasons for which the Contractor
believes additional compensation may be due and nature of any and all costs involved within
20 working days of the date of service of the written notice of potential claim for changed conditions.
Verbal notifications are disallowed.
The potential claim shall include the following certification relative to the California False Claims Act,
Government Code Sections 12650-1 2655.
‘The undersigned certifies that the above statements are made in full cognizance of the California
False Claims Act, Government Code sections 12650-1 2655. The undersigned further understands
and agrees that this potential claim, unless resolved, must be restated as a claim in response to the
City’s proposed final estimate in order for it to be further considered.”
-
By: Title:
Company Name:
The Contractor’s estimate of costs may be updated when actual costs are known. The Contractor
shall submit substantiation of its actual costs to the Engineer within 20 working days after the
affected work is completed. Failure to do so shall be sufficient cause for denial of any claim
subsequently filed on the basis of said notice of potential claim.
It is the intention of this section that differences between the parties arising under and by virtue of the
contract be brought to the attention of the Engineer at the earliest possible time in order that such
matters be settled, if possible, or other appropriate action promptly taken.
’3 Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 38901 Page 51 of 67 Pages
- 3-5 DISPUTED WORK. Add the following: The Contractor shall give the agency written notice of
potential claim prior to commencing any disputed work. Failure to give said notice shall constitute a
waiver of all claims in connection therewith.
Delete second sentence of paragraph one and add the following: Prior to proceeding with dispute
resolution pursuant to Public Contract Code (PCC) provisions specified hereinafter, the contractor
shall attempt to resolve all disputes informally through the following dispute resolution chain of
command:
1. Project Inspector
2. Senior Inspector
3. Principal Inspector
4. Public Works Director
5. Executive Manager
The Contractor shall submit a complete report within 20 working days after completion of the
disputed work stating its position on the claim, the contractual basis for the claim, along with all
documentation supporting the costs and all other evidentiary materials. At each level of claim or
appeal of claim the District will, within 10 working days of receipt of said claim or appeal of claim,
review the Contractor's report and respond with a position, request additional information or request
that the Contractor meet and present its report. When additional information or a meeting is
requested the District will provide its position within 10 working days of receipt of said additional
information or Contractor's presentation of its report. The Contractor may appeal each level's position
up to the Executive Manager after which Contractor may proceed under the provisions of the Public
Contract Code. c
The authority within the dispute resolution chain of command is limited to recommending a resolution
to a claim to the Executive Manager. Actual approval of the claim is subject to the change order
provisions in the contract.
All claims by the contractor for $375,000 or less shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures
in the Public Contract Code, Division 2, Part 3, Chapter 1, Article 1.5 (commencing with Section
201 04) which is set forth below:
ARTICLE 1.5 RESOLUTION OF CONSTRUCTION CLAIMS
20104. (a)(l) This article applies to all public works claims of three hundred seventy-five thousand
dollars ($375,000) or less which arise between a contractor and a local agency.
(2) This article shall not apply to any claims resulting from a contract between a contractor and a
public agency when the public agency has elected to resolve any disputes pursuant to Article 7.1
(commencing with Section 10240) of Chapter 1 of Part 2.
(b)(l) "Public work" has the same meaning as in Sections 3100 and 3106 of the Civil Code, except
that "public work" does not include any work or improvement contracted for by the state or the
Regents of the University of California.
(2) "Claim" means a separate demand by the contractor for (A) a time extension, (B) payment of
money or damages arising from work done by, or on behalf of, the contractor pursuant to the contract
for a public work and payment of which is not otherwise expressly provided for or the claimant is not
otherwise entitled to, or (C) an amount the payment of which is disputed by the local agency.
(c) The provisions of this article or a summary thereof shall be set forth in the plans or specifications
for any work which may give rise to a claim under this article.
(d) This article applies only to contracts entered into on or after January 1, 1991.
Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 38901 Page 52 of 67 Pages
- 20104.2. For any claim subject to this article, the following requirements apply:
(a) The claim shall be in writing and include the documents necessary to substantiate the claim.
Claims must be filed on or before the date of final payment. Nothing in this subdivision is intended to
extend the time limit or supersede notice requirements otherwise provided by contract for the filing of
claims.
(b)(l) For claims of less than fifty thousand dollars ($50,000), the local agency shall respond in
writing to any written claim within 45 days of receipt of the claim, or may request, in writing, within 30
days of receipt of the claim, any additional documentation supporting the claim or relating to
defenses to the claim the local agency may have against the claimant.
(2) If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and provided pursuant to this
subdivision, upon mutual agreement of the local agency and the claimant.
(3) The local agency's written response to the claim, as further documented, shall be submitted to the
claimant within 15 days after receipt of the further documentation or within a period of time no greater
than that taken by the claimant in producing the additional information, whichever is greater.
(c)(l) For claims of over fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) and less than or equal to three hundred
seventy-five thousand dollars ($375,000), the local agency shall respond in writing to all written
claims within 60 days of receipt of the claim, or may request, in writing, within 30 days of receipt of
the claim, any additional documentation supporting the claim or relating to defenses to the claim the
local agency may have against the claimant.
(2) If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and provided pursuant to this
subdivision, upon mutual agreement of the local agency and the claimant.
(3) The local agency's written response to the claim, as further documented, shall be submitted to
the claimant within 30 days after receipt of the further documentation, or within a period of time no
greater than that taken by the claimant in producing the additional information or requested
(d) If the claimant disputes the local agency's written response, or the local agency fails to respond
within the time prescribed, the claimant may so notify the local agency, in writing, either within 15
days of receipt of the local agency's response or within 15 days of the local agency's failure to
respond within the time prescribed, respectively, and demand an informal conference to meet and
confer for settlement of the issues in dispute. Upon a demand, the local agency shall schedule a
meet and confer conference within 30 days for settlement of the dispute.
(e) Following the meet and confer conference, if the claim or any portion remains in dispute, the
claimant may file a claim as provided in Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 900) and Chapter 2
(commencing with Section 910) of Part 3 of Division 3.6 of Title 1 of the Government Code. For
purposes of those provisions, the running of the period of time within which a claim must be filed
shall be tolled from the time the claimant submits his or her written claim pursuant to subdivision (a)
until the time that claim is denied as a result of the meet and confer process, including any period of
time utilized by the meet and confer process.
(f) This article does not apply to tort claims and nothing in this article is intended nor shall be
construed to change the time periods for filing tort claims or actions specified by Chapter 1
(commencing with Section 900) and Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 910) of Part 3 of Division
3.6 of Title 1 of the Government Code.
rc documentation, whichever is greater.
20104.4. The following procedures are established for all civil actions filed to resolve claims subject
to this article: (a) Within 60 days, but no earlier than 30 days, following the filing or responsive pleadings, the court
shall submit the matter to nonbinding mediation unless waived by mutual stipulation of both parties.
The mediation process shall provide for the selection within 15 days by both parties of a disinterested
third person as mediator, shall be commenced within 30 days of the submittal, and shall be
concluded within 15 days from the commencement of the mediation unless a time requirement is
extended upon a good cause showing to the court or by stipulation of both parties. If the parties fail to
select a mediator within the 15-day period, any party may petition the court to appoint the mediator.
-
Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 38901 Page 53 of 67 Pages
c
(b)(l) If the matter remains in dispute, the case shall be submitted to judicial arbitration pursuant to
Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141 .lo) of Title 3 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil Procedure,
notwithstanding Section 11 41 .l 1 of that code. The Civil Discovery Act of 1986 (Article 3 (commencing
with Section 201 6) of Chapter 3 of Title 3 of Part 4 of the Code of Civil procedure) shall apply to any
proceeding brought under the subdivision consistent with the rules pertaining to judicial arbitration.
(2) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, upon stipulation of the parties, arbitrators appointed
for purposes of this article shall be experienced in construction law, and, upon stipulation of the
parties, mediators and arbitrators shall be paid necessary and reasonable hourly rates of pay not to
exceed their customary rate, and such fees and expenses shall be paid equally by the parties, except
in the case of arbitration where the arbitrator, for good cause, determines a different division. In no
event shall these fees or expenses be paid by state or county funds.
(3) In addition to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141 .lo) Title 3 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil
Procedure, any party who after receiving an arbitration award requests a trial de novo but does not
obtain a more favorable judgment shall, in addition to payment of costs and fees under that chapter,
pay the attorney’s fees of the other party arising out of the trial de novo.
(c) The court may, upon request by any party, order any witnesses to participate in the mediation or
arbitration process.
20104.6. (a) No local agency shall fail to pay money as to any portion of a claim which is undisputed
except as otherwise provided in the contract.
(b) In any suit filed under Section 201 04.4, the local agency shall pay interest at the legal rate on any
arbitration award or judgment. The interest shall begin to accrue on the date the suit is filed in a court
of law.
SECTION 4 - CONTROL OF MATERIALS
4-1 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP.
4-1.3.1 General, add the following: The Contractor shall provide the Engineer free and safe
access to any and all parts of work at any time. Such free and safe access shall include means of
safe access and egress, ventilation, lighting, shoring, dewatering and all elements pertaining to the
safety of persons as contained in the State of California, California Code of Regulations, Title 8,
Industrial Relations, Chapter 4, Division of Industrial Safety, Subchapter 4, Construction Safety
Orders and such other safety regulations as may apply. Contractor shall furnish Engineer with such
information as may be necessary to keep the Engineer fully informed regarding progress and
manner of work and character of materials. Inspection or testing of the whole or any portion of the
work or materials incorporated in the work shall not relieve Contractor from any obligation to fulfill
this Contract.
4-1.4 Test of Materials, delete the phrase, “and a reasonable amount of retesting”, from the third
sentence of the first paragraph.
add the following: Except as specified in these Supplemental Provisions, the Agency will bear the
cost of testing of locally produced materials and/or on-site workmanship where the results of such
tests meet or exceed the requirements indicated in the Standard Specifications and the
Supplemental Provisions. The cost of all other tests shall be borne by the Contractor.
Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 38901 Page 54 of 67 Pages
I
At the option of the Engineer, the source of supply of each of the materials shall be approved by him
before the delivery is started. All materials proposed for use may be inspected or tested at any time
during their preparation and use. If, after incorporating such materials into the Work, it is found that
sources of supply that have been approved do not furnish a uniform product, or if the product from
any source proves unacceptable at any time, the Contractor shall furnish approved material from
other approved sources. If any product proves unacceptable after improper storage, handling or for
any other reason it shall be rejected, not incorporated into the work and shall be removed from the
project site all at the Contractor’s expense.
Compaction tests may be made by the Engineer and all costs for tests that meet or exceed the
requirements of the specifications shall be borne by the Agency. Said tests may be made at any
place along the work as deemed necessary by the Engineer. The costs of any retests made
necessary by noncompliance with the specifications shall be borne by the Contractor.
4-1.6 Trade names or Equals, delete the following phrase: “Unless otherwise authorized by the
Engineer, the substantiation of offers must be submitted within 35 days after the award of Contract.”
add the following: The Contractor is responsible for the satisfactory performance of substituted
items. If, in the sole opinion of the Engineer, the substitution is determined to be unsatisfactory in
performance, appearance, durability, compatibility with associated items, availability of repair parts
and suitability of application the Contractor shall remove the substituted item and replace it with the
originally specified item at no cost to the Agency.
Add the following section:
4-2 MATERIALS TRANSPORTATION, HANDLING & STORAGE. The Contractor shall order,
purchase, transport, coordinate delivery, accept delivery, confirm the quality and quality received,
prepare storage area(s), store, handle, protect, move relocate, remove and dispose excess of all
materials used to accomplish the Work. Materials shall be delivered to the site of the work only
during working hours, as defined in section 6-7.2 and shall be accompanied by bills of lading that
shall clearly state for each delivery: the name of the Contractor as consignee, the project name and
number, address of delivery and name of consignor and a description of the materia@) shipped.
Prior to storage of any materials which have been shipped to or by the Contractor to any location
within the Agency’s boundaries the Contractor shall provide the Engineer a copy of lease
agreements for each property where such materials are stored. The lease agreement shall clearly
state the term of the lease, the description of materials allowed to be stored and shall provide for the
removal of the materials and restoration of the storage site within the time allowed for the Work. All
such storage shall conform to all laws and ordinances that may pertain to the materials stored and
to preparation of the storage site and the location of the site on which the materials are stored. Loss,
damage or deterioration of all stored materials shall be the Contractor’s responsibility. Conformance
to the requirements of this section, both within and outside the limits of work are a part of the Work.
The Engineer shall have the right to verify the suitability of materials and their proper storage at any
time during the Work.
-
?@ Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 38901 Page 55 of 67 Pages
,- SECTION 5 -- UTILITIES
5-1 LOCATION. Add the following: The Agency and affected utility companies have, by a search
of known records, endeavored to locate and indicate on the Plans, all utilities which exist within the
limits of the work. However, the accuracy and/or completeness of the nature, size and/or location of
utilities indicated on the Plans is not guaranteed.
5-4 RELOCATION. Delete the first paragraph and substitute the following: In order to minimize
delays to the Contractor caused by the failure of other parties to relocate utilities that interfere with
the construction, the Contractor, upon request to the Engineer, may be permitted to temporarily omit
the portion of work affected by the utility. Such omission shall be for the Contractor's convenience
and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. The portion thus omitted shall be
constructed by the Contractor immediately following the relocation of the utility involved unless
otherwise directed by the Engineer.
SECTION 6 -- PROSECUTION, PROGRESS AND
ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK
6-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. Delete subsection 6-1
and substitute the following: Except as otherwise provided herein and unless otherwise prohibited
by permits from other agencies as may be required by law the Contractor shall begin work within??
calendar days after receipt of the "Notice to Proceed".
Add the following section: - 6-1.1 Pre-Construction Meeting. After, or upon, notification of contract award, the Engineer will
set the time and location for the Preconstruction Meeting. Attendance of the Contractor's
management personnel responsible for the management, administration, and execution of the
project is mandatory for the meeting to be convened. Failure of the Contractor to have the
Contractor's responsible project personnel attend the Preconstruction Meeting will be grounds for
default by Contractor per section 6-4. No separate payment will be made for the Contractor's
attendance at the meeting. The notice to proceed will only be issued on or after the completion of
the preconstruction meeting.
Add the following section:
6-1.1.1 Baseline Construction Schedule Submittal. The Contractor shall submit the Baseline Construction Schedule per the submittal requirements of section 2-5.3. The submittal of the Baseline
Construction Schedule shall include each item and element of sections 6-1.2 through 6-1.2.9 and
shall be on hard (paper) copy and electronic media conforming to section 6-1.3.3 Electronic Media.
Add the following section:
6-1.2 Preparation and Review of the Baseline Construction Schedule. The Contractor shall prepare the Baseline Construction Schedule as a Critical Path Method (CPM) Schedule in the
precedence diagram method (activity-on-node) format. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall
depict a workable plan showing the sequence, duration, and interdependence of all activities
required to represent the complete performance of all project work as well as periods where work is
precluded. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall begin with the projected date of issuance of
the notice to proceed and conclude with the date of final completion per the contract duration. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall include detail of all project phasing, staging, and sequencing,
including all milestones necessary to define beginning and ending of each phase or stage. -
a Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 38901 Page 56 of 67 Pages
Add the following section:
6-1.2.1 Time-Scaled Network Diagram. As a part of the Baseline Construction Schedule the
Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a complete time-scaled network diagram
showing all of the activities, logic relationships, and milestones comprising the schedule.
c
Add the following section:
6-1.2.2 Tabular Listing. As a part of the Baseline Construction Schedule the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a tabular listing of all of the activities, showing for each activity
the identification number, the description, the duration, the early start, the early finish, the late start,
the late finish, the total float, and all predecessor and successor activities for the activity described.
Add the following section:
6-1.2.3 Bar Chart. As a part of the Baseline Construction Schedule the Contractor shall prepare
and submit to the Engineer a chart showing individual tasks and their durations arranged with the
tasks on the vertical axis and duration on the horizontal axis. The bar chart shall use differing texture
patterns or distinctive line types to show the critical path.
Add the following section:
6-1.2.4 Schedule Software. The Contractor shall use commercially available software equal to
the Windows 95 compatible “Suretrak” program by Primavera or “Project” program by Microsoft
Corporation to prepare the Baseline Construction Schedule and all updates thereto. The Contractor
shall submit to the Agency a 89 mm (3.5”) data disk with all network information contained thereon, in
a format readable by a Microsoft Windows 95 system. The Agency will use a “Suretrak”, “Project” or
equal software program for review of the Contractor’s schedule. Should the Contractor elect to use a
scheduling program other than the “Suretrak” program by Primavera or “Project” program by
Microsoft Corporation the Contractor shall provide the Engineer three copies of the substituted
program that are fully licensed to the Agency and 32 class hours of on-site training by the program
publisher for up to eight Agency staff members. The classes shall be presented on Mondays through
Thursdays, inclusive, between the hours of 8:OO a.m. and 300 p.m. The location dates and times of
the on-site training shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval five working days before the start
of the on-site training. The training shall be completed prior to the submittal of the first Baseline
Construction Schedule.
-
Add the following section:
6-1.2.5 Schedule Activities. Except for submittal activities, activity durations shall not be shorter
than 1 working day nor longer than 15 working days, unless specifically and individually allowed by
the Engineer. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall include between 100 and 500 activities,
including submittals, interfaces between utility companies and other agencies, project milestones and
equipment and material deliveries. The number of activities will be sufficient, in the judgment of the
Engineer, to communicate the Contractor’s plan for project execution, to accurately describe the
project work, and to allow monitoring and evaluation of progress and of time impacts. Each activity’s
description shall accurately define the work planned for the activity and each activity shall have
recognizable beginning and end points.
Add the following section:
6-1.2.6 Float.
to whatever party or contingency first exhausts it.
Float or slack time within the schedule is available without charge or compensation
Add the following section: - 6-1.2.7 Restraints to Activities. Any submittals, utility interfaces, or any furnishing of Agency
supplied materials, equipment, or services, which may impact any activity’s construction shall be
shown as a restraint to those activities. Time periods to accommodate the review and correction of
submittals shall be included in the schedule.
@ Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 38901 Page 57 of 67 Pages
Add the following section:
6-1.2.8 Late Completion. A Baseline Construction Schedule showing a project duration longer
than the specified contract duration will not be acceptable and will be grounds for default by
Contractor, per section 6-4.
Add the following section:
6-1.2.9 Early Completion. The Baseline Construction Schedule will show the Contractor’s plan to
support and maintain the project for the entire contractual timespan of the project. Should the
Contractor propose a project duration shorter than contract duration, a complete Baseline
Construction Schedule must be submitted, reflecting the shorter duration, in complete accordance
with all schedule requirements of section 6-1. The Engineer may choose to accept the Contractor’s
proposal of a project duration shorter than the duration specified; provided the Agency is satisfied the
shortened Baseline Construction Schedule is reasonable and the Agency and all other entities, public
and private, which interface with the project are able to support the provisions of the shortened
Baseline Construction Schedule. The Agency’s acceptance of a shortened duration project will be
confirmed through the execution of a contract change order revising the project duration and
implementing all contractual requirements including liquidated damages in accordance with the
revised duration.
c
Add the following section:
6-1.2.10 Engineer’s Review. The Construction Schedule is subject to the review of the Engineer.
The Engineer’s determination that the Baseline Construction Schedule proposed by the Contractor
complies with the requirements of these special provisions shall be a condition precedent to issuance
of the Notice to Proceed by the Engineer. If the Engineer determines that the Construction Schedule
does not meet the requirements of these specifications the Contractor shall correct the Construction
Schedule to meet these specifications and resubmit it to the Engineer. Failure of the Contractor to
obtain the Engineer’s determination that the initial Construction Schedule proposed by the Contractor
complies with the requirements of these special provisions within thirty (30) working days after the
date of the preconstruction meeting shall be grounds for termination of the contract per section 6-4.
Days used by the Engineer to review the initial Construction Schedule will not be included in the 30
working days.
-
The Engineer will review and return to the Contractor, with any comments, the Baseline Construction
Schedule within 15 working days of submittal. The Baseline Construction Schedule will be returned
marked as per sections 6-1.2.1 0.1 through 6-1.2.10.3.
Add the following section:
6-1.2.1 0.1 “Accepted.”
Notice to Proceed, and will receive payment for the schedule in accordance with section 6-1.8.1.
The Contractor may proceed with the project work upon issuance of the
Add the following section:
6-1.2.1 0.2 “Accepted with Comments.” The Contractor may proceed with the project work upon
issuance of the Notice to Proceed. The Contractor must resubmit the schedule incorporating the
comments prior to receipt of payment per section 6-1.8.1.
Add the following section:
6-1.2.1 0.3 The Contractor must resubmit the schedule incorporating the
corrections and changes of the comments prior to receipt of payment per section 6-1.8.1. The Notice
to Proceed will not be issued by the Engineer if the changes of the comments are not submitted as
required hereinbefore and marked “Accepted’’ or “Accepted with Comments” by the Engineer. The
Contractor, at the sole option of the Engineer, may be considered as having defaulted the contract
under the provisions of section 6-4 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR if the changes of the comments are not submitted as required hereinbefore and marked “Accepted” by the Engineer.
“Not Accepted.”
I
Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 38901 Page 58 of 67 Pages
- Add the following section:
6-1.3 Preparation of Schedule Updates and Revisions. The Contractor shall meet with the
Engineer during the last week of each month to agree upon each activity‘s schedule status and shall
submit monthly updates of the Baseline Construction Schedule confirming the agreements no later
than the fifth working day of the following month. The monthly update will be submitted on hard
(paper) copy and electronic media conforming to section 6-1.3.3 Electronic Media per the submittal
requirements of section 2-5.3 and will include each item and element of sections 6-1.2 through
6-1.2.9 and 6-1.3.1 through 6-1.3.7.
Add the following section:
6-1.3.1 Actual Activity Dates. The actual dates each activity was started andlor completed during
the month. After first reporting an actual date, the Contractor shall not change that actual date in
later updates without specific notification to the Engineer with the update.
Add the following section:
6-1.3.2 Activity Percent Complete.
Contractor shall report the percentage determined by the Engineer as complete for the activity.
For each activity underway at the end of the month, the
Add the following section:
6-1.3.3 Electronic Media. The schedule data disk shall be a 3’121) high density diskette, labeled
with the project name and number, the Contractor’s name and the date of preparation of the
schedule data disk. The schedule data disk shall be readable by the software specified in section
6-1.2.2 Schedule Software and shall be free of file locking, encryption or any other protocol that
would impede full access of all data stored on it.
rc Add the following section:
6-1.3.4 List of Changes. A list of all changes made to the activities or to the interconnecting logic,
with an explanation for each change.
Add the following section:
6-1.3.5 Change Orders, Each monthly update will include the addition of the network revisions
reflecting the change orders approved in the previous month. The network revisions will be as
agreed upon during the review and acceptance of the Contractor’s change orders.
Add the following section:
6-1.3.6 Bar Chart. Each monthly update will include a chart showing individual tasks and their
durations arranged with the tasks on the vertical axis and duration on the horizontal axis. The bar
chart shall use differing texture patterns or distinctive line types to show the critical path.
Add the following section:
6-1.4 Engineer’s Review of Updated Construction Schedule. The Engineer will review and
return the Updated Construction Schedule to the Contractor, with any comments, within 5 working
days of submittal. The Updated Construction Schedule will be returned marked as per sections 6-
1.4.1 through 6-1.4.3. Any Updated Construction Schedule marked “Accepted with Comments” or “Not Accepted” by the Engineer will be returned to the Contractor for correction. Upon resubmittal the
Engineer will review and return the resubmitted Updated Construction Schedule to the Contractor,
with any comments, within 5 working days. Failure of the Contractor to submit a monthly updated
construction schedule will invoke the same consequences as the Engineer returning a monthly
updated construction schedule marked “Not Accepted”.
Add the following section:
6-1.4.1 “Accepted.”
for the schedule in accordance with section 6-1.8.2.
-
The Contractor may proceed with the project work, and will receive payment
@ Revised 10108103 Contract No. 38901 Page 59 of 67 Pages
Add the following section:
6-1.4.2 “Accepted with Comments.” The Contractor may proceed with the project work. The
Contractor must resubmit the Updated Construction Schedule to the Engineer incorporating the
corrections and changes noted in the Engineer’s comments prior to receipt of payment per section
-
6-1.8.2.
Add the following section:
6-1.4.3 “Not Accepted.” The Contractor must resubmit the Updated Construction Schedule to the Engineer incorporating the corrections and changes noted in the Engineer’s comments prior to receipt of payment per section 6-1.8.2. The Contractor, at the sole option of the Engineer, may be
considered as having defaulted the contract under the provisions of section 6-4 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR if the changes of the comments are not submitted and merked “Accepted” by the
Engineer before the last day of the month in which the Updated Construction Schedule is due. If the
Contractor fails to submit the corrected Updated Construction Schedule as required herein the
Contractor may elect to proceed with the project at its own risk. Should the Contractor elect not to
proceed with the project, any resulting delay, impact, or disruption to the project will be the
Contractor’s responsibility.
Add the following section:
6-1.5 Late Completion or Milestone Dates. Should the Schedule Update indicate a completion
or contractually required milestone date later than the properly adjusted contract or milestone
duration, the Agency may withhold Liquidated Damages for the number of days late. Should a
subsequent “Accepted” Schedule Update remove all or a portion of the delay, all or the allocated portion of the previously held Liquidated Damages shall be released in the monthly payment to the Contractor immediately following the “Accepted” schedule. - Add the following section:
6-1.6 Interim Revisions. Should the actual or projected progress of the work become
substantially different from that depicted in the Project Schedule, independently of and prior to the
next monthly update, the Contractor will submit a revised Baseline Construction Schedule, with a list
and explanation of each change made to the schedule. The Revised Construction Schedule will be
submitted per the submittal requirements of section 2-5.3 and per the schedule review and
acceptance requirements of section 6-1, including but not limited to the acceptance and payment provisions.
Add the following section:
6-1. 7 Final Schedule Update. The Contractor shall prepare and submit a final schedule update when one hundred percent of the construction work is completed. The Contractor’s Final Schedule
Update must accurately represent the actual dates for all activities. The final schedule update shall
be prepared and reviewed per sections 6-1.3 Preparation of Schedule Updates and Revisions and
6-1. 4 Engineer’s Review of Updated Construction Schedule. Acceptance of the final schedule
update is required for completion of the project and release of any and all funds retained per section 9-3.2.
Add the following section:
6-1.8 Measurement and Payment. Construction Schedule will be paid for at the stipulated lump
sum price of $10,000 dollars. The stipulated lump sum price paid for Construction Schedule shall
include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials including, but not limited to, the computer
hardware and software, tools, equipment, and incidentals; and for doing all the work involved in
attending meetings, preparing, furnishing, updating, revising the tabular, bar and flow Ghart
Construction Schedules and narrative reports required by these special provisions and as directed by
the Engineer. The Engineer’s determination that each and any construction schedule proposed by
the Contractor complies with the requirements of these special provisions shall be precedent to each
and any payment for the Construction Schedule. Payments for Construction Schedule will be made as per sections 6-1.8.1 through 6-1.8.3.
7-
Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 38901 Page 60 of 67 Pages
Add the following section:
6-1.8.1 Initial Payment. Initial payment shall be 30% of the stipulated lump sum bid for the
Construction Schedule will be made when the Engineer has accepted a Construction Schedule for
this project
-
Add the following section:
6-1.8.2 Monthly Updated Construction Schedule Payments. Monthly Updated Construction
Schedule Payments shall be equal to fifty percent of the stipulated lump sum price divided by the
sum of the number of months of project duration plus one and will be made subsequent to the initial
payment for the Construction Schedule for each monthly Construction Schedule, updated as
required herein, that the Engineer has accepted as sufficient within the month that the monthly
progress payment pertains. No payment shall be made, nor shall any payment accrue, for any
monthly updated construction schedule that is not marked “Accepted” by the Engineer on or before
the twentieth working day of the month such monthly updated construction schedule is due per
section 6-1.3 Preparation of Schedule Updates and Revisions. The sum of the amounts paid for
Construction Schedule during the initial and subsequent payment periods, or extensions to the
contract, shall not exceed the stipulated lump sum price for Construction Schedule.
Add the following section:
6-1.8.3 Concluding Payment. A Final payment of 20% of the stipulated lump sum price for the
Construction Schedule will be made when both one hundred percent of the contract work is
completed and the Engineer has accepted a final construction schedule update prepared and
submitted by the Contractor as required herein that shows the actual beginning and ending dates
and all other data that is required for baseline and update schedules for each activity shown on the
baseline construction schedule and updates thereto that the Engineer accepted for this project.
r^
6-2 PROSECUTION OF WORK.
6-2.3 Project Meetings. The Engineer will establish the time and location of (bi-weekly) Project
Meetings. Each Project Meeting shall be attended by the Contractor’s Representative. The Project
Representative shall be the individual determined under section 7-6, “The Contractor’s
Representative”, SSPWC. No separate payment for attendance of the Contractor, the Contractor’s
Representative or any other employee or subcontractor or subcontractor’s employee at these
meetings will be made.
6-6 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME.
6-6.4 Written Notice and Report. Modify as follows: The Contractor shall provide written notice to
the Engineer within two hours of the beginning of any period that the Contractor has placed any
workers or equipment on standby for any reason that the Contractor has determined to be caused by
the Agency or by any organization that the Agency may otherwise be obligated by. The Contractor
shall provide continuing daily written notice to the Engineer, each working day, throughout the
duration of such period of delay. The initial and continuing written notices shall include the classification of each workman and supervisor and the make and model of each piece of equipment
placed on standby, the cumulative duration of the standby, the Contractor’s opinion of the cause of
the delay and a cogent explanation of why the Contractor could not avoid the delay by reasonable
means. Should the Contractor fail to provide the notice@) required by this section the Contractor
agrees that no delay has occurred and that it will not submit any claim(s) therefore.
@ Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 38901 Page 61 of 67 Pages
r_
6-7 TIME OF COMPLETION. Add the following: The Contractor shall diligently prosecute the work
to completion within 200 working days after the starting date specified in the Notice to Proceed.
6-7.2 Working Day. Add the following: Unless otherwise approved in writing by the Engineer, the
hours of work shall be between the hours of 7:OO a.m. and 4:OO p.m. on Mondays through Fridays,
excluding Agency holidays. The Contractor shall obtain the written approval of the Engineer if the
Contractor desires to work outside said hours or at any time during weekends and/or holidays. This
written permission must be obtained at least 48 hours prior to such work The Engineer may approve
work outside the hours and/or days stated herein when, in hidher sole opinion, such work conducted
by the Contractor is beneficial to the best interests of the Agency. The Contractor shall pay the
inspection costs of such work.
6-8 COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE. Delete the second paragraph and add the following:
The Engineer will not accept the Work or any portion of the Work before all of the Work is
completed and all outstanding deficiencies that may exist are corrected by the Contractor and the
Engineer is satisfied that all the materials and workmanship, and all other features of the Work,
meet the requirements of all of the specifications for the Work. Use, temporary, interim or
permanent, of all, or portions of, the Work does not constitute acceptance of the Work. If, in the
Engineer's judgment, the Work has been completed and is ready for acceptance the Engineer will
so certify to the Board. Upon such certification by the Engineer the Board may accept the
completed Work. Upon the Board's acceptance of the Work the Engineer will cause a "Notice of
Completion" to be filed in the office of the San Diego County Recorder. The date of recordation
shall be the date of completion of the Work.
Delete the first sentence of the third paragraph and substitute the following two sentences: All
work shall be warranted for one (1) year after recordation of the "Notice of Completion" and any
faulty work or materials discovered during the warranty period shall be repaired or replaced by the
Contractor, at its expense. Twenty-five percent of the faithful performance bond shall be retained as
a warranty bond for the one year warranty period.
-
6-9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. Modify the last sentence of the first paragraph and the first sentence
of the second paragraph and add the following: For each consecutive calendar day in excess of the
time specified for completion of Work, as adjusted in accordance with 6-6, the Contractor shall pay
the Agency, or have withheld monies due it, the sum of one thousand dollars ($1,000.00)
Execution of the Contract shall constitute agreement by the Agency and Contractor that $1,000.00
Dollars per day is the minimum value of costs and actual damages caused by the Contractor to
complete the Work within the allotted time. Any progress payments made after the specified
completion date shall not constitute a waiver of this paragraph or of any damages.
SECTION 7 -- RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR
7-3 LIABILITY INSURANCE. Add the following: All insurance is to be placed with insurers that have a rating in Best's Key Rating Guide of at least A-:V and are admitted and authorized to conduct
business in the state of California and are listed in the official publication of the Department of
Insurance of the State of California.
7-4 WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE. Add the following: All insurance is to be placed with insurers that are admitted and authorized to conduct business in the state of California and are
listed in the official publication of the Department of Insurance of the State of California. Policies
issued by the State Compensation Fund meet the requirement for workers' compensation insurance.
,-
Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 38901 Page 62 of 67 Pages
- 7-5 PERMITS. Delete the first sentence and add the following four sentences: Except as
specified herein the agency will obtain, at no cost to the Contractor, all encroachment, right-of-way,
grading, resource agency and building permits necessary to perform work for this contract on Agency
property, in streets, highways (except State highway right-of-way), railways or other rights-of-way.
Contractor shall not begin work until all permits incidental to the work are obtained. The Contractor
shall obtain and pay for all permits for the disposal of all materials removed from the project. The
cost of said permit(s) shall be included in the price bid for the appropriate bid item and no additional
compensation will be allowed therefore.
7-7 COOPERATION AND COLLATERAL WORK.
Add the following section:
7-7.1 Coordination. The Contractor shall coordinate and cooperate with all the utility companies
during the relocation or construction of their lines. The Contractor may be granted a time extension
if, in the opinion of the Engineer, a delay is caused by the utility company. No additional
compensation will be made to the Contractor for any such delay.
7-8 PROJECT SITE MAINTENANCE.
7-8.1 Cleanup and Dust Control. Add the following: Cleanup and dust control required herein
shall also be executed on weekends and other non-working days when needed to preserve the
health safety or welfare of the public. The Contractor shall conduct effective cleanup and dust
control throughout the duration of the Contract. The Engineer may require increased levels of
cleanup and dust control that, in hidher sole discretion, are necessary to preserve the health, safety
and welfare of the public. Cleanup and dust control shall be considered incidental to the items of
work that they are associated with and no additional payment will be made therefor.
-
7-8.5 Temporary Light, Power and Water. Add the following: The Contractor shall obtain a
construction meter for water used for the construction, plant establishment, maintenance, cleanup,
testing and all other work requiring water related to this contract. The Contractor shall contact the
appropriate water agency for requirements.
The Contractor shall pay all costs of temporary light, power and water including hookup, service,
meter and any, and all, other charges, deposits andor fees therefore. Said costs shall be
considered incidental to the items of work that they are associated with and no additional payment
will be made therefore.
7-8.6 Water Pollution Control, Add the following: The Contractor shall comply with all
requirements of the storm water pollution and monitoring plan prepared for this project in accordance
with the California Sate Water Resources Control Board order number 92-08-DWQ, NPDES
General Permit numberm CAS000002 and the “Water Discharge Requirement for Discharges of Storm Water Runoff Associated with Construction Activity”.
Add the following section:
7-8.8 Noise Control. All internal combustion engines used in the construction shall be equipped
with mufflers in good repair when in use on the project with special attention to the City Noise Control
Ordinance, Carlsbad Municipal Code Chapter 8.48. -
@ Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 38901 Page 63 of 67 Pages
- 7-13 LAWS TO BE OBSERVED. Add the following: Municipal ordinances that affect this work
include Chapter 11.06. Excavation and Grading. If this notice specifies locations or possible
materials, such as borrow pits or gravel beds, for use in the proposed construction project which
would be subject to Section 1601 or Section 1603 of the Fish and Game Code, the conditions
established pursuant to Section 1601 et seq. of the,Fish and Game Code shall become conditions of
the contract.
SECTION 8 -- FACILITIES FOR AGENCY PERSONNEL
NOT USED -THIS SECllON IS NOT REQUIRED FOR THE PROJECT
ts Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 38901 Page 64 of 67 Pages
SECTION 9 -- MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT
9-1 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES FOR UNIT PRICE WORK
9-1.4 Units of Measurement, modify as follows: The system of measure for this contract shall be the
U.S. Standard Measures.
9-3 PAYMENT.
9-3.1 General. Delete the eighth paragraph and substitute the following: Guarantee periods, shall not
be affected by any payment but shall commence on the date of recordation of the "Notice of
Completion."
9-3.2 Partial and Final Payment. Delete the second paragraph and substitute the following:
Each month, the Engineer will make an approximate measurement of the work performed to the
closure date as basis for making monthly progress payments. The estimated value will be based on
contract unit prices, completed change order work and as provided for in Section 9-2 of the Standard Specifications (SSPWC). Progress payments shall be made no later than thirty (30)
calendar days after the closure date. Five (5) working days following the closure date, the Engineer
shall complete the detailed progress pay estimate and submit it to the Contractor for the
Contractor's information. Should the Contractor assert that additional payment is due, the
Contractor shall within ten (10) days of receipt of the progress estimate, submit a supplemental
payment request to the Engineer with adequate justification supporting the amount of supplemental
payment request. Upon receipt of the supplemental payment request, the Engineer shall, as soon
as practicable after receipt, determine whether the supplemental payment request is a proper
payment request. If the Engineer determines that the supplemental payment request is not proper,
then the request shall be returned to the Contractor as soon as practicable, but not later than seven
(7) days after receipt. The returned request shall be accompanied by a document setting forth in
writing the reasons why the supplemental payment request was not proper. In conformance with
Public Contract Code Section 20104.50, the City shall make payments within thirty (30) days after
receipt of an undisputed and properly submitted supplemental payment request from the Contractor.
If payment of the undisputed supplemental payment request is not made within thirty (30) days after
receipt by the Engineer, then the City shall pay interest to the Contractor equivalent to the legal rate
set forth in subdivision (a) of Section 685.010 of the Code of Civil Procedure.
-
Add paragraph 6 et seq. as follows: After final inspection, the Engineer will make a Final Payment
Estimate and process a corresponding payment. The estimate will be in writing and shall be for the
total amount owed the Contractor as determined by the Engineer and shall be itemized by the
contract bid item and change order item with quantities and payment amounts and shall show all
deductions made or to be made for prior payments and amounts to be deducted under provisions of
the contract. All prior estimates and progress payments shall be subject to correction in the Final
Payment Estimate.
The Contractor shall have 30 calendar days from receipt of the Final Payment Estimate to make
written statement disputing any bid item or change order item quantity or payment amount. The
Contractor shall provide all documentation at the time of submitting the statement supporting its
position. Should the Contractor fail to submit the statement and supporting documentation within the
time specified, the Contractor acknowledges that full and final payment has been made for all
contract bid items and change order items. IC
Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 38901 Page 65 of 67 Pages
I If the Contractor submits a written statement with documentation in the aforementioned time, the
Engineer will review the disputed item within 30 calendar days and make any appropriate
adjustments on the Final Payment. Remaining disputed quantities or amounts not approved by the
Engineer will be subject to resolution as specified in subsection 3-5, Disputed Work.
The written statement filed by the Contractor shall be in sufficient detail to enable the Engineer to
ascertain the basis and amount of said disputed items. The Engineer will consider the merits of the
Contractor’s claims. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish within a reasonable time
such further information and details as may be required by the Engineer to determine the facts or
contentions involved in its claims. Failure to submit such information and details will be sufficient
cause for denying payment for the disputed items.
9-3.2.1 Payment for Claims. Add the following: Except for those final payment items disputed in
the written statement required in subsection 9-3.2 all claims of any dollar amount shall be submitted
in a written statement by the Contractor no later than the date of receipt of the final payment
estimate. Those final payment items disputed in the written statement required in subsection 9-3.2
shall be submitted no later than 30 days after receipt of the Final Payment estimate. No claim will be
considered that was not included in this written statement, nor will any claim be allowed for which
written notice or protest is required under any provision of this contract including sections 3-4
Changed Conditions, 3-5 Disputed Work, 6-6.3 Payment for Delays to Contractor, 6-6.4 Written
Notice and Report, or 6-7.3 Contract Time Accounting, unless the Contractor has complied with
notice or protest requirements.
The claims filed by the Contractor shall be in sufficient detail to enable the Engineer to ascertain the
basis and amount of said claims. The Engineer will consider and determine the Contractor’s claims
and it will be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish within a reasonable time such further
information and details as may be required by the Engineer to determine the facts or contentions
involved in its claims. Failure to submit such information and details will be sufficient cause for
denying the claims.
rt
Payment for claims shall be processed within 30 calendar days of their resolution for those claims
approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall proceed with informal dispute resolution under
subsection 3-5, Disputed Work, for those claims remaining in dispute.
Add the following section:
9-3.3.1 Delivered Materials.
into the work (will not) be included in the progress estimate. The cost of materials and equipment delivered but not incorporated
Add the following section:
9-3.4.1 Mobilization and Preparatory Work. Payment for mobilization and preparatory Work will
be made at the stipulated lump-sum price bid therefore in the bid schedule. The Contract lump-sum
price paid for mobilization shall not exceed Thirty Thousand dollars ($30,000.00), and includes full
compensation for furnishing all insurance, bonds, licenses, labor, materials, utilities, tools, equipment
and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in mobilization and preparatory work and
operations, including, but not limited to, those necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment,
supplies, and incidental to preparing to conduct work on and off the project site and other offsite
facilities necessary for work on the project; for all other facilities, sureties, work and operations which
must be performed or costs incurred prior to beginning work on various contract items on or off the
project site, excepting those specifically paid for under separate sections of these specifications.
The Contractor hereby agrees that the stipulated lump sum amount is sufficient for Mobilization and
Preparatory Work, as described in this section, and that the Contractor shall have no right to
additional compensation for Mobilization and Preparatory Work.
@ Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 38901 Page 66 of 67 Paaes
Progress payments for Mobilization and Preparatory Work will be made as follows:
For the first progress payment (after the issuance of the Notice to Proceed), forty percent (40%) of
the amount bid for Mobilization And Preparatory Work will be allowed. For the second progress
payment, an additional sixty percent (60%) of the amount bid for mobilization and preparatory work
will be allowed therefore.
_-
f? Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 38901 Page 67 of 67 Pages
MAHR RESERVOIR REMEDIAL IMPROVEMENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 0 1300 SUBMITTALS
SECTION 01730
SECTION 02050
SECTION 02 100
SECTION 02 1 10
SECTION 02 1 15
SECTION 02200
SECTION 0223 1 . F
SECTION 0260 1
SECTION 02830
SECTION 03300
SECTION 03400
SECTION 03600
SECTION 04200
SECTION 0550 1
SECTION 05505
SECTION 05530
SECTION 05541
SECTION 06 150 /I
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE
DEMOLITION AND ALTERATIONS
SITE PREPARATION
CLEARING, GRUBBING AND STRIPPING
RESERVOIR SEDIMENT REMOVAL AND
DISPOSAL
EARTHWORK
BASE MATERIALS
MANHOLES
CHAIN LINK GATES
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
PRECAST CONCRETE VAULTS
GROUT
UNIT MASONARY
ANCHOR BOLTS
MISCELLANEOUS METAL WORK
ALUMINUM ACCESS HATCH
MAHOLE FRAMES AND COVERS
CARPENTARY
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements TOC
1
SECTION 06 100
SECTION 073 12
SECTION 07 133
SECTION 07600
SECTION 07900
SECTION 08 120
SECTION 08520
SECTION 09900
SECTION 10520
SECTION 1 1000
SECTION 1 1002
SECTION 1 1004
SECTION 1 102 1
SECTION 1 1060
SECTION 11295
SECTION 11347
SECTION 11435
SECTION 11436
SECTION 13300
SECTION 15042
SECTION 15063
SECTION 15064
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements
ROUGH CARPENTRY
CONCRETE TILE ROOFING MATERIALS
MODIFIED BITUMINOUS SHEET
WATERPROOFING
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL
SEALANTS
ALUMINUM DOORS AND FRAMES
GLASS BLOCK WINDOWS
COATING SYSTEMS
FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR EQUIPMENT
EQUIPMENT MOUNTING
EQUIPMENT CONTROL DEVICES
VIBRATION ISOLATION SYSTEMS
0
ELECTRIC MOTORS
HYDRAULIC-PNEUMATIC POWER AND
ACTUATOR CONTROL SYSTEM
SUBMERSIBLE PUMP SYSTEMS
INTAKE SCREENS AND AIR BACKWASH
ASSEMBLY
AIR COMPRESSOR
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
HYDROSTATIC TESTING OF PRESSURE
PIPELINES
POLYETHYLENE PIPE & FITTINGS
PVC PRESSURE PIPES AND FITTINGS
TOC
2
SECTION 15067 STAINLESSTEEL PIPES AND FITTINGS
SECTION 15096 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
SECTION 15 100 VALVES AND ACTUATORS
SECTION 1 5 104
SECTION 15400
BUTTERFLY VALVES
PLUMBING -
SECTION 16000 ELECTRICAL
I
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements TOC
3
SECTION 01300
SUBMITTALS
1.0 GENERAL.
Submittals covered by these requirements include manufacturers' information, shop drawings, test
procedures, test results, samples, requests for __ - substitutions, and miscellaneous work-related
sub&ttals. Submittals shall also include, but not be limited to, all mechanical, electrical and
electronic equipment and systems, materials, reinforcing steel, fabricated items, and piping and
conduit details. The Contractor shall fbrnish all drawings, specifications, descriptive data,
certificates, samples, tests, methods, schedules, and manufacturer's installation and other
instructions as specifically required in the contract documents to demonstrate fully that the
materials and equipment to be furnished and the methods of work comply with the provisions and
intent of the contract documents.
2.0 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITES
The Contractor shall be responsible for the accuracy and completeness of the information contained
in each submittal and shall assure that the material, equipment or method of work shall be
as described in the submittal. The Contractor shall verify that all features of all products conform to
the specified requirements. Submittal documents shall be clearly edited to indicate only those items,
models, or series of equipment, which are being submitted for review. All extraneous materials
shall be crossed out or otherwise obliterated. The Contractor shall ensure that there is no conflict
with other submittals and notifl the Project Manager in each case where his submittal may affect
the work of another contractor or the Owner. The Contractor shall coordinate submittals among his
subcontractors and suppliers including those submittals complying with unit responsibility
requirements specified in paragraph 1 1000-1.02 C and applicable technical sections.
The Contractor shall coordinate submittals with the-work sorthat workwill not bedelayed. He shall
coordinate and schedule different categories of submittals, so that one will not be delayed for lack
of coordination with another. No extension of time will be allowed because of failure to properly
schedule submittals. The Contractor shall not proceed with work related to a submittal until the
submittal process is complete. This requires that submittals for review and comment shall be
returned to the Contractor stamped "No Exceptions Taken" or "Make Corrections Noted."
The Contractor shall certify on each submittal document that he has reviewed the submittal, verified
field conditions, and complied with the contract documents.
The Contractor may authorize in writing a material or equipment supplier to deal directly with the
Project Manager or with the Owner with regard to a submittal. These dealings shall be limited to
contract interpretations to clarifL and expedite the work.
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Submittals
01300 -1
3.0
3.1 a. A.
B.
3.2
A.
CATEGORIES OF SUBMITTALS
GENERAL:
Submittals fall into two general categories; submittals for review and comment, and
submittals which are primarily for information only. Submittals which are for
information only are generally specified as PRODUCT DATA in Part 2 of applicable
specification sections.
At the beginning of work, the Project Manager will furnish the Contractor lists of those
submittals specified in the project manual. Two separate lists will be provided
submittals for review and comment and product data (submittals) for information only.
SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW AND COMMENT:
All submittals except where specified to be submitted as product data for information
only shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Project Manager for review and
comment.
3.3 SUBMITTALS (PRODUCT DATA) FOR INFORMATION ONLY:
A. Where specified, the Contractor shall fiunish submittals (product data) to the Project
Manager for Information only.
4.0 TRANSMITTALPROCEDURE ~
4.1 GENERAL:
A. A separate form shall be used for each specific item, class of material, equipment, and
items specified in separate, discrete sections, for which the submittal is required.
Submittal documents common to more than one piece of equipment shall be identified
with all the appropriate equipment numbers. Submittals for various items shall be made
with a single form when the items taken together constitute a manufacturer's package or
are so bctionally related that expediency indicates checking or review of the group or
package as a whole.
A unique number, sequentially assigned, shall be noted on the transmittal form
accompanying each item submitted. Original submittal numbers shall have the
following format: "XXX"; where "XXX" is the sequential number assigned by the
Contractor. Resubmittals shall have the following format: "XXX-Y"; where "XXX" is
the originally assigned submittal number and ''Y'' is a sequential letter assigned for
resubmittals, Le., A, B, or C being the lst, 2nd, and 3rd resubmittals, respectively.
Submittal 25B, for example, is the second resubmittal of submittal 25.
B.
4.2 DEVIATION FROM CONTRACT: a
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Submittals
01300 -2
A. If the Contractor proposes to provide material, equipment, or method of work which
deviates from the project manual, he shall indicate so under "de\;iations" on the
transmittal form accompanying the submittal copies. 0
4.3 SUBMITTAL COMPLETENESS:
A. Submittals which do not have all the information required to be submitted, including
deviations, are not acceptable and will be returned without review.
5.0 REVIEW PROCEDURE
5.1. GENERAL:
A. Submittals are specified for those features and characteristics of materials, equipment,
and methods of operation which can be selected based on the Contractor's judgment of
their conformance to the specified requirements. Other features and characteristics are
specified in a manner which enables the Contractor to detennine acceptable options
without submittals. The review procedure is based on the Contractor's guarantee that all
features and characteristics not requiring submittals conform as specified. Review shall
not extend to means, meth_o&, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or
to verifjmg quantities, dimensions, weights or gages, or fabrication processes (except
where specifically indicated or required by the project manual) or to safety precautions
or programs incident thereto. Review of a separate item, as such, will not indicate -~
0 approval of the assembly in which the item functions.
When the contract dmiiments require a submittal, the Contractor shall submit the -B.
specified information as follows:
1.
~ 2.
3.
6 copies of all submitted information plus one reproducible original of all
information shall be transmitted with submittals for review and comment.
Unless otherwise specified, 6 copies of all submitted $formation shall be
transmitted with submittals (product data) for information only.
More than two submittals: It is considered reasonable that the Contractor
shall make a complete and acceptable submittal to the Project Manager by
the second submission of a submittal item. The Project Manager reserves
the right to withhold monies due to the Contractor to recover additional
costs of the Project Managers review beyond the second submittal. The
Project Manager maximum review period for each submittal, including all
resubmittals, will be 10 work days per submittal. In other words, for a
submittal that requires two resubmittals (3 review) before it is complete ,
the maximum review period for that submittal could be 30 work days.
5.2 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW AND COMMENT:
A. Unless otherwise specified, within 10 work days after receipt of a submittal for review
and comment, the Project Manager shall review the submittal and return 2 copies of the
marked-up reproducible original noted in 1 above. The reproducible original will be 0
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Submittals
01300 -3
retained by the Project Manager. The returned submittal shall indicate one of the
following actions:
1. If the review indicates that the material, equipment or work method complies with
the project manual, submittal copies will be marked "NO EXCEPTIONS TAIEN."
In this event, the Contractor may begin to implement the work method or
incorporate the material or equipment covered by the submittal.
2.
3.
4.
If the review indicates limited corrections are required, copies will be marked
"MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED." The Contractor may begin implementing the
work method or incorporating the material and equipment covered by the submittal
in accordance with the noted corrections. Where submittal information will be
incorporated in O&M data, a corrected copy shall be provided.
If the revrew reveals that the submittal is insufficient or contains incorrect data,
copies will be marked "AMEND AND RESUBMIT." Except at his own risk, the
Contractor shall not undertake work covered by this submittal until it has been
revised, resubmitted and returned marked either "NO EXCEPTIONS T;AKEN" or
"MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED."
If the review indicates that the material, equipment, or work method does not
comply with the project manual, copies of the submittal will be marked
"REJECTED - SEE REMARKS." Submittals with deviations which have not been
identified clearly may be rejected. Except at his own risk, the Contractor shall not
undertake the work covered by such submittals until a new submittal is made and
retumed marked either WO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN" or "MAKE CORRECTIONS
NOTED."
5.3 SUBMITTALS (PRODUCT DATA) FOR INFORMATION ONLY:
A. Such-information ismotsubje-cttsubmii review procedures and-shall be provided as
part of the work under this contract and its acceptability determined under normal
inspection procedures.
6.0 EFFECT OF REVIEW OF CONTRACTOR'S SUBMITTALS
A. Review of contract drawings, methods of work, or information regarding materials or
equipment the Contractor proposes to provide, shall not relieve the Contractor of his
responsibility for errors therein and shall not be regarded as an assumption of risks or
liability by the Project Manager or the Owner, or by any officer or employee thereof,
and the Contractor shall have no claim under the contract on account of the failure, or
partial failure, of the method of work, material, or equipment so reviewed. A mark of
"NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN" or "MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED" shall mean
that the Owner has no objection to the Contractor, upon his own responsibility, using
the plan or method of work proposed, or providing the materials or equipment proposed.
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements
**END OF SECTION**
Submittals
01300 -4
SECTION 0 1 730
OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION
1.0 SCOPE
Operation and maintenance (O&M) instructions shall be provided in accordance with this
section and as required in the technical sections of this project manual. O&M information
shall be provided for each maintainable piece of equipment, equipment assembly or
subassembly, and material provided or modified under this contract.
O&M instructions must be submitted and accepted before on-site training may start.
2.0 TYPES OF INFORMATION REQUIRED
A. GENERAL:
O&M information shall contain the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of the
manufacturer, the nearest ~~~ representative ~ of the manufacturer, and the nearest supplier of the
manufacturer's equipment and parts. h- addition, one or more of the following items of
information shall be provided as applicable.
B. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS:
Specific instructions, procedures, and illustrations shall be provided for the following phases
of operations:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS: List personnel hazards for equipment and list safety
precautions for all operating conditions.
OPERATOR PRESTART: Provide requirements to set up and prepare each
system for use.
~ ~~ ~ ~
STARTUP, SHUTDOWN, AND POSTSHUTDOWN PROCEDURES:
Provide a control sequence for each of these operations.
NORMAL OPERATIONS:
operation and control of systems and specific equipment.
- ~.
Provide control diagrams with data to explain
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS: Provide emergency procedures for equipment
malhctions to permit a short period of continued operation or to shut down the
equipment to prevent further damage to systems and equipment. Include
emergency shutdown instructions for fire, explosion, spills, or other foreseeable
contingencies. Provide guidance on emergency operations of all utility systems
including valve locations and portions of systems controlled.
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Operation and Maintenance Information
01730-1
6. OPERATOR SERVICE REQUIREMENTS: Provide instructions for services to
be performed by the operator such as lubrication, adjustments, and inspection.
7. ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS: Provide a list of environmental
conditions (temperature, humidity, and other relevant data) which are best suited
for each product or piece of equipment and describe conditions under which
equipment should not be allowed to run.
Provide Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all chemicals, greases and oils
that are required to operate each piece of equipment. All MSDS shall be
supplied with each piece of equipment by the manufacturer.
8.
C. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE:
The following information shall be provided for preventive and scheduled maintenance to
minimize corrective maintenance and repair
1. LUBRICATION DATA Provide lubrication data, other than instructions for
lubrication in accordance with paragraph 2.0-B6.
a. A table showing recommended lubricants for specific temperature ranges
and applications;
b. Charts with a schematic diagram of the equipment showing lubrication
points, recommended types and grades of lubricants, and capacities; and
-
~ c. A lubrication schedukshowing service interval fiequency.
2. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE PLAN AND SCHEDULE: Provide
manufacturer's schedule for routine preventive maintenance, inspections, tests,
__ - ~ and ~ adjustments ____ required to ensure ~~~ proper ~ and economical operation and to minimize corrective maintenance and repair. Provide manufacturer's projection
of preventive maintenance manhours on a daily, weekly, monthly, and annual
basis including craft requirements by type of craft.
D. CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE:
- __ ~~ Manufacturer's recommendations shall be provided on procedures and instructions for
correcting problems and making repairs.
1. TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDES AND DIAGNOSTIC TECHNIQUES:
Provide step-by-step procedures to promptly isolate the cause of typical
malfunctions. Describe clearly why the checkout is performed and what
conditions are to be sought. Identify tests or inspections and test equipment
required to determine whether parts and equipment may be reused or require
replacement.
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Operation and Maintenance Information
0 1730-2
2. WIRING DIAGRAMS AND CONTROL DIAGRAMS: Wiring diagrams and
control diagrams shall be point-to-point drawings of wiring and control circuits
including factory-field interfaces. Provide a complete and accurate depiction of
the actual job-specific wiring and control work. On diagrams, number electrical
and electronic wiring and pneumatic control tubing and the terminals for each
type identically to actual installation numbering.
3. MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES: Provide instructions and list
tools required to restore product or equipment to proper condition or operating
standards.
4. REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT INSTRUCTIONS: Provide step-by-step
procedures and list required tools and supplies for removal, replacement,
disassembly, and assembly of components, assemblies, subassemblies,
accessories, and attachments. Provide tolerances, dimensions, settings, and
adjustments required. Instructions shall include a combination of test and
illustrations.
5. SPARE PARTS AND SUPPLY LISTS: Provide lists of spare parts and supplies
required for maintenance and repair to ensure continued service or operation
without unreasonably delays. Special consideration is required for facilities at
remote locations. List spare parts and supplies that have a long lead time to
nbtain. -__- - ~
~ ~ ____I__
6. CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE MANHOURS: Provide manufacturer's
projection of corrective maintenance manhours including craft requirements by
type of craft. Corrective maintenance that requires participation of the equipment
manufacturer shall be identified and tabulated separately.
E. APPENDICES:
The following information shall be provided; include information not specified in the
preceding paragraphs but pertinent to the maintenance or operation of the product or
equipment.
1. PARTS IDENTIFICATION: Provide identification and coverage for all parts of
each component, assembly, subassembly, and accessory of the end items subject
to replacement. Include special hardware requirements, such as requirement to
use high-strength bolts and nuts. Identify parts by make, model, serial number,
and source of supply to allow reordering without Mer identification. Provide
clear and legible illustrations, drawings, and exploded views to enable easy
identification of the items. When illustrations omit the part numbers and
description, both the illustrations and- separate listing shall show the index,
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Operation and Maintenance Information
0 1730-3
reference, or key number which will cross-reference the illustrated part to the
listed part. Parts shown in the listings shall be grouped by components,
assemblies, and subassemblies.
2. WARRANTY INFORMATION: List and explain the various warranties and
include the servicing and technical precautions prescribed by the manufacturers
or contract documents to keep warranties in force.
3, PERSONNEL TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: Provide information available
from the manufacturers to use in training designated personnel to operate and
maintain the equipment and systems properly.
4. TESTING EQUIPMENT AND SPECIAL TOOL INFORMATION: Provide
information on test equipment required to perform specified tests and on special
tools needed for the operation, maintenance, and repair of components.
3.0 TRANSMITTAL PROCEDURE
Only complete sets of O&M instructions will be reviewed for acceptance. 5 copies of the
specified O&M information shall be provided. For ease of identification, each manufacturer's
brochure and manual shall be appropriately labeled with the equipment name and equipment
number as it appears in the project manual. The information shall be organized in the binders
in numerical-order by the equipment numbers assigned in the project manual. The binders
shall be provided with a table of contents and tab sheets to permit easy location of desired
information.
If manufacturers' standard brochures and manuals are used to describe O&M procedures,
such brochures and manuals-shall -be modifitx-to-reflect only the model or series of
equipment used on this project. Extraneous material shall be crossed out neatly or otherwise
annotated or eliminated.
4.0 PAYMENT
Acceptable O&M information for the project must be delivered to the Construction Manager
prior to the project being 65 percent complete. Progress payments for work in excess of 65
percent completion will not be made until the specified acceptable O&M information has
been delivered to the Construction Manager.
5.0 FIELD CHANGES
Following the acceptable installation and operation of an equipment item, the item's
instructions and procedures shall be modified and supplemented by the Contractor to reflect
any field changes or information requiring field data.
**END OF SECTION**
SECTION 02050
DEMOLITION AND ALTERATIONS
PART 1-GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION:
A. Demolish and alter existing facilities as indicated on drawings, as specified, and as
directed by Engineer.
B. Remove, salvage, or otherwise dispose of minor site improvements as specified in
Section 02 100, Site Preparation.
1.02 RELATED WORK:
Section 02 100: Site Preparation
Section 02200: Earth work
1.03 QUALITY ASSWCE:
A. Demolish and remove existing construction, utilities, equipment, and appurtenances
without damaging integrity of existing structures, equipment, and appurtenances that
are to remain.
B. Store equipment to be salvaged for relocation where directed by Engineer, and if
necessary, protect fiom damage during work.
C. Repair or remove items that are damaged. Repair and install damaged items at no
additional compensation and to condition at least equal to that which existed prior to
start of work.
D. Exercise all necessary precautions for fire prevention. Make acceptable frre
extinguishers available at all times in areas where demolition work by burning
torches is being done. Do not bum demolition debris on or near site.
E. Protect persons and property throughout progress of work. Proceed in such manner
as to minimize spread of dust and flying particles and to provide safe working
conditions for personnel.
F.
G. Obtain permission fiom Engineer before abandoning or removing any existing
Maintain circulation of traffic within area at all times during demolition operations.
structures, materials, equipment and appurtenances.
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Demolition and Alterations
02050 -1
PART 2-PRODUCTS (NOT APPLICABLE)
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.01 REFERENCES:
A. Provide three reference points for each survey marker .and monument removed,
established by a licensed civil engineer or land surveyor and record locations and
designations of survey markers and monuments prior to removal.
Store removed markers and monuments during demolition work, and replace upon
completion of work. Reestablish survey markers and monuments in conformance
with recorded reference points. Forward letter to Engineer signed by licensed civil
engineer or land surveyor verifjmg reestablishment of survey markers and
monuments.
B.
3.02 DEMOLITION:
A. Confine apparatus, storage of material, demolition work, new construction, and
operations of workmen to areas that will not interfere with continued use and
operation of entire facility. Provide and maintain lights, barriers, and temporary
passageways for free and safe access.
3.03 SALVAGE:
A. Materials, equipment, and appurtenances removed, that are not designated for
relocation, become property of Contractor. Haul fiom site and dispose of at no
additional compensation.
* * END OF SECTION**
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Demolition and Alterations
02050 -2
Section 02 100
SITE PREPARATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Scope: This section specifies site preparation which consists of clearing,
grubbing, reservoir sediment removal, and demolition,
B. Existing Conditions: The CONTRACTOR shall determine the actual condition
of the site as it affects this portion of work.
C. Protection: Site preparation shall not damage any existing structures, reservoir,
dam, landscaping or vegetation at the site. The CONTRACTOR shall repair, or
replace any damaged property.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
No products are included in this section.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 CLEARING AND GRUBBING
A. Unless otherwise specified, the CONTRACTOR shall clear, grub, and strip the
site per Section 02110, including removal of obstructions such as brush, trees,
logs, stumps, roots, heavy sod, vegetation, rock, stones larger than 6-inches in
any dimension, broken or old concrete and pavement, debris, and structures
where the completion of the work require their removal.
B. Material that is removed and is not to be incorporated in the work shall be
disposed of off the site in accordance with all applicable regulations.
3.2 DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL
A. Structures: Demolition and removal of structures consist of removal of
abandoned superstructures, foundation walls, footings, slabs and any other
structures identified in the Contract Drawings. Excavations caused by existing
foundations shall be cleared of waste, debris and loose soil, and refilled as
specified.
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Site Preparation
02 100-1
B. Pavement: When portions of asphalt pavements and concrete pads are to be
removed and later construction is to be connected, edges shall be saw cut, on a
neat line at right angles to the curb face.
C. Salvage: The OWNER has the right to salvage any items scheduled for removal.
The CONTRACTOR shall notify the Construction Manager 5 days prior to any
salvage or demolition work to determine the disposition of items to be removed.
The Construction Manager will mark items to be salvaged. Such items shall be
properly disconnected, removed fi-om their foundations, cleaned, and stored at a
location on the plant site as specified.
3.3 UTILITY INTERFERENCE
A. Where existing utilities interfere with the prosecution of the work, the
CONTRACTOR shall relocate them in accordance with the Contract
Documents,
**END OF SECTION**
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Site Preparation
02 100-2
Section 02 1 10
CLEARING, GRUBBING, AND STRIPPING
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1
I .2
1.3
1.4
I .5
THE REQUIREMENT
A.
B.
C.
CONTRACTOR shall hrnish all tools, equipment, materials and supplies and
shall perform all labor to complete the work associated with removal of all
natural and artificial objectionable material fiom the designated areas of work
as indicated in the Contract Documents.
This work shall also include the protection from injury and preservation of
existing improvements, adjacent property, utility vegetation and existing
objects designated to remain.
Prior to commencing the work, obtain acceptance from the ENGINEER
regarding methods to be used and disposal of removed materials.
RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
Section 02200 Earthwork
REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS
A. Comply with the applicable reference specifications of the GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS.
B. Comply with SSPWC 7-8: Project Site Maintenance
CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Submit schedule of clearing, grubbing, and erosion control measures to be put
in place for all work scheduled during the rainy season (October - April).
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with the applicable reference specifications of the General
Requirements.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
1.6 CLEARING
A. Clearing shall consist of removing all vegetable growth such as trees, roots,
stumps, shrubs, brush, limbs, and other vegetative growth. Remove all
evidence of their presence from the growth surface. Clearing shall also
include the removal and disposal of trash piles, rubbish, and fencing.
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements
90% Submittal
Clearing, Grubbing and Stripping
02110-1
1.7
I .8
I .9
PRESERVATION OF TREES, SHRUBS, AND OTHER VEGETATION
A. Protect trees, shrubbery, and other vegetation not designated for removal from
damage resulting from the work. Cut and remove tree branches only where,
in the opinion of the Construction Manager, such cutting is necessary to affect
construction. Scars resulting from the removal of branches shall be treated
with an approved tree sealant.
GRUBBING
A. Grubbing shall consist of the removal and disposal of wood, stumps or root
matter a minimum of 12 inches below existing ground surface or bottom of
subgrade, whichever is deeper, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings.
Clearing shall include stumps, logs, roots, or root systems greater than 1.5
inches in diameter or thickness.
REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL OF CLEARING AND GRUBBING DEBRIS
A. General: All materials removed shall be disposed of outside of the right-of-
way. No accumulation of flammable material shall remain on or adjacent to
the right-of-way. The roadway and adjacent areas shall be left with a neat and
finished appearance.
B. Bitumihous Pavement: Bituminous pavement removal shall be in
conformance with SSPWC Section 300-1.3.2 (a).
C. Concrete Pavement: Concrete pavement removal shall be in conformance
with SSPWC Section 300-1.3.2 (b).
D. Concrete Curb, Walk, Gutters, Cross Gutters, Driveways, and Alley
Intersections: Concrete removal shall be in conformance with SSPWC
Section 300-1.3.2 (c).
E. Topsoil from the strippings shall be stockpiled and used for the finished site
grading. Excess topsoil will be placed in the waste disposal areas designated
by the ENGINEER.
1.10 BACKFILL
A. Holes or depressions in the ground remaining after demolition of structures,
existing gunite surface, or equipment shall be filled with compacted backfill
material as specified in Section 02200.
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements
90% Submittal
Clearing, Grubbing and Stripping
02 1 1 0-2
PART 3 -EXECUTION
I. 11 CLEARING AND GRUBBING
A. Clearing and grubbing shall be in conformance with the SSPWC Section 300-
1.
* * END OF SECTION" *
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements
90% Submittal
Clearing, Grubbing and Stripping
02 1 10-3
SECTION 02115 - SEDIMENT REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL
PARTI-GENERAL
1.1. GENERAL
A. The CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit a Reservoir Sediment Removal and
Disposal (RSRD) Plan. Upon approval of the plan by the Engineer, the
CONTRACTOR shall implement and complete the plan in its entirety. The RSRD
Plan shall describe the steps to be taken to determine the quantity and quality of
sediment to be removed and the method of removal proposed by the
COTNRACTOR. The RSRD plan shall meet, but is not limited to, all of the
requirements included in this Section.
6. For bidding purposes, the approximate region and depth of sediment to be
removed is shown in the Contract Drawings. Adjustments to the contract price will
be made by the Agency if the quantity of sediment to be removed varies from that
listed in the Bid Schedule by twenty five (25) percent. Contractor shall prepare his
bid based on the Drawings. Bid item shall not include costs for removal of
sediment when hazardous materials are present in the sediment. Contractor shall
include an alternate bid item price for sediment removal that contains hazardous
materials. This alternate bid item will be utilized if hazardous materials are found in
the sediment during the Work.
1.2 RESERVOIR SEDIMENT REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL PLAN MINIMUM REQUIRMENTS
A. The following describes the minimum events that must take place in order for the
Work of this Section to be complete.
I. Vallecitos Water District shall drain the reservoir prior to initiation of Work
within the reservoir impoundment region. A three month period shall be
provided to the CONTRACTOR to complete all of the sediment removal
and improvement work.
2. Upon drainage of the reservoir, the contractor shall complete the following
Work prior to removing any sediment:
a. Survey the bottom of the reservoir to determine exact contours. Survey
shall produce two-foot contours. Extent of survey region shall be the
region below the existing 570 contour, and as agreed upon by the
Engineer and COTNRACTOR upon draining of the reservoir. \
b. Obtain five (5) soil samples at the approximate locations as shown in
the contract drawings to determine the original bottom elevations of the
reservoir. Soil samples shall penetrate to a depth adequate enough to
determine the original bottom soils of the reservoir. It is anticipated that
this depth should not be greater than ten (IO) feet.
c. Provide the survey and soil sample information to the Engineer. The
Engineer and Agency will then determine the exact boundary region
and depths of soil to be removed by the CONTRACTOR.
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Sediment Removal and Disposal
PAGE 021 15 - 1
SECTION 021 15 - SEDIMENT REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL
d. Obtain sediment samples and test the sediment for any Hazardous
Materials, including, but not limited to metals, pesticides, PCB’s, etc.
All hazardous material values required by acceptable landfills shall be
tested. A minimum of five (5) samples shall be obtained from the same
locations that the soil samples are obtained. Contractor shall bear all
expenses for sampling, testing and reporting.
e. Hazardous materials testing reports shall be submitted to the Engineer.
If Hazardous Materials are present, the Contractor shall determine and
submit information on acceptable disposal locations.
3. Contract shall obtain necessary permits required by the State and Regional
Water Quality Control Boards for removal and transportation of sediments
from the site.
4. Upon receipt of testing and soil sample results, and all required permits, the
CONTRACTOR shall remove all identified sediment in the region agreed
upon by the CONTRACTOR, Engineer, and AGENCY.
B. Based on the above events and guidelines, the CONTRACTOR shall prepare the
RSRD Plan that shall include, but is not limited to, the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Proposed method and locations of sediment sample testing
Name, location, and other information of sediment sample testing firm and
laboratory.
Proposed method and locations of hazardous materials testing samples.
Name, location, and other information of hazardous materials testing firm and
laboratory
Proposed method of sediment removal from the reservoir basin. This includes
method of dewatering of sediment prior to shipment from the site.
List of all permits anticipated for removal and transport of sediment. This shall
include all NPDES permits for any dewatering of sediment that may occur.
Proposed method of sediment transport from the site to a proper disposal site.
This shall include provisions for transport of sediment containing hazardous
materials.
Include name and or location of possible acceptable landfill sites for disposal of
sediment containing hazardous materials.
Schedule of events related to sediment removal
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Sediment Removal and Disposal
PAGE 021 15 - 2
SECTION 02115 - SEDIMENT REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL
0 1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. The CONTRACTOR shall submit the RSRD plan to the Engineer within 20 working
days after approval of Notice of Award. Submittal shall per Section 01300. No
sediment removal work shall begin until the CONTRACTOR has received an
approved copy from the Engineer.
B. RSRD Plan Format Requirements: The CONTRACTOR shall bind the RSRD Pian
per the following requirements.
1. The CONTRACTOR shall use 8-1/2 inch by 11 inch paper of high rag
content and quality. Larger drawings or illustrations are acceptable if neatly
folded to the specified size in a manner which will permit easy unfolding
without removal from the binder. Provide reinforced punched binder tabs
when necessary.
2. All text must be legible typewritten or machine printed originals or high
quality copies of same.
3. Each page shall have a binding margin of approximately 1-1/2 inches and
be punched for placement in a three ring looseleaf or triple post binder.
Provide binders not less than one inch or more than 2-112 inches thick.
Identify each binder on the spine and outside front cover with the following:
a. Title “RESERVOIR SEDIMENT REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL PLAN”.
b. Title of Project.
C. Identity of general subject matter covered.
4. The CONTRACTOR shall use dividers and typewritten indexed tabs
between major categories of information such as proposed method of
sediment removal, testing of sediment, list of disposal locations, and all .
other required sections. When necessary, place each major category in a
separate binder.
5. The CONTRACTOR shall, provide a table of contents for each binder.
6. The CONTRACTOR shall identify products and methods by their functional
names in the table of contents and at least once in each chapter or
Section. Thereafter, abbreviations and acronyms may be used if their
meaning is explained in a table in the back of each binder.
END OF SECTION
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Sediment Removal and Disposal
PAGE 021 15 - 3
SECTION 02200
EARTHWORK
PART 1-GENERAL
1.1 THEREQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall perform all earthwork indicated and required for
construction of the WORK, complete and in place, in accordance with the
Contract Documents.
1.2 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. The CONTRACTOR'S attention is directed to the provisions for "Shoring and
Bracing Drawings" in Section 6705 of the California Labor Code. The
CONTRACTOR, prior to beginning any trench or structure excavation 5 feet
deep or over shall submit to the OWNER and shall be in receipt of the
OWNER'S written acceptance of the CONTRACTOR'S detailed plan showing
design of all shoring bracing, sloping of the sides of excavation, or other
provisions for worker protection against the hazard of caving ground during
the excavation of such trenches or structure excavation. If such plan vanes
fiom the shoring system standards established in the Construction Safety
Orders of the State of California, such alternative systems plans shall be
prepared by a civil or structural engineer licensed in the State of California.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall submit a copy of the excavation permit issued by
the California Department of Industrial Safety.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall submit samples of all materials proposed to be
used in the work in accordance with the requirements in Section 01300.
Sample sizes shall be as determined by the testing laboratory.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
1.3 SUITABLE FILL A.ND BACKFILL MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS
A. General: Fill, backfill, and embankment materials shall be selected or
processed clean, fine earth, rock, or sand, free from grass, roots, brush, or
other vegetation.
B. Fill and backfill materials to be placed within 6-inches of any structure or pipe
shall be free of rocks or unbroken masses of earth materials having a
maximum dimension larger than 3-inches.
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Earthwork 02200-1
C.
D.
E.
Suitable Materials: Materials not defined as unsuitable below are defined as
suitable materials and may be used in fills, backfilling, and embankment
construction subject to the indicated limitations. In addition, when acceptable
to the ENGINEER, some of the material listed as unsuitable may be used
when thoroughly mixed with suitable material to form a stable composite,
Suitable materials may be obtained from on-site excavations, may be
processed on-site materials, or may be imported. If imported materials are
required by this Section or to meet the quantity requirements of the project,
the CONTRACTOR shall provide the imported materials at no additional
expense to the OWNER, unless a unit price item is included for imported
materials in the bidding schedule.
The following types of suitable materials are defined:
I. Type A (three-quarters inch minus granular backfill): Crushed rock or
gravel, and sand with the gradation requirements below. The material shall
have a minimum sand equivalent value of 28 and a minimum R-value of
78. If the sand equivalent value exceeds 35 the R-value requirement is
waived.
Sieve Size Percentage Passing
3 14-inc h 100
No. 4 30 - 50
No. 200 0- 12
2. Type B (Class I crushed stone): Manufactured angular, crushed stone,
crushed rock, or crushed slag with the following gradation requirements.
The material shall have a minimum sand equivalent value of 75.
Sieve Size Percentage Passing
314-inch 100
No. 4 30 - 50
No. 200 0-5
3. Type C (sand backfill): Sand with 100 percent passing a 3/8-inch sieve, at
least 90 percent passing a Number 4 sieve, and a sand equivalent value not
less than 30.
4. Type D: Not used
5. Type E (pea gravel backfill): Crushed rock or gravel the size gradation for
Size Number 8 in ASTM C 33 - Concrete Aggregates.
6. Type F (coarse drainrock): Crushed rock or gravel with the size gradation
for Size Number 4 in ASTM C 33
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Earthwork 02200-2
7. Type G (aggregate base): Crushed rock aggregate base material of such
nature that it can be compacted readily by watering and rolling to form a
firm, stable base for pavements. At the option of the CONTRACTORy the
grading for either the 1 - 1 /2-inch maximum size or 3/4-inch maximum size
gradation shall be used. The sand equivalent value shall be not less than
22, and the material shall meet the following gradation requirements:
Percentage Passing
l-l/2-inch Max. 3/4-inch Max.
Sieve Size Gradation Gradation
2-inch
1 - 1 /2-inch
1 -inch
3/4-inch
No. 4
No. 30
No. 200
100
90 - 100
50 - 85
25 - 45
10 - 25
2 -9
- -
100
90 - 100
35 - 55
10 - 30
2- 9
8. Type H (graded drainrock): Drainrock shall be crushed rock or gravel,
durable and free from slaking or decomposition under the action of
alternate wetting or drying. The material shall be uniformly graded and
shall meet the gradation requirements for Size Number 57 in ASTM C 33:
The drain rock shall have a sand equivalent value not less than 75. The
finish graded surface of the drain rock immediately beneath hydraulic
structures shall be stabilized to provide a firm, smooth surface upon which
to construct reinforced concrete floor slabs. The CONTRACTOR shall use,
at its option, one of the asphalt types listed below:
Type 1 Type 2 Tvpe 3
Designation SC-800 SC-250 RS-1
Spray Temperature (OF) 175-255 165-200 70- 120
Coverage (gal/sq yd) 0.50 0.50 0.50
If the surface remains tacky, sufficient sand shall be applied to absorb the
excess asphalt.
9. Tvpe I: Any other suitable material as defined herein.
10. Type J (cement-treated backfill): Material which consists of Type H
material, or any mixture of Types B, C, G, and H materials which has been
cement-treated so that the cement content of the material is not less than 5
percent by weight when tested in accordance with ASTM D 2901-
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Earthwork 02200-3
Standard Test Method for Cement Content of Freshly Mixed Soil Cement.
The ultimate compressive strength at 28 days shall be not less than 400 psi
when tested in accordance with ASTM D 1633 - Standard Test Method for
Compressive Strength of Molded Soil - Cement Cylinders.
11. Tvoe K (topsoil): Stockpiled topsoil material which has been obtained at
the site by removing soil to a depth not exceeding 2-feet. Removal of the
topsoil shall be done after the area has been stripped of vegetation and
debris.
12. Type L (controlled low strength material): Controlled low strength
material shall be in accordance with Section 02210 - Controlled Low
Strength Material.
13. Tvpe M (aamegate subbase): Crushed rock aggregate subbase material
that can be compacted readily by watering and rolling to form a firm
stable base. The sand equivalent value shall be not less than 18 and the
material shall meet the following gradation requirements:
Sieve Size Percentage Passing
3-inch 100
2- 1 I2 inch 87 - 100
No. 4 35 - 95
No. 200 0-29
14. Type N (trench plug): Low permeable fill material, a non-dispersible clay
material having a minimum plasticity index of 10.
1.4 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL
A. Unsuitable materials include the materials listed below.
1. Soils which, when classified under ASTM D 2487 - Standard
Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil
Classification System), fall in the classifications of Pt, OH, CH, MH, or
OL.
2. Soils which cannot be compacted sufficiently to achieve the density
specified for the intended use.
3. Materials that contain hazardous or designated waste materials including
petroleum hydrocarbons, pesticides, heavy metals, and any material which
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Earthwork 02200-4
may be classified as hazardous or toxic according to applicable
regulations.
4. Topsoil, except as allowed below.
1.5 USE OF FILL, BACKFILL, AND EMBANKMENT MATERIAL TYPES
A. The CONTRACTOR shall use the types of materials as designated herein for
all required fill, backfill, and embankment construction hereunder.
B. Where these Specifications conflict with the requirements of any local agency
having jurisdiction or with the requirements of a pipe material manufacturer,
the ENGINEER shall be immediately notified. In case of conflict between
types of pipe embedment backfills, the CONTRACTOR shall use the agency-
specified backfill material if that material provides a greater degree of
structural support to the pipe, as determined by the ENGINEER. In case of
conflict between types of trench or final backfill types, the CONTRACTOR
shall use the agency-specified backfill material if that material provides the
greater in-place density after compaction.
C. Fill and backfill types shall be used in accordance with the following
provisions:
1. Embankment fills shall be constructed of Type I material, as defined
herein, or any mixture of Type I and Type A through Type H materials.
2. Pipe zone backfill, as defined under Pipe and Utility Trench Backfill"
below, shall consist of the following materials for each pipe material listed
below.
a. Mortar coated pipe, concrete pipe, and un-coated ductile iron pipe
shall be provided with Type A or B material in the pipe zone. Coal tar
enamel coated pipe, polyethylene encased pipe, tape wrapped pipe,
and other non-mortar-coated pipe shall be provided with Type C
material in the pipe zone.
b. Plastic pipe and vitrified clay pipe shall be provided with Type B
material in the pipe zone.
c. Where pipelines are installed on grades exceeding 4 percent, and
where backfill materials are graded such that there is less than 10
percent passing a Number 4 sieve, trench plugs of Type J, L, or N
material shall be provided at maximum intervals of 200-feet unless
indicated otherwise.
3. Trench zone backfill for pipelines as defined under "Pipe and Utility
Trench Backfill" shall be Type I backfill material or any of Types A
through H backfill materials or any mixture thereof, except:
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Earthwork 02200-5
a. Type K material may be used for trench zone backfill in agricultural
areas unless otherwise shown or specified.
4. Final backfill material for pipelines under paved areas, as defined under
"Pipe and Utility Trench Backfill" shall be Type G backfill material. Final
backfill under areas not paved shall be the same material as that used for
trench backfill, except that Type K material shall be used for final backfill
in agricultural areas unless otherwise indicated. Trench backfill and final
backfill for pipelines under structures shall be the same material as used in
the pipe zone, except where concrete encasement is required by the
Contract Documents. Aggregate base materials under pavements shall be
Type G material constructed to the thickness indicated. Aggregate sub
base shall be Type M material.
5. Backfill around structures shall be Type I material, or Types A through
Typ'e H materials, or any mixture thereof, except as shown.
6. Backfill materials beneath structures shall be as follows:
a. Drain rock materials under hydraulic structures or other water
retaining structures with underdrain systems shall be Type H material.
b. Under concrete hydraulic structures or other water retaining structures
without underdrain systems, Types G or H materials shall be used.
c. Under structures where groundwater must be removed to allow
placement of concrete, Type F material shall be used. Before the Type
F material is placed, filter fabric shall be placed over the exposed
foundation.
d. Under all other structures, Type G or H material shall be used.
7. Backfill used to replace pipeline trench over-excavation shall be a layer of
Type F material with a 6-inch top filter layer of Type E material or filter
fabric to prevent migration of fines for wet trench conditions or the same
material as used for the pipe zone backfill if the trench conditions are not
wet.
8. The top 6-inches of fill on reservoir roofs, embankment fills around
hydraulic structures, and all other embankment fills shall consist of Type
K material, topsoil.
9. Filter fabric shall be Mirafi 140 N, Mirafi 700X, or equal.
1.6 MATERIALS TESTING
A. All soils testing of samples submitted by the CONTRACTOR will be done by
a testing laboratory of the OWNER'S choice and at the OWNER'S expense.
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Earthwork 02200-6
1.7
1.8
At its discretion, the ENGINEER may request that the CONTRACTOR
supply samples for testing of any material used in the work.
B. Particle size analysis of soils and aggregates will be performed using ASTM
D 422 - Standard Test Method for Particle-Size Analysis of Soils.
C. Determination of sand equivalent value will be performed using ASTM D
2419 - Standard Test Method for Sand Equivalent Value of Soils and Fine
Aggregate.
D. Unified Soil Classification System: References in this Section to soil
classification types and standards shall have the meanings and definitions
indicated in ASTM D 2487. The CONTRACTOR shall be bound by all
applicable provisions of said ASTM D 2487 in the interpretation of soil
classifications.
E. The testing for chloride, sulfate, resistively, and pH will be done in
accordance with California Test Methods 532 and 643 of the California
Department of Transportation.
IDENTIFICATION TAPE
A. Unless indicated otherwise, identification tape shall be placed above all buried
pipelines which are not comprised at leas; in part ofmagnetic components.
Identification tape shall be 6-inches wide, yellow in color, polyethylene, With
integral metallic wire. Tape shall be labeled with CAUTION - BURIED
UTILITIES.
SOIL STERZLANT
A. Soil sterilant or chemical weed control agent shall be a commercial product
manufactured specifically to sterilize subgrade soil against growth of weeds,
plants, or any type of vegetation.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
1.9 EXCAVATION - GENERAL
A. General: Except when specifically provided to the contrary, excavation shall
include the removal of all materials of whatever nature encountered, including
all obstructions of any nature that would interfere with the proper execution
and completion of the WORK. The removal of said materials shall conform
to the lines and grades indicated or ordered. Unless otherwise indicated, the
entire construction site shall be stripped of all vegetation and debris, and such
material shall be removed from the site prior to performing any excavation or
placing any fill. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish, place, and maintain all
supports and shoring that may be required for the sides of the excavations.
'
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Earthwork 02200-7
,-
Excavations shall be sloped or otherwise supported in a safe. manner in
accordance with applicable State safety requirements and the requirements of
OSHA Safety and Health Standards for Construction (29CFR1926).
B. Removal and Exclusion of Water: The Contractor shall coordinate with the
City of Carlsbad for the draining of Mahr Reservoir before any excavations
begin. Additionally, the Contractor shall ensure that all reservoir inlets are
closed, locked, and tagged before reservoir work begins and during
construction. The CONTRACTOR shall remove and exclude any residual
water, including stormwater, groundwater, irrigation water, and wastewater,
fi-om all excavations. Dewatering wells, wellpoints, sump pumps, or other
means shall be used to remove water and continuously maintain groundwater
at a level at least two feet below the bottom of excavations before the
excavation work begins at each location. Water shall be removed and
excluded until backfilling is complete and all field soils testing has been
completed.
1 .IO STRUCTURE, ROADWAY, AND EMBANKMENT EXCAVATION
A. Excavation Beneath Structures and Embankments: Except where otherwise
indicated for a particular structure or ordered by the Construction Manager,
excavation shall be carried to the grade of the bottom of the footing or slab.
Where indicated or ordered, areas beneath structures or fills shall be over-
excavated. The subgrade areas beneath embankments shall be excavated to
remove not less than the top 6-inches of native material and where such
subgrade is sloped, the native material shall be benched. When such over-
excavation is indicated, both over-excavation and subsequent backfill to the
required grade shall be performed by the CONTRACTOR. When such over-
excavation is not indicated but is ordered by the ENGINEER, such over-
excavation and any resulting backfill will be paid for under a separate unit
price bid item if such bid item has been established; otherwise payment will
be made in accordance with a negotiated price. After the required excavation
or over-excavation has been completed, the exposed surface shall be scarified
to a depth of 6-inches, brought to optimum moisture content, and compacted
as defined under “Compaction of fill, backfill and embankment materials”.
8. Excavation Beneath Paved Areas: Excavation under areas to be paved shall
extend to the bottom of the aggregate base or sub base, if such base is called
for; otherwise it shall extend to the paving thickness. After the required
excavation has been completed, the top 12-inches of exposed surface shall be
scarified, brought to optimum moisture content, and compacted as defined
under “Compaction of fill, backfill, and embankment materials”. The finished
subgrade shall be even, self-draining, and in conformance with the slope of
the finished pavement. Areas that could accumulate standing water shall be
regraded to provide a self-draining subgrade.
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Earthwork 02200-8
C. Notification of ENGINEER: The CONTRACTOR shall notify the
ENGINEER at least 3 days in advance of completion of any structure
excavation and shall allow the ENGNER a review period of at least one day
before the exposed foundation is scarified and compacted or is covered with
backfill or with any construction materials.
1.1 1 PlPELINE AND UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION
A. Exploratory Excavation
1. The CONTRACTOR shall excavate and expose buried points of
connection to existing utilities where indicated on the Drawings,
Excavation shall be performed prior to preparation of Shop Drawings for
connections and before fabrication of pipe, and the data obtained shall be
used in preparing Shop Drawings.
2. Data, including dates, locations excavated, and sketches, shall be
submitted to the ENGINEER within one week of excavation.
3. Damage to utilities from excavation activities shall be repaired by the
CONTRACTOR.
B. General: Unless otherwise indicated or ordered, excavation for pipelines and
utilities shall be open-cut trenches with widths as indicated.
C. Trench Bottom: Except when pipe bedding is required, the bottom of the
trench shall be excavated uniformly to the grade of the bottom of the pipe
bedding. Excavations for pipe bells and welding shall be made as required.
I
D. Open Trench: The maximum amount of open trench permitted in any one
location shall be 500-feetY or the length necessary to accommodate the amount
of pipe installed in a single day, whichever is greater. All trenches shall be
hlly backfilled at the end of each day or, in lieu thereof, shall be covered by
heavy steel plates adequately braced and capable of supporting vehicular
traffic in those locations where it is impractical to backfill at the end of each
day. The above requirements for backfilling or use of steel plate will be
waived in cases where the trench is located further than 100-feet from any
traveled roadway or occupied structure. In such cases, however, barricades
and warning lights meeting safety requirements shall be provided and
maintained.
E. Indicated Trench Over-Excavation: Where trenches are indicated to be over-
excavated, excavation shall be to the depth indicated, and backfill shall be
installed to the grade of the bottom of the pipe bedding.
F. Over-Excavation (Not Indicated)
‘Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Earthwork 02200-9
1. When ordered by the OWNER to over-excavate trenches deeper andor
wider than required by the Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR shall
over-excavate to the dimensions ordered and backfill to the indicated
grade of the bottom of the pipe bedding.
2. Payment
a. Over-excavation less than 6-inches more. than the indicated trench
depth and/or width shall be done at no increase in cost. Additional
payment will be made for over-excavation 6-inches or more than the
indicated depth and/or width.
b. Additional payment will be based on unit price bid items for over-
excavation if such bid items were established; otherwise payment will
be based on a negotiated price. Volumes of material will be based on
survey measurements of the over-excavated area.
G. Where pipelines are to be installed in embankments, fills, or structure
backfills, the fill shall be constructed to a level at least one foot above the top
of the pipe before the trench is excavated.
H. If a moveable trench shield is used during excavation operations, the trench
width shall be wider than the shield so that the shield is free to be lifted and
then moved horizontally without binding against the trench sidewalls. If the
trench walls cave in or slough, the trench shall be excavated as an open
excavation with sloped sidewalls or with trench shoring, as indicated and as
required by the pipe structural design.
1.12 OVER-EXCAVATION NOT ORDERED OR INDICATED
A. Any over-excavation camed below the grade ordered or indicated, shall be
backfilled and compacted to the required grade with the indicated material.
1.13 EXCAVATION IN VICINITY OF TREES
A, Except where trees are indicated to be removed, trees shall be protected from .
injury during construction operations. No tree roots over 2-inches in diameter
shall be cut without express permission of the Construction Manager. Trees
shall be supported during excavation by any means previously reviewed by
the Construction Manager.
1.14 ROCK EXCAVATION
A. Rock excavation shall include removal and disposal of the following: (1) all
boulders measuring 1/3 of a cubic yard or more in volume; (2) all rock
material in ledges, bedding deposits, and un-stratified masses which cannot be
removed without systematic drilling and blasting; (3) concrete or masonry
structures which have been abandoned; and (4) conglomerate deposits which
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Earthwork
02200-10
are so firmly cemented that they possess the characteristics of solid rock and
which cannot be removed without systematic drilling and blasting.
B. Rock excavation shall be performed by the CONTRACTOR; provided, that
should the quantity of rock excavation be affected by any change in the scope
of the work, an appropriate adjustment of the contract price will be made
under a separate bid item if such bid item has been established; otherwise
payment will be made in accordance with a negotiated price.
1.15 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS EXCAVATED MATERIAL
1.16 BACKFILL - GENERAL
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
Backfill shall not be dropped directly upon any structure or pipe. Backfill
shall not be placed around or upon any structure until the concrete has attained
sufficient strength to withstand the loads imposed. Backfill around water
retaining structures shall not be placed until the structures have been tested,
and the structures shall be full of water while backfill is being placed.
Except for drainrock materials being placed in over-excavated areas or
trenches, backfill shall be placed after all water is removed from the
excavation, and the trench sidewalls and bottom have been dried to a moisture
content suitable for compaction.
If a moveable trench shield is used during excavation, pipe installation, and
backfiIl operations, the shield shall be moved by lifting the shield free of the
trench bottom or backfill and then moving the shield horizontally, The
CONTRACTOR shall not drag trench shields along the trench causing
damage or displacement to the trench sidewalls, the pipe, or the bedding and
backfill.
Immediately prior to placement of backfill materials,' the bottoms and
sidewalls of trenches and structure excavations shall have all loose sloughing,
or caving soil and rock materials removed. Trench sidewalls shall consist of
excavated surfaces that are in a relatively undisturbed condition before
placement of backfill materials.
Soil Sterilant: Apply soil sterilant or chemical weed control agent under all
roads and as indicated, in strict compliance with the manufacturer's dosage
and application instructions and with applicable laws, ordinances, and
regulations governing use of such chemicals.
1.17 PLACING AND SPREADING OF BACKFILL MATERIALS
A. Backfill materials shall be placed and spread evenly in layers. When
compaction is achieved using mechanical equipment, the layers shall be
evenly spread so that when compacted each layer shall not exceed 6-inches in
thickness. a
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Earthwork 02200-1 1
B. When compaction is achieved using flooding and jetting methods, each layer
shall not exceed 3 feet in thichess after compaction.
C. During spreading, each layer shall be thoroughly mixed as necessary to
promote uniformity of material in each layer. Pipe zone backfill materials
shall be manually spread around the pipe so that when compacted the pipe
zone backfill will provide uniform bearing and side support.
D. Where the backfill material moisture content is below the optimum moisture
content, water shaIl be added before or during spreading until the proper
moisture content is achieved.
E. Where the backfill material moisture content is too high to permit the
specified degree of compaction the material shall be dried until the moisture
content is satisfactory.
1.18 COMPACTION OF FILL, BACKFILL, AND EMBANKMENT MATERLALS
A. Each layer of Types A, B, C, G, H, I, and K backfill materials as defined
herein, where the material is graded such that 10 percent or more passes a No.
4 sieve, shall be mechanically compacted to the indicated percentage of
density. Equipment that is consistently capable of achieving the required
degree of compaction shall be used and each layer shall be compacted over its
entire area while the material is at the required moisture content.
8. Each layer of Type E, F, and J backfill materials shall be compacted by means
of at least 2 passes from a flat plate vibratory compactor. When such
materials are used for pipe zone backfill, vibratory compaction shall be used
at vertical intervals of 24-inchesY measured in the uncompacted state. In
addition, these materials shall be subjected to vibratory cornpaction at the
springline of the pipe and the top of the pipe zone backfill, regardless of
whether that dimension is less than 24-inches or not.
C. Pipe zone backfill materials that are granular, may be compacted by a
combination of flooding and vibration using concrete vibrators or by jetting,
when acceptable to the ENGINEER.
D. Pipeline trench zone backfill materials, containing 5 percent or less of material
passing a No. 200 sieve, may be compacted using flooding and jetting or
vibration if the CONTRACTOR uses effective procedures that yield the
specified compaction test results. Flooding and jetting shall not be done in
such a manner that the pipe or nearby utilities are damaged, in areas of poorly
draining or expansive soils, or where the use of the procedure is prohibited by
any agency having jurisdiction over the street or right-of-way. Approved jet
pipes or immersible vibrators shall be used so that each backfill layer is
saturated and consolidated to its full depth before the next layer is placed. Jet
pipes shall be kept at least 6-inches away from the pipe where the backfill is
being consolidated and 2-feet away from other pipes or utilities. Equipment
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Earthwork 02200-1 2
0 weighing more than 10,000 pounds shall not be used closer to walls than a
horizontal distance equal to the depth of the fill at that time. Hand operated
power compaction equipment shall be used where use of heavier equipment is
impractical or restricted due to weight limitations.
E. Backfill around and over pipelines that is mechanically compacted shall be
compacted using light, hand operated, vibratory compactors and rollers. After
completion of at least two feet of compacted backfill over the top of pipeline,
compaction equipment weighing no more than 8,000 pounds may be used to
complete the trench backfill. Compaction Requirements: The following
compaction test requirements shall be in accordance with ASTM D 1557 -
Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soils Using
Modified Effort (56,000 ft - lbUft3) (2,700 kN-m/m3) for Type G, H, I, K, M,
and N materials and in accordance with ASTM D 4253 - Standard Test
Method for Maximum Index Density and Unit Weight of Soils Using a
Vibratory Table, and D 4254 - Standard Test Method for Minimum Index
Density and Unit Weight of Soils and Calculation of Relative Density Where
agency or utility company requirements govern, the highest compaction
standards shall apply.
Percentage of Percentage of
Location or Use of Fill Maximum Relative
Density Density
Pipe embedment backfill for flexible pipe. 95 70
Pipe bedding and over-excavated zones under
bedding for flexible pipe, including trench
Plugs 95 70
Pipe embedment backfill for Steel Yard
70 Piping ---
Pipe zone backfill portion above embedment
for flexible pipe 90 70
Pipe embedment backfill for rigid pipe 90 55
Pipe zone backfill portion above embedment
for rigid pipe . 90 70
Pipe bedding and over-excavated zones under
bedding for rigid pipe 95 70
Final backfill, beneath paved areas or
structures 95 70
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Earthwork
02200- 13
Final backfill, not beneath paved areas or
structures
Trench zone backfill, beneath paved areas and
structures, including trench plugs
Trench zone backfill, not beneath paved areas
or structures, including trench plugs
Embankments and fills.
Embankments and fills beneath paved areas
or structures
Backfill beneath structures and hydraulic
structures.
Backfill and fill around structures on reservoir
or structure roof
Topsoil (Type K material)
Aggregate base or subbase (Type G or M
material)
90
95
90
90
95
95
90
80
95
55
70
70
55
70
70
55
N.A.
N.A.
I. 19 PIPE AND UTILITY TRENCH BACKFILL
A. Pipe Zone Backfill
1. The pipe zone is defined as that portion of the vertical trench cross-section
lying between a plane below the bottom surface of the pipe and a plane at
a point above the top surface of the pipe as indicated. The bedding is
defined as that portion of pipe zone backfill material between the trench
subgrade and the bottom of the pipe. The embedment is defined as that
portion of the pipe zone backfill material between the bedding and a level
line as indicated. After compacting the bedding the CONTRACTOR shall
perform a final trim using a stringline for establishing grade, such that
each pipe section when first laid will be continually in contact with the
bedding along the extreme bottom of the pipe. Excavation for pipe bells
and welding shall be made as required.
2. The pipe zone shall be backfilled with the indicated backfill material. The
CONTRACTOR shall exercise care to prevent damage to the pipeline
coating, cathodic bonds, and the pipe itself during the installation and
backfill operations.
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Earthwork 02200- 14
3. If a moveable trench shield is used during backfill operations the shield
shall be lifted to a location above each layer of backfill material prior to
compaction of the layer. The CONTRACTOR shall not displace the pipe
or backfill while the shield is being moved.
B. Trench Zone Backfill: After the pipe zone backfills have been placed,
backfilling of the trench zone may proceed. The trench zone is defined as that
portion of the vertical trench cross-section lying as indicated between a plane
above the top surface of the pipe and a plane at a point 18-inches below the
finished surface grade, or if the trench is under pavement, 18-inches below the
roadway subgrade. If flooding, ponding, or jetting is used the pipe shall be
filled with water to prevent flotation.
C. Final Backfill: Final backfill is all backfill in the trench cross-sectional area
within 18 inches of finished grade, or if the trench is under pavement, all
backfill within 18-inches of the roadway subgrade.
D. Identification Tape: Install identification tape as indicated.
1.20 FILL AND EMBANKMENT CONSTRUCTION
A. The area where a fill or embankment is to be constructed shall be cleared of
all vegetation, roots and foreign material. Following this, the surface shall be
moistened, scarified to a depth of 6-inchesY and rolled or otherwise
mechanically compacted. Embankment and fill material shall be placed and
spread evenly in approximately horizontal layers. Each layer shall be
moistened or aerated, as necessary. Unless otherwise approved by the
ENGINEER, each layer shall not exceed 6-inches of compacted thickness.
B. When an embankment or fill is to be made and compacted against hillsides or
fill slopes steeper than 4: 1, the slopes of hillsides or fills shall be horizontally
benched to key the embankment or fill to the underlying ground. A minimum
of 12-inches normal to the slope of the hillside or fill shall be removed and re-
compacted as the embankment or fill is brought up in layers. Material thus
cut shall be re-compacted along with the new material. Hillside or fill slopes
4: 1 or flatter shall be prepared in accordance with Paragraph A, above.
C. Where embankment or structure fills are constructed over pipelines, the first 4
feet of fill over the pipe shall be constructed using light placement and
compaction equipment that does not damage the pipe. Heavy construction
equipment shall maintain a minimum distance from the edge of the trench
equal to the depth of the trench until at least 4-feet of fill over the pipe has
been completed,
1.21 FIELD TESTING
A. General: All field soils testing will be done by a testing laboratory of the
OWNER'S choice at the OWNER'S expense except as indicated below.
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Earthwork
02200-15 '
C.
D.
B. Where soil material is required to be compacted to a percentage of maximum
density, the maximum density at optimum moisture content will be
determined in accordance with Method C of ASTM D 1557. Where
cohesionless, free draining soil material is required to be compacted to a
percentage of relative density, the calculation of relative density will be
determined in accordance with ASTM D 4253 and D 4254. Field density in-
place tests will be performed in accordance with ASTM D 1556 - Standard
Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone
Method, ASTM D 2922 - Standard Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil-
Aggregate in Place By Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth), or by such other
means acceptable to the ENGINEER.
In case the test of the fill or backfill show non-compliance with the required
density, the CONTRACTOR shall accomplish such remedy as may be
required to insure compliance. Subsequent testing to show compliance shall
be by a testing laboratory selected by the OWNER and paid by the
CONTRACTOR.
The CONTRACTOR shall provide test trenches and excavations including
excavation, trench support, and groundwater removal for the OWNER'S field
soils testing operations. The trenches and excavations shall be provided at the
locations and to the depths required by the OWNER.
** END OF SECTION **
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Earthwork 02200-1 6
Section 0223 1
BASE MATERIAL
SIEVE SIZE .
PART 1-GENERAL
PERCENT PASSING
?.I
1.2
1.3
1.4
25.0 mm
4.75 mm
THE REQUIREMENT
A. THE CONTRACTOR shall furnish all tools, equipment, materials, and
supplies and shall perform all labor required to complete the work as indicated
on the Drawings and specified herein to install the base material on the dam
crest access road.
RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
Section 02200 Earthwork
Section 02 1 10 Clearing, Grubbing, and Stripping
CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the section 01300, Submittals.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Quality assurance shall be as specified in Section 02200 Earthwork.
90- I 00
50- 100
PART 2- PRODUCTS
600 pm
75 pm
1.5 Decomposed granite shall be any granitoid igneous rock which has been weathered
in place and which have as principal constituents, granular fragments of quartz and
feldspar. It may also contain fragments of granitic rock not yet broken down into the
component minerals. Decomposed granite shall be free from vegetable matter and other
deleterious substances. This material shall remain stable when saturated with water.
Particles larger than 3 inches shall not be broken in the process of rolling and tamping
during construction. Broken products shall not be used.
25-55
5-18
The percent composition by weight shall conform to the following table:
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Base Material
0223 1 - 1
Decomposed granite shall also confirm to the following tests for quality requirements:
Sand Equivalent
CALIF. TEST I REQUIREMENTS I I TEST I
Calif. 217 30 min
I R-value I Calif. 301 I 73 min I
PART 3- EXECUTION
1.6 BASE COURSE
Place decomposed granite base in a uniform layer over the entire area to receive
base course, without segregation of size, to such loose depth that when compacted
with the power roller, the course shall have the required thickness shown on the
Drawings. Compact over the full width until a density of 95 percent as
determined by AASHTO T 180 is obtained. Blade the base with a grader and roll,
while damp, with the power roller specified above until the course is thoroughly
and uniformly compacted and its surface is smooth and conforms to the grade
requirements.
* * END OF SECTION * *
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Base Material
0223 1 -2
SECTION 02601
MANHOLES
PART I-GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. Provide materials to construct manholes as indicated on the drawings.
B. Base: Precast or Cast-in-Place concrete. Tops accurately shaped by ring forms to
suit riser sections.
C. Walls (Risers and Cones): Precast Concrete
D. Top of Cone: Reinforced concrete grading rings for adjusting fiame to match finished
surface (not to exceed 11 in.).
E. Inverts: Form invert channels of concrete. Conform to adjoining pipes size. Curve
side inverts and lay out main inverts (where direction changes) in smooth curves of
longest possible radius tangent to adjoining pipelines centerline.
F. Frames and Covers: Cast-iron
1.02 REFERENCES
A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Publications:
A48 Specification for Gray Iron Casting
C32 Specification for Sewer and Manhole Brick (Made for Clay or
Shale)
C150 Specification for Portland Cement
C207 Specification for Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes
C478
C923
Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole
Sections
Specification for Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced
Concrete Manhole Structures and pipes
Mahr Reservoir Improvements Manholes
02601-1
a, D4101 Specification for Propylene Plastic Injection and Extrusion
Materials
B. AASHTO M198: Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe Using Flexible
Watertight Gasket.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: Submit the following in accordance with Section 01300 -
SUBMITTALS:
1. Submit manufacturer's specifications and product data.
2. Submit manufacturer's written instruction for installing resilient connector.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
Material to be stored as per manufacturers recommendations.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS:
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type II
B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207, Type S
C. Sand: Fine Aggregate, for mortar, Section 03330 but passes No. 8 Sieve.
D. Brick: ASTM C32, Grade SS, but mean of five tests for absorption not to exceed 8
percent by weight.
E. Frames and Covers: Cast Iron minimum Class 25 conforming to ASTM A48, and as
foIlows:
1. Castings to be fiee fiom scale, lumps, blisters and sand holes.
2.
3.
Machine contact surfaces to prevent rocking.
Thoroughly clean and hammer inspect.
4. Capable of withstanding AASHTO H-20 loading unless otherwise indicated
or specified.
Mahr Reservoir Improvements Manholes
0260 1-2.
F. Bituminous Waterproofing Material:
1. No. 46-449 Heavy Duty Black made by Tnemec Company, Inc., North
Kansas City, MO.
2. No. 35-5-10 Hi-Build Bituminous Coating made by Valspar Corporation,
Short Hills, NJ.
3. Bitumastic Super Service Black made by Koppers Company, Inc., Pittsburgh,
PA.
4. Or acceptable equivalent product.
2.02 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
A. ASTM C478 and following modifications:
1. Wall thickness: as indicated.
2. Cement: ASTM C150, Type lI, otherwise as directed by Engineer.
3. Joints between sections: Butyl rubber-based sealants.
4. . Cast or drill only two lift holes in each section.
5. Clearly mark date of manufacture and name or trademark of manufacturer on
insides of walls on all sections.
6. Accept on basis of material tests and product inspection.
B. Cones and Conical Transitions similar in design and construction to riser sections.
Use flat slab tops only where indicated.
C. Cast and build into.bases during manufacture:
1. Resilient connectors for pipe connections
2.
2.03 JOINTS:
Holes for future pipe connections
A. Between precast sections: Butyl rubber-based sealants per Type B, AASHTO M198,
but no bitumen content.
Mahr Reservoir Improvements Manholes
0260 1-3
B. Resilient connectors for pipes to precast sections: ASTM C923, and to
manufacturer's standards. Do not use connectors using castings and bolts with non-
resilient bearing.
C. Rubber ring waterstops for use in pipe-to-manhole joints: Rings of resilient material
that will fit snugly over pipes, held firmly against pipe surface by means of a
mechanical take-up device which when tightened will compress resilient material or
by a stretch fit. Waterstop designed and installed so that leakage between pipe and
manhole is minimized.
1, Materials and manufacture of waterstops: ASTM C923.
D. Non-shrink mortar for pipe connections to existing manholes:
1. Masterflow 7 13 Grout made by Master Builders, Cleveland, OH.
2. Five Star Grout made by U.S. Grout Corp., Old Greenwich, CT.
3. Upcon made by Upco Co., Cleveland, OH.
4. Or acceptable equivalent product.
2.04 MMES a
A. Concrete: Cast-in-place, Class B, Section 03330
B. Mortar:
1. For Brickwork: Mix portland cement, hydrated lime and sand in proportion
by volume of 1 : 1/2: 4-1/2. Use sufficient water to form workable mixture to
make mortar damp, just short of "balling".
2. For Plugging lift holes: Mix portland .cement and sand in proportion by
volume of 1 : 1 - 1 /2, with sufficient water.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Note: Cast-in-place bases covered in Section 03300.
3.01 SETTING PRECAST SECTIONS:
A. Set verticals with sections and steps in alignment. Set bases true to line and
elevation.
B. Install Butyl rubber-based sealants in joints between sections.
Mahr Reservoir Improvements Manholes
0260 1-4
C. Plug holes for handling with mortar. Hammer mortar into hole until dense
and excess of paste appears, then smooth flush with adjoining surface.
3.02 LAYING BRICKWORK AND GRADING RINGS:
A. Moisten bricks, before laying. Moistening grading rings NOT
PERMITTED.
B. Lay bricks and grading rings in full bed and joint of mortar without
subsequent grouting, flushing or filling; bond thoroughly.
3.03 PLASTERING AND CURING BRICK MASQNRY:
A. Plaster outside faces with mortar for brick: 1/4 in. to 3/8 in. thick.
B.
C.
D.
Moisten brick masonry before application of mortar.
Spread and trowel plaster carefully.
Check after hardening by tapping for bond and soundness.
E. Remove and replace unbonded and unsound plaster.
F.
G.
Protect fiom too rapid drying by moist burlap or as approved.
Protect fi-om weather and fiost.
3.04 JOINTING AND CONNECTIONS:
A. Use joints between precast sections, and between pipes and precast sections
conforming to related standards and manufacturer's instruction.
B. Hold rubber ring water stops for pipe-to-manhole firmly against pipe surface
by mechanical take-up device to compress resilient material when tightened.
Install to minimize leakage.
C. Apply non-shrink mortar according to manufacturer's instruction.
D. Close openings for future connection with brick masonry bulkhead.
3.05 COATING:
A. Apply two heavy coats of bituminous waterproofing material to exterior
surfaces, by brush or spray according to manufacturer's instructions.
Mahr Reservoir Improvements Manholes
0260 1-5
3.06 SETTING FRAMES AND COVERS:
A. Set fiames with top conforming to finished ground or pavement surface as
indicated.
B. Set circular fkames concentric with top of masonry.
C. Set frames in full bed of mortar to fill and make watertight the space
between masonry top and bottom flange of frame.
D. Place thick ring of mortar extending to outer edge of masonry, around
bottom flange. Finish mortar smoothly and give a slight slope to shed water
away from frame.
3.07 LEAKAGE TESTS:
D.
E.
F. Repair leaks.
Inspect for visible leakage after backfill with ground water at normal level.
Locate visible leakage inside manhole.
**END OF SECTION**
Mahr Reservoir Improvements Manholes
0260 1-6
SECTION 02830
CHAIN LINK GATES
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1
1.2
1.3
THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all tools, equipment, materials, and
supplies and shall perform all labor required to complete the work as indicated
on the Drawings and specified herein.
B. This section covers the work necessary for the chain link gate(s) as shown on
the Drawings and specified in the Contract Documents.
RELATED SECTIONS
Section 05505 Miscellaneous Metalwork
REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS
A. Comply with the applicable reference specifications as specified in the
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.
B. SSPWC Sections 206-6 and 304-3: Chain Link Fence.
C. Standard Plan S-69 1.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
1.4
1.5
GENERAL
A. All materials and fittings shall be in conformance with SSPWC Section 206-6
Chain Link Fence or as otherwise shown on the Drawings.
8. Like items of materials provided hereunder shall be the end products of one
manufacturer in order to achieve standardization for appearance, maintenance,
and replacement.
GATES
A. Gates shall be swing or sliding as indicated, complete with latches, stops,
keepers, hinges, or rollers and roller tracks.
B. Gate frames shall be constructed of tubular members welded at all comers or
assembled with fittings. On steel, welds shall be painted with zinc-based
paint. Where corner fittings are used, gates shall have truss rods of 5/16-inch
minimum nominal diameter to prevent sag or twist. Gate leaves shall have
Mahr Reservoir Improvements Chain Link Gates
02830-1
vertical intermediate bracing as required, spaced so that no members are more
than 8 feet apart. Gate leaves 10 feet or over shall have a horizontal brace or
one 5/16-inch minimum diagonal truss rod. When fence has barbed wire top,
the end members of the gate fiarnes shall be extended 1 foot above the top
horizontal member to which three strands of barbed wire, uniformly spaced,
shall be attached by use of bands, clips, or hook bolts.
C. Fabricate frames of standard weight pipe 1.90-inch outside diameter, weight
2.72 pounds per linear foot.
D. Gate hinges shall be of adequate strength for gate and with large bearing
surfaces for clamping in position. The hinges shall not twist or turn under the
action of the gate. The gates shall be capable of being opened and closed
easily by one person.
E. Gate latches, stops, and keepers shall be provided for all gates. Latches shall
have a plunger-bar arranged to engage the center stop, except that for slngle
gates of openings less than 10 feet wide a forked latch may be provided.
Latches shall be arranged for locking with padlocks. Center stops shall
consist of a device arranged to be set in concrete and to engage a plunger-bar
of the latch of double gates. No stop is required for single gates. Keepers
shall consist of a mechanical device for securing the fiee end of the gate when
in the full open position.
1. Double Gates: Size and configuration shall be as indicated. Provide gate
stops for all double gates, consisting of mushroom type or flush plate with
anchors. Set in concrete to engage the center drop rod or plunger bar.
Provide locking device and padlock eyes as an integral part of the latch,
requiring one padlock for locking both gate leaves.
2. Sliding Gates: Provide manufacturer's standard heavy-duty track, ball-
bearing hanger sheaves, overhead framing and supports, guides, stays,
bracing, and accessories as required. All sliding gates shall be rolling,
cantilever slide, or overhead (top) suspended, as indicated on Drawings.
F. Rolling gate track rollers shall be malleable iron or heavy pressed steel
construction, with provision for regular grease lubrication. Ground rollers
shall have malleable iron or heavy pressed steel hubs with similar provision
for lubrication. Gate track shall be Schedule 40 pipe, firmly attached to
support posts on 7-foot maximum centers. Gates more than 8 feet in height
shall have three tracks. Rolling gate fiames shall be constructed similar to
swing gates except diagonal bracing shall reflect different support type.
G. Cantilever gate rollers shall have heavy malleable rollers, needle or ball
bearings with fittings for regular lubrication. Maximum spacing of support
posts is 10 feet. Additional weight supporting posts with lower roller shall be
provided on IO-foot maximum centers. Support posts shall be 4-inch
Mahr Reservoir Improvements Chain Link Gates
02830-2
diameter, Schedule 40, set 36-inch minimum depth. Top and lower rails of
gate shall be 2-3/8-inch OD, Schedule 40 pipe. Vertical support posts shall be
on 6 foot maximum spacing, 1-7/8-inch OD, Schedule40 pipe, all diagonal
bracing 1-5/8-inch OD, Schedule 40 pipe, all connections welded and painted.
H. Keeper: Provide keeper for all vehicle gates, which automatically engages the
gate leaf and holds it in the OPEN position until manually released.
1.6 CONCRETE
A. Materials as specified in Section 03300; 03310 Cast-In-Place Concrete.
Proportions shall be 1:2:4. Compressive strength shall not be less than
2,000 psi at 28 days.
PART 3-EXECUTION
1.7 INSTALLATION
A. Installation of Gates shall be in conformance with SSPWC Section 304-3.3
and Standard Plan S-69 1.
1.8 CLEANUP
A. Upon completion of installation, clean up dl waste material resulting from
the operation to the satisfaction of the Project Manager.
* * END OF SECTION * *
Mahr Reservoir Improvements Chain Link Gates
02830-3
SECTION 03300
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
PART 14ENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. This section specifies cast-in-place concrete for fwtings, slabs, floors, walls, piers,
channels, pavements, sidewalks, curbs, pipe bedding encasement, electrical conduit
encasement, and miscellaneous structures.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Quality Control by Contractor
1. To demonstrate conformance with the specified requirements for
cast-in-place concrete, the Contractor shall provide the services of an
independent testing laboratory, which complies, with the requirements of
ASTM E329. Costs of testing laboratory services shall be borne by the
Contractor.
B. Basis for Quality
1. Cast-in-place concrete shall conform to the requirements of ACI 301 , except
as modified. Unless specified otherwise, all formwork shall conform to ACI
347.
C. References
1. This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part
of this section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the
requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the
requirements of this section shall prevail.
Reference - Title
ACI 21 1.1-89 Recommended Practice for Selecting Proportions
for Nomal and Heavy Weight Concrete
ACI 301-89 Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings
ACI 305R-89 Hot Weather Concreting
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Cast-in-Place Concrete
03300-1
Reference
ACI 306R-88
ACI 347-89
ASTM C31-90
ASTM C33-90
ASTM C39-86
ASTM C42-87
ASTM C94-90
ASTM C136-84a
ASTM C143-90
ASTM C150-89
ASTM C 172-82
ASTM C260-86
ASTM C309-89
ASTM C494-90
ASTM E329-90
1.03 SUBMITTALS
me
Cold Weather Concreting
Concrete Formwork
Standard Method of Making and Curing Concrete
Test Specimens in the Field
Concrete Aggregates
Standard Test for Compressive Strength of
Cylindrical Concrete Specimens
Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed
Beams of Concrete
Ready-Mixed Concrete
Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates
Standard Test for Slump of Portland Cement
Concrete
Portland Cement
Sampling Fresh Concrete
Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete
Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing
Concrete
Chemical Admixtures for Concrete
Inspection and Testing Agencies for
Concrete, Steel, and Bituminous Materials as Used
in Construction
A. Reports of concrete mix designs shall be provided to the Project Manager.
Requirements for the reports are specified in paragraph 03300-2.08.
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Cast-in-Place Concrete
03300-2
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Cement
1. Portland cement shall be ASTM C150, Type II or Type V, low alkali,
containing less than 0.60 percent alkalies.
B. Aggregates
1. General: Fine and coarse aggregates shall conform to ASTM C33. Fine and
coarse aggregates shall be tested in accordance with ASTM C136.
Aggregates shall be nonreactive and shall be washed before use.
When sources of aggregates are changed, test reports shall be provided for
the new material. The tests specified shall be performed prior to
commencing concrete work.
2. Fine Aggregate: Fine aggregate shall be hard, dense, durable particles of
either sand or crushed stone regularly graded fiom coarse to fine. Gradation
shall conform to ASTM C33.
3. Coarse Aggregate: Come aggregate shall be hard, dense and durable gravel
or crushed rock free fiom injurious amounts of soft and fiiable particles,
alkali, organic matter and other deleterious substances. Gradation of each
coarse aggregate size specified in paragraph 03300-2.02 A shall conform to
ASTM C33-Table 2.
C. Admixtures
1. General: Admixtures shall be compatible with the concrete. Calcium
chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride are not acceptable.
. Admixtures shall be used in accordance with the manufacturds
recommendations and shall be added separately to the concrete mix.
Water Reducing Retarder: Water reducing retarder shall be ASTM C494,
Type D, and shall be Master Builders, Pozzolith 300-R Sika Chemical
Corp., Plastiment; or equal.
2.
3. Air Entraining Agent: Air entraining agent shall be Master Builders,
MB-AE10; W. R. Grace and Co., DaraVair; or equal. The air entraining
agent added shall produce, in accordance with ASTM C260, an entrained air
content specified in paragraph 03300-2.02 A for each class of concrete.
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Cast-in-Place Concrete
03300-3
D. Water
1. Water for washing aggregate, for mixing and for curing shall be fkee hm oil
and deleterious amounts of acids, alkalies, and organic materials.
- - ___ 2.02 CONCRETE CHARACTERISTICS
A. Mix Proportfoning--
- ____
1. Concrete shall be normal weight concrete composed of specified cement,
admixtures, aggregates and water proportioned and mixed to produce a
workable, StreRg, dense, and impermeable concrete.
Concrete shall be provided in accordance with the following:
Concrete ASTM Min. Maximum Minimum Maximum Minimuma
coarse cement water/cement percent slump 28-day
aggregate i.co-ntent, ratio by air in compressive - size sackdcu yd weight content inches Strength,
concrete &
0.45
0.50 -
2.5 4 4,000
3.5 4 112 4,000
Eb 467 3.25 0.55 2.5 6 2,000
Notes for table:
a Compressive strength shall be determined at the end of 28 days based on test cylinders made and
tested in accordance with ASTM D39.
Concrete encasement for electrical conduit shall contain 3 pounds of red oxide per sack of cement.
-- ____ ~ -
B. Use
1. Concrete shall be provided by class for the corresponding. use listed as
follows:
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Cast-in-Place Concrete
03300-4
Type of Use
Class of
Concrete
Concrete 12 inches thick and greater
Concrete less than 12 inches thick
Pipe bedding and encasement,
electrical conduit encasement
(duct banks) and concrete fill
B
C
E
C. Control
1. Before beginning concrete work, the Contractor shall determine the proper
proportions of materials for class of concrete B and C. Methods for selecting
and adjusting proportions of the ingredients shall be in accordance with ACI
21 1.1. Reports from the concrete supplier of each mix design shall state
whether the items reported comply with the specifications and shall show
(1) the expected strength, (2) corresponding slump, (3) expected drying
shrinkage, (4) weights and test results of the ingredients, and (5) other
physical properties necessary to check each mix design. Copies of the
reports shall be submitted in accordance with paragraph 03 300- 1.03. ’ 2.03 WATERSTOPS
A. Waterstops in construction joints shall be The Burke Company’s Vinylock Type
FU3316-6; Water Seals, Inc., 6-inch Flex-Bulb; or equal. Waterstops in expansion
joints shall be The Burke Company’s Vinylock Type RB38-9; Water Seals, Inc.,
9-inch heavy-duty Flex-Bulb; or equal.
2.04 SEALANTS AND JOINT FILLERS
A. Sealants and preformed joint fillers shall be as per construction drawings.
2.05 BONDING COMPOUNDS
A. Epoxy resin bonding compounds shall be used for wet areas and shall be Adhesive
Engineering, Concresive Nos. 1001, 1001-LPL or 1180 as applicable; Sika
Chemical Corporation, Sikadur 35, Hi-Mod LV, Sikadw 32, Hi-Mod, or Sikadur 3 1,
Hi-Mod Gel as applicable; Burke Company 881 LPL Epoxy; or equal. Nonepoxy
bonding compounds shall be used for dry areas and shall be Burke Company,
Acrylic Bondcrete; Imperial Chemical Industrial, Inc., Thoro System Products,
Acryl60; Thorobond; or equal. Bonding compounds shall be applied in accordance
with the manufacturer’s instructions.
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Cast-in-Place Concrete
03300-5
2.06 RETARDANT
A. Retardant for exposing aggregates for nonformed surfaces in construction joints
shall be Sika Rugasol-S, Horn Aggretex-H, Burke Company True Etch Surface
Retarder, or eqd. Retardant shall be applied in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions sufficient to assure a minimum penetration of 1/8 inch.
2.07 CURING AND SEALING COMPOUNDS
A. Curing and sealing compound shall be Master Builders, Masterseal; A. C. Horn Inc.,
Horn Clearseal EM180; Burke Company Spartan-Cote WB Cure Seal Hardner; or
equal; conforming to ASTM C309. Curing compounds shall be clear and shall be
applied in accordance with the manufacturerk instructions, except as otherwise
specified.
2.08 PRODUCT DATA
The following information shall be provided in accordance with section 1.03:
A. Manufacturer's Data
Copies of manufacturer's data shall be provided for the following:
1. Waterstops
2. Retardants
3. Curing compounds
4. Bonding compounds
5. Admixtures
B. TestReports
1. Three copies of reports from the concrete supplier shall be provided
certifying that all concrete materials comply with the specifications and all
test requirements.
C. Ready-Mixed Concrete Truck Delivery Tickets
1. Each load of ready-mixed concrete delivered to the job site shall be
accompanied by a delivery ticket showing the information listed in ASTM
C94, Section 16.
e
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Cast-in-Place Concrete
03300-6
PART 3-EXECU"ION
3.01
Below 30 F
Between 30 and 45 F
GENERAL
70 F
60 F
3.02
3.03
A. Construction of cast-in-place concrete shall be in accordance with the pertinent
recommendations contained in ACI Manual of Concrete Practice of 300 Group.
CONCRETE
A. Concrete shall be truck-mixed, ready-mixed concrete conforming to the applicable
portions of ASTM C94. The
Contractor shall be responsible for producing concrete of the specified
characteristics .
Materials shall be proportioned by weighmg.
B. Concrete shall be delivered to the site of work, and discharge shall be completed
within 1-1 /2 hours after introduction of the water to the mixture.
CONVEYING AND PLACING CONCRETE
A.
B.
Conveying Concrete
Concrete shall be conveyed from the mixer to the forms in accordance with ACI
301, Chapter 8. Concrete which has segregated in conveying shall be removed fiom
the site of the work.
Placing Concrete
1. General: Concrete shall be placed in accordance with ACI 301, Chapter 8,
and ACI 304, Chapter 6. Pumped concrete shall be the class and consistency
specified in paragraph 03300-2.02.
2. Placing Concrete in Hot Weather: In hot weather (above 85 degrees F'),
concrete shall be placed in accordance with ACI 305R. At air temperatures
of 85 degrees F and above, concrete shall be kept as cool as possible before
and during delivery. The temperature of concrete at the point of delivery
truck chute shall not be wanner than 95 degrees F for Class B, and 85
degrees F for Class C concrete.
3. Placing Concrete in Cold Weather: In cold weather (below 45 degrees F),
concrete shall be placed in accordance with ACI 306R. The temperature of
hncrete at the point of delivery truck chute shall not less than:
Outdoor Temrmature I Min. Concrete Temtmature I
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Cast-in-Place Concrete
03300-7
When delivered, heated concrete shall not be warmer than 85 F.
4. compaction: During and immediately after placement, concrete shall be
thoroughly compacted and worked around all reinforcement and embedments
and into corners of forms. Mechanical vibrators shall maintain at least 14,000
cycles per minute when immersed in the concrete. The use of "jitterbug"
tampers to compact concrete flatwork will not be permitted.
3.04 CONCRETE FORMWORK
Fomwork shall be installed in accordance with ACI 347.
3.05 CURING AND SEALING
A. General
1. Concrete curing shall be completed by water curing or by using a clear
membrane curing compound or by a combination of both methods. Repairs
or treatment of concrete surfaces shall be coordinated so that interruption of
the curing will not be necessary.
2. Concrete surface temperature shall be maintained between 50 degrees F and
80 degrees F for at least 5 days. Curing concrete in hot weather (above 85
degrees F) shall be in accordance with ACI 305 R. Curing concrete in cold
weather (below 45 degrees F) shall be in accordance with ACI 306 F.
B. Watercuring
1. When water curing is used, concrete shall be kept wet continuously for a
minimum of 10 days after placement. Absorptive mats or fabric may be
used to retain moisture during the curing period.
C. Curing Compound
1. When curing compound is used, it shall be applied as soon as the concrete
has set sufficiently so as not to be marred by the application or immediately
following form removal for vertical and other formed surfaces. Preparation
of surfaces, quantities used, application procedures, and installation
precautions shall be followed in strict compliance with the manufacturer's
instructions.
2. Curing compound shall not be used on concrete surfaces to be coated,
waterproofed, or moisture proofed.
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Cast-in-Place Concrete
03300-8
3.06 PROTECTION
A. Concrete shall be protected from injurious action by sun, rain, flowing water, fiost and
mechanical injury.
3.07 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS
A. Construction joints shall be located and formed as specified. A rough dace of
exposed concrete aggregates shall be produced using a surface retardant at construction
joints. The limit of the treated Surfaces shall be 1 inch away from the joint edges.
Within 24 hours after placing, retarded surface mortar shall be removed either by high
pressure water jetting or stiff brushing or combination of both so as to expose coarse
aggregates. A rough surface of exposed aggregate may also be produced by
sandblasting followed by high pressure water jetting. Sandblasting, if used, shall
remove 1/8 inch of laitance film and shall expose coarse aggregate to insure adequate
bond.
B. Reinforcing steel and welded wire fabric shall be continued across construction joints.
Waterstops shall be provided in construction joints at locations as specified.
3.08 INSERTS AND EMBEDMENTS
A. Inserts
1. Where pipes, castings or conduits are to pass through structures, the
Contractor shall place such pipes or castings in the forms before placing the
concrete, or he may provide openings in the concrete for subsequent
insertion of such pipes, castings or conduits. Such openings shall be
provided with waterstops and V-shaped construction joint as shown and
shall have a slight flare to facilitate grouting and permit the escape of
entrained air during grouting.
2. Additional reinforcement shall be provided around large openings as shown.
The grout shall be nonshrink grout.
B. Embedments
1. Gate frames, gate thimbles, special castings, channels or other miscellaneous
metal parts that are to be embedded in the concrete shall be set and secured
in the forms prior to concrete placement. Unless otherwise specified, anchor
bolts and inserts shall be embedded in concrete as shown. The Contractor
shall provide inserts, anchors or other bolts necessary for the attachment of
piping, valves, metal parts and equipment. Operators or sleeves for gate or
valve stems shall be positioned to clear reinforcing steel, conduit and other
embedments, and to align accurately with equipment.
3.09 EXPANSION JOINTS
Mabr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Cast-in-Place Concrete
03300-9
3.10
3.1 1
3.12
A. Expansion joints shall conform to ASTM D-994. Reinforcement or other embedded
metal items bonded to the concrete shall not extend through expansion joints.
Waterstops shall be provided in expansion joints as specified in paragraph
03 300-3.1 0.
WATERSTOPS
A. Waterstops shall be provided at the specified locations. Waterstops shall be securely
held in position during placing of concrete. If, after placing concrete, waterstops are
materially out of position or shape, the surrounding concrete shall be removed, the
waterstop reset, and concrete replaced in accordance with paragraph 03300-3.1 1.
MODIFICATION OF EXISTING CONCRETE
A. Existing concrete shall be removed and the remaining surfaces resurfaced as
specified. The remaining concrete shall be protected from damage. Clean lines
shall be made by sawing through the existing concrete. The concrete may be broken
out after initial saw cuts in the event thickness prevents cutting through. Where it is
not possible to use a saw, the initial cuts shall be made with chipping hammers.
These cuts shall be sufficient to prevent damage to the remaining concrete. In
general, an opening in existing concrete shall be oversized 1 inch on all sides and
built back to the correct dimension with an epoxy grout. Where oversized openings
cannot be made, the concrete shall be cut to the correct dimension, with the exposed
reinforcing cut back an additional 1 inch and the resu1h-g hole filled with epoxy
grout. Cut or broken concrete sfaces shall be resurfaced with an epoxy grout.
Concrete surfaces to be coated shall be dry. Where new concrete adjoins existing
concrete surfaces or surfaces which have been cut, such surfaces shall be cleaned by
sandblasting to remove laitance, loose coatings and foreign materials, and coated
with the bonding compound just prior to the placement of the new concrete.
Bonding compounds shall be as specified in paragraph 03300-2.05. Unless
otherwise specified, continuity of reinforcing steel shall be obtained across the joint
either by exposing existing bars to provide sufficient laps with new bars or by
welding existing bars with new bars. Dowels shall be drilled and set with epoxy
grout into existing concrete.
FORMED SURFACE FINISHES
A. Repair of Surface Defects
1. Surface defects, including tie holes, minor honeycombing or otherwise
defective concrete shall be repaired in accordance with ACI 301, Chapter 9.
Areas to be patched shall be cleaned. Patches on exposed surfaces shall be
finished to match the adjoining surfaces after they have set. Patches shall be
cured as specified for the concrete.
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Cast-in-Place Concrete
03300-10
B. Finishing
1. Finish A: Finish A shall be a grout clean finish in accordance with ACI 301,
Section 10.3.2. Surfaces shall be lightly sandblasted prior to sacking. For
interior areas not exposed to moisture or weather, water used in the mortar
shall be mixed with a PVA bonding compound as recommended by the
manufacturer. Unless otherwise specified, Finish A shall be provided for all
surfaces exposed to view, both painted and unpainted.
2. Finish B: Finish B shall be the same as Finish A, except that the final burlap
rubbing may be omitted, providing the steel trowel scraping removes the
loose buildup fi-om the surface. Finish B shall be provided for waterproof
and moisture proof coated surfaces.
3. Finish C: Finish C shall be a fish which has surface imperfections less
than 3/8 inch in any dimension. Surface imperfections greater than 3/8 inch
shall be repaired or removed and the affected areas neatly patched. Finish C
or smoother shall be provided for interior surfaces of tanks and channels
fiom 1 foot below minimum water surfaces and down and otherwise
unfinished interior surfaces.
4. Finish D: Unless otherwise specified, Finish D shall be the finish for
surfaces not exposed to view in the finish work or by other construction,
which may be left as they come fi-om the forms, except that tie holes shall be
plugged and defects greater than 1/2 inch in any dimension shall be repaired.
3.1 3 SLAB FINISHES
A. General
1. Where fish is not specified, floor slabs shall receive steel troweling. Dry
cement shall not be used on new concrete surfaces to absorb excess
moisture. Edges shall be rounded to a radius of 1/2 inch. Joints shall be
grooved to a radius and depth of 1/4 inch each.
B. Float Finish
1. Float finish shall conform to ACI 301, Section 11.7.2. Floating shall be
performed with a hand or power-driven float. Floating of any one area shall
be the minimum necessary to produce the finish specified. Floating shall
compact and smooth the surface and close any cracks and checking of
surfaces. Float finish shall be applied to surfaces of channel and tank bottom
slabs and to footings.
C. Steel Trowel Finish
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Cast-in-Place Concrete
03300-1 1
1. Steel trowel finish shall conform to ACI 301, Section 11.7.3. Immediately
after final troweling, the surface shall be cured and protected as specified in
paragraphs 03300-3.05 and 03300-3.06. Steel trowel finish shall be
provided on floors unless specified otherwise.
D. Broomed Finish
1. Broomed finish shall conform to ACI 301, Section 11.7.4. Broomed fish shall
be provided for walks, tops of walls, slabs on grade exposed to atmosphere, and
where otherwise specified.
E. Rough Finish (chemical storage and Feed systems Slab)
1. Add sand impregnated coat 60 mil with polyurethane manufactured by Enduraflex
or approved equal.
3.14 FIELD SAMPLING AND TESTING OF CONCRETE
A. General
1. Field sampling and testing shall be pdormed by the independent testing
laboratory specified in paragraph 03300-1.02 A. Samples of concrete shall
be taken at random locations and at such times to represent the quality of the
materials and work throughout the project. The laboratory shall provide the
necessary labor, materials and facilities for sampling, casting, handling and
storing the concrete samples at the site of work. The minimum number of
samples and tests are specified in paragraph 03300-3.14 C.
B. Sampling
1. Concrete shall be sampled as follows and tested in accordance with
paragraph 03300-3.14 C. Samples of plastic concrete shall be obtained in
accordance with ASTM C172. Samples for pumped concrete shall be taken
at the hose discharge point. Samples for other concrete shall be taken at the
hopper of transit mix truck.
C. . Testing
1. Strength Tests: The strengths specified for the design mix shall be verified
by the testing laboratory during placement of the concrete. Verification shall
be accomplished by testing standard cylinders of concrete samples taken at
the job site.
Standard cylinders shall represent the concrete placed in the forms. One set
of three standard cylinders shall be cast for each 50 cubic yards, or fi-action
thereof, for concrete placed in structures, building slabs and footings, but at
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Cast-in-Place Concrete
03300-12
2.
least three cylinders shall be taken fiom any one batch. Casting, handling
and curing of cylinders shall be in accordance with ASTM C3 1. Additional
cylinders shall be provided when an error in batching is suspected. For the
first 24 hours after casting, the cylinders shall be kept moist in a storage box
constructed and located so that its interior air temperature will be between 60
and 80 degrees F. At the end of 24 hours, the cylinders shall be transported
to the testing laboratory.
Testing of specimens for compressive strength shall be in accordance with
ASTM C39. Tests shall be made at 7 and 28 days fiom time of casting. One
test cylinder fiom each group of three shall be tested at the end of 7 days,
and two shall be tested at the end of 28 days. Each strength test result shall
be the average of the strengths of two test cylinders at 28 days, except that if
one cylinder in a set of two shows evidence of low strength due to improper
sampling, casting, handling or curing, the result of the remaining one
cylinder shall be used.
The average of any three consecutive 28-day strength test results of the
cylinders representing each class of concrete shall be equal to or greater than
the specified strength and not more than 10 percent of the strength test
results shall have values less than the specified 28-day strength for the total
job concrete. No individual strength test results shall be less than the
specified strength by more than 500 pounds per square inch.
Certified reports of the test results shall be provided diredy to the Project
Manager. Test reports shall include sufficient information to identify the
mix used, the stationing or location of the concrete placement, and the
quantity placed. Slump and ambient temperature shall be noted.
If the 28-day test results fall below the specified compressive strength for the
class of concrete required for any portion of the work, adjustment in the
proportions, water content, or both, shall be made as necessary at the
Contractor's expense. Changes and adjustments shall be reported in writing
to the Project Manager.
If compressive test results indicate concrete in place may not meet structural
requirements, tests shall be made to determine if the structure or portion
thereof is structurally sound. Tests may include, but not be limited to, cores
in accordance with ASTM C42 and any other analyses or load tests
acceptable to the Project Manager. Costs of such tests shall be borne by the
Contractor.
Tests for Consistency of Concrete: The slump shall be as specified when
measured in accordance with ASTM C143. Samples for slump
determination shall be taken fiom the concrete during placing. Slump tests
shall be performed whenever standard cylinders are cast.
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Cast-in-Place Concrete
03300-13
D. Final Laboratory Report
1. A final report, prepared by the testing laboratory, shall be provided at the
completion of all concreting. This report shall summarize the findings
concerning concrete used in the project and provide totals of concrete used
by class and structure.
3.15 CLEANUP
1. Upon completion of the work and prior to final inspection, the Contractor 'shall clean
all concrete surfaces, except outside sidewalks or paved areas and those having
curing and sealing compound.
**END OF SECTION**
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Cast-in-Place Concrete
03300-14
SECTION 03400
PRECAST CONCRETE VAULTS
PART 1-GEMRAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. SCOPE
This section specifies the materials and labor required for the manufixture and
erection of precast concrete vaults. Coordinate with specification 02200 regarding
additional requirements.
B. TYPE
Precast concrete includes vaults.
C. Related Section
The work of the following section applies to the work of this section. Other sections
of the specifications not referenced below shall also apply to the extent required for
proper performance of this work.
Section 02200- Earth Work
Section 03300-Cast-in-place Concrete
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. GENERAL
The Contractor shall provide certification from the precast concrete manufacturer
that the materials and manufacture of precast work supplied conforms to these
specifications. The certification shall be signed by an officer of the manufacturer's
corporation.
The responsibility for furnishing and installing precast concrete conforming to the
specifications is solely that of the Contractor.
B. TESTING MORATORY
All testing shall be performed by recognized independent laboratories specializing in
the particular test to be performed, and conforming to the requirements of the
National Bureau of Standards and ASTM E329.
C. REFERENCES
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Precast Concrete Vaults
03400-1
This section contains references to the following documents. They are part of this
section as specified and modified In case of conflict between the requirements of
this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall
prevail.
Reference (Latest Edition) - Title
ACI 318 Buildq Code Requirements for Reinforced
Reference (Latest Edition) - Title
Concrete
AWS D1.l Structural Welding Code - Steel
AASHTO Standard Specification for Highway Bridges
-116 Prestressed Concrete Institute's Manual for Quality
Control for Plants and Production of Precast and
Prestressed Concrete Products, third edition
1.03 SUBMITTALS
The following submittals shall be provided
A. CONCRETEMIX
Prior to casting any precast elements, concrete mix design shall be submitted to the
Construction Manager for acceptance.
B. SHOPDRAWINGS
Shop drawings shall be provided showing product location, fabrication details,
number identification marks, reinforcement, connection details including field
installed anchor sizes and locations, if required, openings, loose or embedded items
and inserts, dimensions and relationship to adjacent materials in sufficient detail to
cover manufacture, handling, and erection.
C. MORATORY TEST REPORTS
Before delivery of materials, three copies of the reports of the tests specified herein
shall be provided. Test reports on previously tested materials shall be accompanied
by the manufacturer's statement that the previously tested material is the same type,
quality, manufacture, and make as that proposed for use in this project. Test reports
are required for the following:
1. Cement
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Precast Concrete Vaults
03400-2
2. Aggregates
3. Pozzolan
4. Admixtures
1.04
1.05
5. Curingcompounds
6. Waterstops
7. Concrete mix designs
LABELING
Each panel or member shall have an identification mark indicating its location in the
structure as shown on the placing diagrams and date of casting.
HANDLING AND STORAGE
Unless specified otherwise herein, fabrication, handling and erection of precast elements
shall be in accordance with the recommendations made by ACI 318 and ACI Committee
533.
Precast elements shall be properly supported off the ground to avoid damage during curing,
storage, handling and transporting. Lateral support shall be sufficient to prevent bowing,
warping, or permanent set due to creep. Edges of the units shall be adequately protected by
padding or other means to prevent staining, chipping or spalling of concrete. Lifting
devices shall have a minimum safety factor of 4.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.01 PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN REQUIREMEM"T
A. Unless otherwise indicated or specified, the minimum compressive strength of the
concrete at end of 28 days shall be 4,000 psi.
B. Design live loads for structural precast units shall comply with H-20 loading.
2.02 PRECAST CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. CEMENT
Concrete in contact with soil or liquids shall be formulated using Type 11 or Type V
portland cement conforming to ASTM C150. Concrete not in contact with soil or
liquids may be formulated using Type I or Type III portland cement. Cement shall
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Precast Concrete Vaults
03400-3
contain less than .60 percent alkalies and shall be fiom one source throughout the
entire project.
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Precast Concrete Vaults
03400-4
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
AGGREGATES
Aggregates for normal weight concrete shall conform to ASTM C33 with a
maximum size of 3/4 inch.
WATER
Water shall be clean, potable, fiee fiom injurious amounts of oil, alkalies, organic
materials and other deleterious substances.
ADMIXTURE
Admixture shall be Pozzolith 300-R manufactured by Master Builders, Plastiment
manufactured by Sika Chemical Corp., or equal. Admixture shall be used in strict
accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Calcium chloride or any
admixture containing calcium chloride shall not be used.
REINFORCING STEEL
Reinforcing steel shall conform ,to ASTM A615, including supplementary
requirements, and shall be Grade 60 except that bars to be welded shall be Grade 40
or ASTM A706. Reinforcing steel details shall be in accordance with Manual of
Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structure (ACI-3 15).
EMBEDDED ITEMS AND ANCHORAGE DEVICES
All embedded items, inserts, and anchorage devices exposed to view, moisture or
weather shall be hot-dipped galvanized steel. Anchorage devices shall be fabricated
fiom ASTM A36 steel.
PENETRATIONS
All required penetrations and openings larger than 6-inches in diameter or 6-inches
square shall be formed in place at the time of casting. Additional reinforcing shall
be added where required to meet loading requirements. Openings and penetrations
smaller than 6-inches may be core drilled.
MOLDS
Material fiom which molds are to be fabricated shall be steel, concrete, fiberglass,
reinforced plastic or wood. The selection of materials for molds shall be at the
manufacturer's option, except that wood shall not be used without the express
approval of the Construction Manager. All elements shall be cast in molds of rigid
construction, accurate in detail with precise corners and arises, and designed to
provide a close control of dimensions and details as indicated on the drawings.
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Precast Concrete Vaults
03400-5
Prior to casting of precast elements, molds shall have all surface joints, radii,
comers, etc., filled, ground, filed, straightened or otherwise removed to provide a
finished concrete surface that is smooth and dense, fi-ee of honeycombing, large air
pockets, offsets, sinkages, or other irregularities.
I. ' PARTINGCOMPOUND
All molds shall be coated with parting compound to facilitate removal of elements
fi-om molds. Parting compound shall be non-petroleum, nonstaining and shall be of
a nature and composition not deleterious to concrete.
J. JOINT SEALING COMPOUND
A preformed, rope-like, ready to use, cold applied, permanently adhesive flexible
plastic joint seal compound shall be applied over interior and exterior boundary of
joint surfaces.
IC ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS
Precast concrete vaults shall be by Jensen Concrete Products, New Basis Concrete
Products, or equal.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. CASTING
Casting shall be accomplished by methods and equipment that are in conformance
with generally acceptable systems for this type of Work. All precast concrete shall
be manufactured by a plant thoroughly experienced in this type of Work. The
manufacturer shall meet all production schedules. Surfaces on which units are cast
shall be level and fi-ee fi-om any imperfections detrimental to the surface appearance
of the finished units. Parting compound shall be applied evenly as per
manufacturer's recommendations.
Concrete shall be so handled as to prevent segregation of materials and shall be
continuously vibrated during casting, either internally or externally, to achieve
proper compaction, finish and distribution of concrete. All precautions must be
taken to keep the reinforcing steel in the proper location during placing and
consolidation of the concrete. Unless shown otherwise and except at concrete faces
exposed to soil or liquids, all reinforcing steel shall have a minimum cover of 3/4
inch. At concrete faces exposed to soil or liquids, cover shall be 1-1/2 inches
minimum. Embedded items shall be accurately placed and maintained in their
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Precast Concrete Vaults
03400-6
proper location during the casting operation. Special inserts or other devices for
handling of panels for the convenience of the manufacturer shall not be exposed to
view after members are erected. Embedded anchors, inserts, plates, angles and other
cast-in items shall have sufficient anchorage and embedment for design
requirements.
Casting, bowing, warpage and dimensional tolerances shall be in accordance with
MNL-116, third edition.
B. CURING
All precast units shall be steam cured for a period of at least 12 hours. Fog spraying
may be used when reviewed by the Construction Manager. Precast elements shall
not be removed fiom molds for a minimum period of 12 hours after casting, or until
concrete has attained a minimum compressive strength of 3500 pounds per square
inch, whichever governs. After removal fiom the forms, curing by steam or fog
spraying shall be continued until concrete has attained specified strength and
confirmed by standard tests. Curing procedures shall be consistent and uniform
throughout the entire project.
C. WELDING
The quality of material and fabrication of all welded connections shall conform to
the latest AISC "Specification for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural
Steel for Buildings." All weldments shall be made in accordance with the
applicable provisions of AWS. All welding, other than tacks, shall be done by
certified welders. All units shall be protected from damage by field welding or
cutting operations. Noncombustible shields shall be provided as necessary for this
purpose.
D. JOINTS AND JOINT COMPOUND
In all instances, the edges of precast concrete units and of adjacent material shall be
sound, smooth, clean and fiee of all contaminants prior to joint treatment.
Joint compound and primer shall be supplied by the same manufacturer and the
primer, when required, shall be as recommended for the particular sealant used. All
joint compounds shall be delivered to the job in the manufacturer's original sealed
containers with labels intact and shall be applied in strict accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations.
3.02 ERECTION
Any errors or misalignment in the structure which would prevent the proper sew of the
elements shall be corrected by the Contractor before the erection is commenced. Erection
shall be supervised and performed by workmen skilled in this type of Work. Each element
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Precast Concrete Vaults
03400-7
shall be set in the proper position, carefully plumbed and anchored securely to the structural
hme. Adjustments or changes in connections which could involve additional stresses in
the products or connections shall not be permitted without approval of the Construction
Manager. All bearing surfaces shall be true to line and grade. Erection tolerances shall be
in accordance with -1 16. All joints shall be uniform and watertight.
3.03 LEAKAGE TEST
1.
2.
3.
4.
General:
backfilling.
Plugs: All inlets and outlets shall be plugged with approved stoppers or plugs.
Fill Level: The vaults shall be filled with water to a minimum depth of 4 feet and a
maximum depth of 22 feet.
Test Requirements: The drop in water surface shall be recorded afker a period of
fkom 15 minutes to one hour. The time of the test shall be determined by the
Construction Manager and may be varied to fit the various field conditions.
Visible Leaks: Contractor shall stop any leaks that may be observed, to the
satisfaction of the Construction Manager.
Water tightness of precast concrete vaults shall be tested prior to
5.
3.04 CLEANING AND REPARING
After installation, precast elements shall be protected from all damage until final acceptance
by the Construction Manager. Precast units with cracks, spalls, and other defects shall be
subject to rejection. Units reviewed for repair shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the
Construction Manager.
**END OF SECTION**
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Precast Concrete Vaults
03400-8
SECTION 03600
GROUT
PART 1-GENEM.L
1.01 DESCFWTION
This section specifies grout for uses other than masonry.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Quality Control by Contractor
To demonstrate conformance with the specified requirements for grout, the
Contractor shall provide the services of an independent testing laboratory
which complies with the requirements of ASTM E329. The testing
laboratory shall sample and test grout materials as required in this section.
Costs of testing laboratory services shall be borne by the Contractor.
B. References
This section references the following documents. They are a part of this
section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the
requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the
requirements of this section shall prevail.
Reference (Latest Edition)
ASTM C33
ASTM C40
ASTM C88
ASTM C117
ASTM C136
Standard Specification for Concrete
Aggregate
Standard Test Method for Organic Impurities in Sand for
Concrete
Standard Test Method for Soundness of Aggregates by Use
of Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate
Standard Test Method for Materials Finer than No. 200 Sieve
in Mineral Aggregates by Washing
Standard Test Method for Sieve or Screen Analysis of Fine
and Course Aggregates
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Grout
03600-1
ASTM C160
ASTM C289
ASTM C494
ASTM E329
Standard Specification for Portland Cement
Standard Test Method for Potential Reactivity of Aggregates
(Chemical Method)
Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for
Concrete
Standard Recommended Practice for inspection and Testing
Agencies for Concrete? Steel, and Bituminous Materials as
Used in Construction '
Cal Test Method of Test for Sand Equivalent
NO. 217-1-1969
CRD-G588.78 Corps of Engineers Specification for Nonshrink Grout
1.03 SUBMITTAL
The following information shall be provided:
A. Product Data
Manufacturer's data shall be provided for the following:
1. Bonding compounds
2. Nonshrinkgrout
3. Pressure grout
4. Retardants
B. Laboratory Test Reports
Before delivery of materials, reports of the tests specified herein shall be
provided. Test reports on previously tested materials shall be accompanied
by the manufacturer's statement that the previously tested material is the
same type, quality, manufacture, and make as that proposed for use in this
project. Test reports are required for the following:
1. Cement
2. Aggregates
3. Retardants
4. Bonding compounds
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Grout
03600-2
C. Evidence of Testing Laboratory Competence
The Contractor shall require that the laboratory provide directly to the
Construction Manager evidence of the most recent inspection of its facilities
by the Cement and Concrete Reference Laboratory of the National Bureau of
Standards. The evidences shall show that deficiencies mentioned in the
report of that inspection have been corrected. The evidence of inspection
shall be provided prior to delivery of materials to the job site.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Cement
Portland cement shall be ASTM C150 Type II or Type V, Low Alkali,
containing less than 0.60 percent alkalies.
B. Aggregate
1. GENERAL: Aggregate shall be nonreactive and shall be washed
before use.
When sources of aggregate are changed, test reports shall be
provided for the new material. The tests specified shall be performed
prior to commencing grout work.
2. FINE AGGREGATE: Fine aggregate shall be hard, dense, durable
particles of either sand or crushed stone regularly graded fi-om come
to fine and shall conform to ASTM C33 as modified herein. When
tested in accordance with ASTM C136, gradation shall be such that
100 percent by weight will pass a standard No. 8 mesh sleeve and no
less than 45 percent by weight will pass a standard No. 40 mesh
sieve.
Variation fiom the specified gradations in individual tests will be
acceptable if the average of three consecutive tests is within the
specified limits and the variation is within the permissible variation
listed below.
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Grout
03600-3
U.S. standard
sieve size
30 or coarser
50 or finer
Permissible variation in
individual tests, percent
2
0.5
Other tests shall be in accordance with the following specifications:
Test Test Method Requirements
Organic Impurities ASTM C40 Color lighter than
standard
Amount of Material
Passing No. 200 Sieve ASTM C117 3% maximum by weight
Soundness ASTM C88 10% maximum loss with
sodium sulfate
Reactivity ASTM C289 Innocuous aggregate
Sand Equivalent Cal Test 2 17 Minimum 80
C. Admixtures
1. GENERAL: Admixtures shall be compatible with the grout.
Calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride are not
acceptable. Admixtures shall be used in accordance with the
manufacturer’ s recommendations and shall be added separately to
the grout mix.
2. WATER REDUCING RETARDER: Water reducing retarder shall
be ASTM C494 Type D and shall be Master Builders Pozzolith
300-R; Sika Chemical Cop. Plastiment; or equal.
3. LUBRICANT FOR CEMENT PRESSURE GROUTING: Lubricant
additive for cement pressure grouting shall be Intrusion Prepakt
Intrusion Aid, Sika Chemical Corporation Intraplast, or equal.
D. Water
Water for washing aggregate, for mixing and for curing shall be fiee fiom oil
and deleterious amounts of acids, alkalies, and organic materials; shall not
contain more than 1000 mg/l of chlorides as CI, nor more than 1300 mg/l
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Grout
03600-4
of sulfates as SO4; and shall not contain an amount of impurities that may
cause a change of more than 25 percent in the setting time of the cement nor
a reduction of more than 5 percent in the compressive strength of the grout
at 14 days when compared with the result obtained with distilled water.
Additionally, water used for curing shall not contain an amount of impurities
sufficient to discolor the grout.
2.02 GROUT
A. DrypackGrout
Drypack grout shall be a mixture of approximately one part cement, 1-112 to
2 parts sand, water reducing retarder, and sufficient water to make a stiff
workable mix.
B. Cement Grout
Cement grout shall be a mixture of one part cement, two parts sand,
proportioned by volume, admixtures for pressure grouting, and sufficient
water to form a workable mix.
C. NonshrinkGrout
Nonshrink grout shall be nonrusting metallic aggregate grout and shall be
Master Builders Embeco 636; U.S. Grout Corp. Five Star Grout; or equal.
D. EpoxyGrout
Epoxy grout shall be Adhesive Engineering Concresive 1380 as applicable;
Sika Chemical Corporation Sikastix 350; or equal.
2.03 PRESSURE GROUTING EQUrPMENT
Pressure grouting equipment shall include a mixer and holdover agitator tanks and shall be
designed to place grout at pressures up to 50 psi. Gages shall be provided to indicate
pressure used. The mixer shall be provided with a meter capable of indicating to one-tenth
of a cubic foot the volume of grout used.
PART 3-CYECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
Holes required for grouting shall be blown clean. Horizontal holes for grouting shall be
drilled at a slight downward angle to facilitate holding the grout until setting is complete.
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Grout
03600-5
3.02
3.03
3.04
3.05
Bolts or reinforcing steel installed in horizontal grout holes shall be bent slightly
accordingly. 0
Bonding compound for use with grout is specified in Section 03300.
DRYPACK GROUT
Drypack grout shall be used for built-up surfaces, setting miscellaneous metal items and
minor repairs.
Surfaces required to be built up with drypack grout shall be roughened by brushing, cleaned,
and coated with the bonding compound specified in paragraph 03300-2.01 before the
application of the grout. The drypack grout shall be applied immediately following the
application of the bonding compound in bands or strips to form a covering of the required
thickness. The covering shall be smooth. Construction joints in the grout shall be sloped and
shall be cleaned and wetted before application is resumed.
Drypack grout shall be cured in accordance with Section 03300.
Grout shall not be placed during fieezing weather unless adequate protection is provided.
CEMENT GROUT
Cement grout shall be used for filling nonbearing portions of equipment pads and pressure
grouting.
Except for the specialized equipment for pressure grouting, mixing and placing apparatus
shall be similar to that normally used for cast-in-place concrete. Grout shall be mixed for a
period of at least one minute. Diluted grout shall be agitated to keep ingredients mixed.
NONSHRINK GROUT
Nonshrink grout shall be used for the bearing surfaces of machinery and equipment bases,
column baseplates and bearing plates. It also shall be used for setting bolts and reinforcing
steel in holes for grouting.
Where specified, grout shall meet CRD-G588-78.
Grout shall be placed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
EPOXY GROUT
Epoxy grout shall be used for repairing cracks by pressure grouting, repairing structural
concrete, and setting reinforcing dowels into holes for grouting. Concrete shall be primed in
accordance with the grout manufacturer's instructions.
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Grout
03600-6
3.06 PRESSURE GROUTING
Prior to grouting, systems and holes to be grouted shall be washed clean. Washing is not
required for grouting soil voids outside pipe cylinders or casing pipes. Grouting, once
commenced, shall be completed without stoppage. In case of breakdown of equipment, the
Contractor shall wash out the grouting system sufficiently to ensure fkesh grout and
adequate bond and penetration will occur upon restarting the grouting operation, Grout
pressure shall be maintained until grout has set.
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements
**END OF SECTION**
Grout
03600-7
SECTION 04200
UNITMASONRY
PART 1-GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. SCOPE:
This section specifies the materials and labor required to complete the masonry work as
shown.
B. TYPE:
Masonry work shall be constructed fiom units of concrete or clay in combination with
reinforcing, mortar, and grout as specified.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. REFERENCES:
This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this
section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this
section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail.
Reference (Latest Edition) - Title
ASTM A82
ASTM A153
ASTM C90
. ASTMC144
ASTM C 150
ASTM C207
Standard Specification for Cold-Drawn Steel
Wire for Concrete Reinforcement
Standard Specification for Zinc Coating
(Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware
Standard Specification for Hollow
Load-Bearing Concrete Masonry Units
Standard Specification for Aggregate for
Masonry Mortar
Standard Specification for Portland Cement
Standard Specification for Hydrated Lime
for Masonry Purposes
Mahr Reservoir Improvements Unit Masonry
04200-1
ASTM C270 Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit
Masonry
ASTM C404
ASTM C476
Uniform Building Code
B. APPEARANCE:
Standard Specification for Aggregates for
Masonry Grout
Standard Specification for Grout for
Masonry
Standard No. 30-1, Veneer Application
Source or supply of materials shall not be changed after the work has started if the
appearance of the finished work would be affected.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
The following information shall be provided in accordance with Section 01 300:
1. Shop drawings showing details of bond beams and lintels.
2. Full-size sample masonry units showing full range of color, texture, finish, and
dimensions.
3. Masonry unit certificates showing compliance to the specifications shall be
submitted for each type of masonry unit.
4. Reinforcing certificates showing compliance to the specifications shall be
submitted for reinforcing steel, including reinforcing steel wire and joint
reinforcing, as specified herein and in Section 03200.
5. Shop drawings showing details of anchors, adjustable wall ties, positioning
devices, and other accessories.
6. Manufacturer's data and descriptive literature for each type of masonry accessory,
pre-mixed mortar, masonry cement, grout admixtures, and flashing.
1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING:
Cementitious materials shall be delivered to the site in unbroken containers, plainly marked
and labeled with manufacturers' names and brands, stored in dry, weathertight enclosures to
prevent entry of foreign materials and damage by water or dampness. Masonry units shall be
stored off the ground and handled with care to avoid chipping and breakage. Materials shall
be protected fiom damage and, except for sand, kept dry until used. Sand shall be covered to
Mahr Reservoir Improvements UnitMasonry .
04200-2
prevent intrusion of water and foreign materials and to prevent drymg. Materials containing
frost or ice shall not be used.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.01 MASONRYUNITS
A. Concrete Masonry Units:
1. General: Concrete masonry units shall be of modular dimensions and air, water,
or steam cured. Unless otherwise specified, exposed surfaces of units shall be
comparatively smooth and of uniform texture. Special surface texture or,
architectural faces shall be provided where specified or shown. Surfaces of units
which are to be plastered or stuccoed shall be sufficiently rough to provide a
suitable bond. Where the finish surface will be visible, masonry units shall have
colors as indicated or as selected by the Owner. Colorant shall be alkali-resistant
iron oxide based and shall be Sonneborn "Sonobrite," Solomon Grind-Chem
Service, Inc., "Concentrated Cement Color," or equal.
2. Hollow Load-Bearing Units: Hollow load-bearing units shall conform to ASTM
C90, Grade N, Type I, made with lightweight or normal weight aggregate.
Load-bearing units shall be provided, unless otherwise specified.
3. Special Shapes: Special shapes such as closures, header units, and jamb units
shall be provided as necessary to complete the work. Special shapes shall
conform to the requirements for the units with which they are used.
B. Precast Concrete Lintels:
Precast concrete lintels shall be of the same materials and surface texture as adjacent
masonry units, with a 28-day compressive strength of not less than 2000 psi.
Reinforcing shall be provided as specified. Lintels shall be of sizes specified, straight
and true, with at least 8 inches of bearing at each end.
2.02 MORTAR
A. Cement:
Cement shall be Portland cement conforming to ASTM C150, TypeII, low alkali
containing less than 0.60 percent alkalies.
Mahr Reservoir Improvements Unit Masonry
04200-3
B. Hydrated Lime:
Hydrated lime shall conform to ASTM C207, Type S.
c. Sand
Aggregate for mortar shall be sand conforming to ASTM C144.
D. Water:
Water for washing aggregate, for mixing and for curing shall be fiee fiom oil and
deleterious amounts of acids, alkalies, and organic materials; shall not contain more
than 1000 mgA of chlorides as CL, nor more than 1300 mg/l of sulfates as SO4; and
shall not contain an amount of impurities that may cause a change of more than 25
percent in the setting time of the cement nor a reduction of more than 5 percent in the
compressive strength of the mortar at 14 days when compared with the result obtained
with distilled water. Additionally, water used for curing shall not contain an amount of
impurities sufficient to discolor the mortar.
E. Waterproofing Compound
Mortar shall contain an admixture of Master Builders Omicron Mortarprooihg,
Sonneborn Hydrocide Powder, or equal.
F. MortarTypes:
Unless otherwise specified, mortar shall be ASTM C270, Type M for foundation and
exterior walls and other load-bearing or shear-wall masonry, and Type S for
non-load-bearing, non-shear-wall interior masonry. Waterproofing compound shall be
added in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Air content shall not be
less than 11 percent. Mortar for the exposed concrete masonry walls shall be colored
to match the masonry units.
G. Admixtures:
Admixtures may be used in mortar to retard curing and provide up to 36 hours of work-
ability, provided that the admixture does not adversely affect bonding or compressive
strength. Admixtures shall be used in strict accordance with the manufacturer's
specifications.
Mahr Reservoir Improvements Unit Masonry
04200-4
2.03 ACCESSORES
A. Horizontal Joint Reinforcement:
Horizontal joint reinforcement shall be fabricated fiom cold drawn steel Wire, ASTM
A82. Wire shall be hot-dipped galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM
A153. Reinforcement shall be truss type with two or more longitudinal Wires welded
to a continuous diagonal cross wire, or ladder type with perpendicular cross wires not
more than 16 inches O.C. Reinforcement shall be provided in flat sections 10 feet long,
and preformed corners and tees approximately 30 inches long. Overall width shall be
approximately 2-inches less than nominal thickness of wall.
B. Reinforcing Bars:
Reinforcing steel shall be as specified on the drawings.
C. Anchors and Ties:
Anchors and ties shall be constructed of a noncorrodible or corrosion protected metal.
Anchors and ties used for installation of veneer shall have a minimum size as required
by Uniform Building Code Standard No. 30-1.
Flashing, where specified, shall be 5-ounce, electrolytic copper sheet, uniformly coated
on both sides with acidproof, alkaliproof, elastic bituminous compound. Factory
applied coating shall weigh not less than 6 ounces per square foot (approximately
3 ounces per square foot on each side).
E. Fluid Waterproofing
waterproofing shall be as specified in Section 09900.
2.04 GROUT
A. General:
Grout shall comply with ASTM C476, shall use Type Il cement, and shall be
proportioned by volume to achieve a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 2,000
psi. Grout shall have sufficient water added to produce a consistency for pouring
without segregation.
Mahr Reservoir Improvements Unit Masonry
04200-5,
B. Aggregate:
(
Aggregate shall comply with ASTM C404.
C. FineGrout:
Fine grout shall be composed of one part cement, not more than 1/10 part lime, and 2
1/4 to 3 parts fine aggregate.
D. CoarseGrout:
Coarse grout shall be composed of one part cement, not more than 1/10 part lime, 2 to
3 parts fine aggregate, and not more than 2 parts coarse aggregate.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. General:
Foundations for masonry work shall be straight, on-line, and level. All Surfaces to be
bonded with masonry shall be clean and fiee fiom laitance or foreign materials.
Reinforcing dowels shall be in the correct location as specified. The placement and
location of anchor ties, inserts, and other embedded items in concrete or other
adjoining work shall be coordinated by the Contractor to suit the masonry work.
B. Protection:
1. Exposed surfaces shall be protected fiom mortar and other stains. When mortar
joints are tooled, remove mortar fiom exposed surfaces with fiber brushes and
wooden paddles. Base of walls shall be protected fiom splash stains by covering
adjacent ground with sand, sawdust, or polyethylene.
2. Uniform loads shall not be applied for at least 12 hours or concentrated loads for
at least 72 hours after masonry is constructed.
3. Temporary bracing shall be provided as required to prevent damage during
construction.
4. Protective boards for polyester film shall be provided during job installation to
ensure no damage fiom building debris.
Mahr Reservoir Improvements Unit Masonry
04200-6
3.02 WORKMANSHLP
Masonry shall be level and plumb. Story poles or gage rods shall be used throughout the
work. Changes in coursing or bonding after the work is started will not be permitted; neither
will carrying one section of the walls up in advance of the others be permitted. Unfinished
work shall be stepped back for joining with new work; toothing will not be permitted.
Heights of masonry at each floor and at sills and heads of openings shall be checked with an
instrument to maintain the level of the walls. Door and window flames, louvered openings,
anchors, pipes, ducts, and conduits shall be built in as the masonry work progresses. Spaces
around metal door frames shall be filled solidly with mortar. Drilling, cutting, fitting, and
patching to accommodate the work of others shall be performed by masonry mechanics.
Masonry shall be cut withmasonry saws for exposed work. Structural steelwork, bolts,
anchors, inserts, plugs, ties, lintels, and miscellaneous metalwork shall be placed in position
as the work progresses. Chases of approved dimensions for pipes and other purposes shall
be provided where specified and necessary. Tops of exposed walls and partitions not being
worked on shall be covered with a waterproof membrane secured in place and extended
down at least 2 feet on both sides.
3.03 MORTAR MIXING
Mortar materials shall be measured in 1 cu. ft. containers to maintain control and accuracy of
proportions; memuring materials with shovels is not permitted. Mortar shall be mixed in a
mechanical batch mixer for not less than 3 nor more than 5 minutes after all ingredients are
in so as to produce a uniform mixture. Water shall be added gradually as required to produce
a workable consistency. Mortar not formulated to include retarding admixtures, which has
not been placed in final position within 2 112 hours after the initial mixing, shall not be
retempered and used. Use of antifreeze compounds, salts, or other substances to lower the
freezing point of mortar is prohibited.
Mortar shall be mixed in accordance with ASTM C270 to obtain type mortar required.
Where colored mortars are required, pigments may be added at the site or provided as part of
prepackaged mortar mix. When masonry cement is used, mixing shall con60rm to printed
instructions of the masonry cement manufacturer.
3.04 MORTAR JOINTS
Mortar joints shall be a uniform thickness of 3/8-inch unless otherwise specified. Exposed
joints shall be tooled slightly concave with a round or other suitable jointer when the mortar
is thumbprint hard except where otherwise required to match existing construction. For
horizontal joints, jointers shall be at least 16 inches long for concrete masonry. Jointers shall
be slightly larger than the width of the joint so that complete contact is made along the edges
of the units, compressing and sealing the surface of the joint. Joints that will not be exposed
shall be struck flush. Vertical joints shall be tooled first. Horizontal joints shall be level; 0
Mahr Reservoir Inprovements Unit Masonry
04200-7
vertical joints shall be plumb and in alignment fiom top to bottom of wall within a tolerance
of plus or minus 1/2 inch in 40 feet.
Weep holes shall be placed at a maximum spacing of 48 inches at the base of cavity walls or
veneer walls and in the course bearing on through-wall flashing.
3.05 TOLERANCES
Masonry work shall be within the following limits:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Pilasters and Columns: 1/4 inch fiom true line.
Face of Brick 1/32 inch fiom face of adjacent brick.
Face of Concrete Masonry Unit: 1/16 inch fiom face of adjacent unit.
Variation fiom True Plane: 1/4 inch in 10 feet and 112 inch maximum in 20 feet
or more.
Variation fiom Plumb:
maximum in two stories or more.
Variation from Level:
maximum.
Variation in Wall Thickness: Plus or minus 114 inch.
1/4 inch in each story, noncumulative and 1/2 inch
1/8 inch in 3 feet, 1/4 inch in 10 feet, and 1/2 inch
3.06 CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT WORK
A. General:
The first course shall be laid in a full bed of mortar for the full width of the unit.
Succeeding courses shall be laid in running bond unless otherwise specified.
Bed-joints shall be formed by applying the mortar to the entire top surfaces of the inner
and outer face shells and to head joints by applying the mortar for a width of about 1
inch to the ends of the adjoining units. The mortar shall be of such thickness that it
will be forced out of the joints as the units are placed in position. Where anchors,
bolts, and ties occur within the cells of the units, metal lath shall be placed in the joint
at the bottom of such cells and the cells filled with mortar or grout as the work
progresses. Except at grouted or reinforced masonry, concrete brick shall be used for
bonding walls, working out the coursing, topping out walls under sloping slabs,
distributing concentrated loads, backing brick headers, and elsewhere as required.
Concrete masonry units shall not be dampened before or during laying.
Mahr Reservoir Improvements Unit Masonry
04200-8
B. Special Concrete Masonry Unit Work:
Where exposed concrete masonry unit walls and partitions are specified, special
concrete masonry unit work shall be provided. Units shall be selected for uniformity of
size, texture, true plane, and undamaged edges and ends of exposed sufaces. Units
shall be placed plumb, parallel, and with properly tooled joints of maximum 3/8-inch
thickness, and exposed surfaces kept clean and fkee from blemishes or defects.
C. Reinforced Concrete Masonry Unit Walls:
Where vertical reinforcement occurs, cores shall be filled solid with grout, and units
laid in such a manner as to preserve the unobstructed vertical continuity of cores to be
filled. Adjacent webs shall be embedded in mortar to prevent leakage of grout, and
mortar fins protruding fiom joints removed before grout is placed. Minimum clear
dimensions of vertical cores shall be 2 by 3 inches. Reinforcing shall be positioned
and held accurately before placing grout by tying or by using bar positioners at
maximum 8-foot intervals. Vibrator shall be used to consolidate the grout. Minimum
clear distance between masonry and vertical reinforcement shall be 112 inch. Unless
otherwise specified, splices shall be formed by lapping bars not less than 40bar
diameters.
3.07 BONDING AND ANCHORING
Unless otherwise specified, partitions shall extend from the floor to the bottom of the
construction above. Walls and partitions shall be structurally bonded and anchored to
each other andto concrete walls and beams. Unless otherwise specified,
non-load-bearing partitions and interior walls shall be securely anchored to the
construction above in a manner that provides lateral stability while permitting
unrestricted deflection of construction above. Anchors shall be completely embedded
in mortar joints.
In addition, bonding and anchoring shall comply with the following procedures unless
otherwise specified.
1. At comers of load-bearing walls, provide a true masonry bond in each course.
2. At intersections of load-bearing walls, provide a true masonry bond in each
course, or anchor with rigid steel anchors not more than 2 feet apart vertically.
3. At intersections of non-load-bearing partitions with other walls or partitions, tie
with wire mesh ties at vertical intervals of not more than 2 feet or with masonry
bonding in alternate courses.
Mahr Reservoir Improvements Unit Masonry
04200-9
4. At masonry walls facing or abutting new concrete members, anchor masonry to
the concrete with dovetail or wire-type anchors inserted in slots or inserts built
into the concrete. To anchor masonry walls to existing concrete members, use
corrugated metal ties anchored by drive pins to the concrete. Locate anchors not
more than 18 inches O.C. vertically and not more than 24 inches O.C. horizontally.
3.08 HORIZONTAL JOINT REINFORCEMENT
Unless otherwise specified, reinforcement shall be provided at 16-inch spacing in all masonry
walls. Reinforcement shall be continuous except at control joints and expansion joints. Rein-
forcement above and below openings shall extend not less than 24 inches beyond each side of
openings. Reinforcement shall be provided in the longest available lengths, utilizing the
minimum number of splices. Welded Gshapied assemblies and welded T-shaped assemblies
to match the straight reinforcement shall be provided at comers and intersections of walls and
partitions.
3.09 CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT LINTELS AND BOND BEAMS
Special units, lintels, and bond beams shall have cells filled solidly with grout or concrete,
and provided with not less than two No. 5 reinforcing bars, unless otherwise specified.
Reinforcing shall overlap a minimum of 40 bar diameters at splices. Bond beams and
reinforcing shall terminate on each side of expansion joints. Concrete masonry units used for
lintels and bond beams shall have exposed surfaces of the same material and texture as the
adjoining masonry units. Bond beam units shall be produced from standard vertically-voided
units with precut knock-out cross walls. Lintels shall be straight and true and shall have at
least 8 inches of bearing at each end. Lintels shall set at least 6 days before shoring is
removed.
3.10 WATERPROOFING
All masonry surfaces shall receive a fluid waterproofing as specified in Section 09900.
3.11 GROUT
A. General:
Fine grout shall be provided in grout spaces which are less than 2 inches in any horizontal
dimension after deducting the thickness of horizontal reinforcing or in which clearance
between reinforcing and masonry is less than 314 inch. Coarse grout shall be provided in
grout spaces which are 2 inches or greater in all horizontal dimensions after deducting the
thickness of horizontal reinforcing provided the clearance between reinforcing and masonry is
not less than 3/4inch. For a coarse grout pour over 6 feet high, increase grout space
minimum horizontal dimension to 3 inches.
Mahr Reservoir Improvements Unit Masonry
04200-1 0
B. Placement:
Grout shall be placed fiom the interior side of walls, except as approved otherwise.
Sills, ledges, offsets, and other surfaces shall be protected fiom grout droppings. Prior
to grouting, the grout space shall be clean so that all spaces to be filled with grout do
not contain mortar projections greater than 112 inch, mortar droppings, or other foreign
material. Grout shall be well mixed to prevent segregation, shall be sufficiently fluid to
flow into joints and around reinforcing without leaving voids, and shall be placed by
pumping or pouring fiom buckets equipped with spouts. Grout shall be placed in a
continuous pour in grout lifts not exceeding 6 feet. At grout pours exceeding 6 feet,
cleanouts shall be provided in the bottom course at every vertical bar but shall not be
spaced more than 32 inches on center for solidly grouted masonry. Pours shll be 1-1/2
inches below the top of masonry units in top course, except at the finish course. Grout
shall be agitated thoroughly to eliminate voids. Masonry displaced by grouting
operation shall be removed and relaid in alignment with fiesh mortar.
3.12 FORMS AND SHORING
Contractor shall construct forms to the shape, lines, and dimensions of members indicated
and make sufficiently rigid to prevent deflections which may result in cracking or other
damage to supported masonry. Forms shall not be removed until members have cured.
3.13 ANCHORS AND TIES
The size and spacing of anchors and ties used for wall construction and veneer application
shall conform to the requirements of the Uniform Building Code Chapter 30 unless shown
otherwise.
3.14 CLEANING
Contractor shall protect work which may be damaged, stained, or discolored during cleaning
operations.
Exposed masonry surfaces shall be cleaned with clear water and stiff fiber brushes and rinsed
with clear water. Where stains, mortar, or other soil remain, scrubbing shall continue with
warm water and detergent. Immediately aRer cleaning, each area shall be rinsed thoroughly
with clear water. Damaged, stained, and discolored work shall be restored to original
condition or replaced with new work.
Mahr Reservoir Improvements Unit Masonry
04200-1 1
3.15 INSPECTION
Special masonry inspection as defined by the Uniform Building Code shall be provided by
the District where indicated on the drawings. Contractor shall notify the Construction
Manager at least 48 hours before masonry work requiring special inspection is begun.
Mahr Reservoir Improvements
**END OF SECTION**
Unit Masonry
04200-12
SECTION 05501
ANCHOR BOLTS
PART 1-GENERA.L
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. This section specifies anchor bolts complete with washers and nuts.
otherwise specified, anchor bolts type 3 16 stainless steel.
Unless
1.02 REFERENCES
A. This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this
section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of
this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall
prevail.
Reference
ANSI A58.1-82
- Title
Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other
Structures
ASTM A36/A36M-96 Structural Steel
ASTM A307-94 Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile
Strength
ASTM A320/A3 20M-94 Alloy-Steel Bolting Materials for Low Temperature
Service
UBC-97 Uniform Building Code
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. Anchor bolt holes in equipment support frames shall not exceed the bolt diameters
by more than 25 percent, up to a limiting maximum oversizing of 1/4 inch. Unless
otherwise specified, minimum anchor bolt diameter shall be 3/4 inch. Anchor bolts
for equipment mounting and vibration isolation systems shall be provided as
specified in Sections 1 1002 and 1 1021, respectively.
Mahr Reservior Remedial Improvements Anchor Bolts 05501-1
B.
C.
Tapered washers shall be provided where mating surface is not square with the nut.
Expansion, wedge, or adhesive anchors set in holes drilled in the concrete after the
concrete is placed will not be permitted in substitution for anchor bolts except where
otherwise specified. Upset threads shall not be acceptable.
2.02 MATERIALS
A. Anchor bolt materials shall be as specified in Table A.
Table A, Anchor Bolt Materials
Material
Steel bolts
Fabricated steel bolts
Specification
ASTM A307, Grade A
ASTM A36
2.03
2.04
Stainless steel bolts,
nuts, washers
Expansion anchors
Wedge anchors
Adhesive anchors
"Use Type 3 16 where specified.
DESIGN
ASTM A320, Type 304"
HILTI-BOLT, McCulloch Industries, or
equal
ITT, Phillips Drill Co., or equal.
HETI-HVA, PARABOND Capsule, or
equal
A. Anchor bolts for equipment fi-arnes and foundations shall be designed in accordance
with UBC 97 for seismic zone 4.
PRODUCT DATA
A. The following information shall be provided for all bolt systems not cast-in-place:
1. Data indicating load capacities.
2. Chemical resistance.
Mahr Reservior Remedial Improvements Anchor Bolts 05501 -2
3. Temperature limitations.
4. Installation instructions.
5. Evaluation Report for expansion and wedge type anchors.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Fieldwork, including cutting and threading, shall not be permitted on galvanized
items. Dissimilar metals shall be protected fiom galvanic corrosion by means of
pressure tapes, coatings or isolators.
3.02 CAST-IN-PLACE ANCHOR BOLTS
A. Anchor bolts to be embedded in concrete shall be placed accurately and held in
correct position while the concrete is placed or, if specified, recesses or blockouts
shall be formed in the concrete and the metalwork shall be grouted in place. The
surfaces of metalwork in contact with concrete shalI be thoroughly cleaned.
0 B. After anchor bolts have been embedded, their threads shall be protected by grease
and the nuts run on.
3.03 ADHESNE ANCHOR BOLTS-UNDERCUT
A.
conditions:
Use of adhesive or capsule undercut anchors shall be subject to the following
1. Use shall be limited to locations where exposure, on an intermittent or
continuous basis, to acid concentrations higher than 10 percent, to chlorine
gas, or to machine or diesel oils, is extremely unlikely.
2. Use shall be limited to applications where exposure to fire or exposure to
concrete or rod temperature above 120 degrees F is extremely unlikely.
Overhead applications (such as pipe supports) because of the above
concerns, shall be disallowed.
Approval fiom Construction Manager for specific application and from
supplier of equipment to be anchored, if applicable.
3.
4. Anchor diameter and grade of steel shall be per contract documents or per
equipment supplier specifications. Anchor shall be threaded or deformed
full length of embedment and shall be free of rust, scale, grease, and oils.
Mahr Reservior Remedial Improvements Anchor Bolts 05501-3
5. Embedment depth shall be as specified. Adhesive capsules of different
diameters may be used to obtain proper volume for the embedment, but no
more than two capsules per anchor may be used. When installing different
diameter capsules in the same hole, the larger diameter capsule shall be
installed first. Any extension or protrusion of the capsule from the hole is
prohibited.
6. All installation recommehdations by the anchor system manufacturer shall
be followed carellly, including maximum hole diameter.
7. Holes shall have rough surfaces, such as can be achieved using a rotary
percussion drill.
8. Holes shall be blown clean with compressed air and be free of dust or
standing water prior to installation.
9. Anchor shall be left undisturbed and unloaded for full adhesive curing
period.
10. Concrete temperature (not air temperature) shall be compatible with curing
requirements of adhesives per adhesive manufacturer. Anchors shall not be
placed in concrete below 25 degrees F.
3.04 EXPANSIONANCHORS
A. The Contractor shall supply the Construction Manager with the current evaluation
report from the International Conference of Buildmg Oficials for the particular
brand of expansion anchors to be used.
Mahr Reservior Remedial Improvements
**END OF SECTION**
Anchor Bolts 05501-4
SECTION 05505
MISCELLANEOUS METALWORK
PART 14ENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section specifies miscellaneous metalwork, which consists of custom fabricated steel
metalwork other than structural metalwork.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. General:
1.
2.
Shop and field welding shall conform to the requirements of the AISC Manual of
Steel Construction.
The use of salvaged, reprocessed or scrap materials will not be permitted.
B. References:
1. This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of
this section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the
requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements
of this section shall prevail.
Reference - Title
AISC Manual of
Steel Construction
American Institute of Steel
Construction, Manual of Steel Construction, Allowable
Stress Design-9th Edition
AS TM A3 6/A3 6M-89 Structural Steel
ASTM A48-83 Gray-Iron Castings
ASTM A283/
A283M-88
Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength
Carbon Steel Plates, Shapes and Bars
ASTM A307-90 Carbon Steel Externally Threaded Standard Fasteners
Mahr Reservoir Improvements Miscellaneous Metal Work
05505-1
Reference
ASTM A3201 Alloy-Steel Bolting Materials for Low
A320M-88 Temperature Service
ASTM A500-89 Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural
Tubing in Rounds and Shapes
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.01 MAmRTALs
A. Materials for miscellaneous metalwork are specified in Table A.
Table A, Materials for Miscellaneous Metalwork
Material Specification
Nonstructural steel bars, angles,
clips, and similar items
ASTM A36 or ASTM
A283
Iron castings ASTM A48
Structural steel tubing ASTM A500, Grade B
Steel bolts (except flanges and
anchor bolts)
. ASTM A307, Grade A
Stainless steel ASTM A320, type 3 16
2.02 FABRICATION
A. General:
1. Holes shall be punched 1/16 inch larger than the nominal size of the bolts, unless
otherwise specified. Whenever needed, because of the thickness of the metal,
holes shall be subpunched and reamed or shall be drilled.
Fabrication including cutting, drilling, punching, threading and tapping required
for miscellaneous metal or adjacent work shall be performed prior to hot-dip
2.
galvanizing.
Mahr Reservoir Improvements Miscellaneous Mea1 Work
05505-2
B. Seat Angles, Supports and Brackets:
1. Seat angles over slide gate guides shall be welded to the guides. Seat angles for
grating, supports for floor plates, clips for precast panels and brackets for piping
shall be 3 16 stainless steel after fabrication unless otherwise specified.
C. Power Driven Pins:
1. Power driven pins may be used in interior locations of nonprocess areas. Pins
shall be heat treated steel alloy in accordance with AIS1 1062 or 4063 and shall
be zinc-plated. Pins shall have capped or threaded heads capable of transmitting
the loads the shanks are required to support. Pins that are connected to steel shall
have longitudinal serrations around the circumference of the shank. Complete
information describing pin capacities and connections shall be provided to the
Construction Manager. Proposed use and locations shall be approved by the
Construction Manager prior to their use.
D. Iron Castings:
1. Castings shall be as specified on the drawings. Castings weighing less than 100
pounds shall be hot-dip galvanized after machining. Castings weighing greater
than 100 pounds shall be galvanized where specified.
E. Other Miscellaneous Steel Metalwork:
1. Other miscellaneous steel metalwork including embedded and nonembedded
steel metalwork, hangers and inserts shall be 3 16 stainless steel.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
. A. General:
1.
2.
3.
Fieldwork shall not be permitted on galvanized items. Drilling of bolts or
enlargement of holes to correct misalignment will not be allowed.
Dissimilar metals shall be protected fiom galvanic corrosion by means of
pressure tapes, coatings or isolators.
Metalwork to be embedded in concrete shall be placed accurately and held in
correct position while the concrete is placed or, if specified, recesses or blockouts
shall be formed in the concrete. The surfaces of metalwork in contact with or
embedded in concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned. If accepted, recesses may be
neatly cored in the concrete after it has attained its design strength and the
metalwork grouted in place. Embedments shall be as specified in Section 03300.
Mahr Reservoir Improvements Miscellaneous Metal Work
05505-3
B. -Seat Angles, Supports and Guides:
1. Seat angles for grating and supports for floor plates shall be set so that they are
flush with the floor and also maintain the grating and floor plates flush with the
floor.
C. Power Driven Pins:
1. Power driven pins shall be set by a craftsman who is certified by the
manufacturer. Pins shall be driven in one initial movement by an instantaneous
force that has been selected to attain the required penetration. Driven pins shall
conform to the following:
Penetration of Minimum space
Penetrated pin’s shank in from center of pin’s
Material material’ s supporting shank to edge of Minimum pin
Concrete 1 6D 6D minimum 14D 20D
Steel ?4 inch Steel thickness 4D 7D
penetrated by pin minimum thickness material penetrated mat1 spacing
plus 2D
Where D = pin shank diameter.
When required by the Construction Manager, pullout tests shall be canied out by the
Contractor to prove the effectiveness of the anchorage and the capacity of the pin.
3.02 CLEANING
After installation, damaged surfaces of shop primed metals shall be cleaned and touched up
with the same material used for the shop coat. Damaged surfaces of galvanized metals shall
be repaired. With acceptable procedure for galvanizing repair in accordance to procedure
described in Section 2 10-3.5.2 metalizing process in SSPWC.
**END OF SECTION**
Mahr Reservoir Improvements Miscellaneous Metal Work
05505-4
SECTION 05530
ALUMINUM ACCESS HATCH
PART 1-GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section specifies access hatch on concrete vaults
1.02 REFERENCES
This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section
as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this section and
those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail.
Reference - Title
AISC Manual of
Steel Construction
ASCE Journal
Vol. 88-ST6-62
American Institute of Steel
Construction, Manual of Steel Construction,
Allowable Stress Design-9th Edition
Suggested Specifications for
Structures of Aluminum Alloys 606 1 -T6 and
6063 -T6
ASTM A361A36M-89 Structural Steel
ASTM A569IA569M-85 Steel, Sheet and Strip, Carbon, Hot Rolled,
Commercia1 Quality
ASTM B210-88 Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Drawn Seamless
Tubes
ASTM B22 1-88 Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars,
Rods, Wire, Shapes and Tubes
1.03 SHOP DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES
A. The following shall be submitted in compliance with Section 01300:
1. Shop drawings showing dimensions and details of aluminum access hatches.
2. Manufacturer’s product data.
3. Manufacturer’s installation instructions.
4. Manufacturer’s certification of compliance
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Aluminum Access Hatch,
05530-1 ,
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. ALUMINUM:
Aluminum grating bearing bars and aluminum floor plates and cover plates shall be of
alloy 606 1 -T6 conforming to ASTM B22 1. Aluminum grating cross bars shall be of an
alloy conforming to either ASTM B221 (extrusions) or B2 10 (drawn).
2.02 FABRICATION
A. GENERAL:
Rough weld beads and sharp metal edges on plates shall be ground
exposed to view shall be uniform and neat.
smooth. Welds
Holes shall be punched 1/16 inch larger than the nominal size of the bolts, unless
otherwise specified. Whenever needed, because of the thickness of the metal, holes
shall be sub punched and reamed or shall be drilled. Cutting, drilling, punchmg,
threading and tapping shall be performed prior to hot-dip galvanizing.
B. ACCESS HATCH:
Hatches (Checkered Plate) shall be Alcoa (2-102 aluminum tread plate, Reynolds
diamond tread plate, or equal. Hinged cover plates shall be as specified and shall be set
flush with surrounding floor. No single piece of floor and cover plate shall weigh more
than 80 pounds unless specifically detailed otherwise.
PART 3--ExECUTION
3 .O 1 INSTALLATION
A. GENERAL:
Drilling of bolts or enlargement of holes to correct misalignment will not be allowed.
Dissimilar metals shall be protected from galvanic corrosion by means of pressure tapes,
coatings or isolators. Aluminum in contact with concrete shall be protected by a heavy
coat of bituminous paint.
Metalwork to be embedded in concrete shall be placed accurately and held in correct
position while the concrete is placed or, if specified, recesses or blockouts shall be
formed in the concrete after it has attained its design strength and the metalwork grouted
in place as specified in Section 03300. The surfaces of metalwork in contact with or
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Aluminum Access Hatch,
05530-2
B.
embedded in concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned If accepted, recesses may be neatly
cored in the concrete.
ACCESS HATCH:
Hatches shall be field measured for proper cutouts and proper sizes. Field welding of
aluminum grating and cover plates, where specified, shall be in accordance with ASCE
Vol. 88-ST6.
3.02 CLEANING
After installation, damaged surfaces of shop primed metals shall be cleaned and touched up
with the same material used for the shop coat.
**END OF SECTION**
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Aluminum Access Hatch,
05530-3
SECTION 05541
MANHOLE FRAMES AND COVERS
PART I--GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section specifies manhole fiames and covers.
1.02 REFERENCES
This section contains references to the following document. It is a part of this section as
specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this section and those
of the listed document, the requirements of this section shall prevail.
Reference
ASTM A48-83 Gray-Iron Castings
1.03 RELATED SECTIONS
SECTION 02601 MANHOLES
1.04 SHOP DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES
A. The following shall be submitted in compliance with Section 01300:
1. Shop drawings showing dimensions and details of manholes fiames and covers
2. Manufacturer’s product data.
3. Manufacturer’s installation instructions.
4. Manufacturer’s certification of compliance
PART 2--PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS
Manhole fiirnes and covers shall be Neenah Foundry Company R-1642 with Self-sealing
Cover, Phoenix Iron Works P-1090 WG, or equal modified to provide the specified features.
2.02 MATERIALS
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Manhole Frames and Covers
0554 1 - 1
The materials for manhole bes and covers shall be cast iron in accordance with ASTM
A48, Class 30.
2.03 FABRTCATION
Unless otherwise specified, manhole ..frames and covers shall be the heavy-duty type designed
for H-20 highway loading, shall have a 24-inch clear frame opening and a minimum frame
height of 4 112 inches and shall be equipped with a continuous-ring type gasket designed to
*minimize surface water inflow. Cover pattern shall be checkered pattern design and shall
have concealed or closed pick holes with sufficient dimensions to allow for removal without
special equipment. Bearing and wedging surfaces shall be machined to ensure a tight fit and
to prevent rocking. Frames shall be provided with four 1-inch diameter holes for anchor
bolts. The use of salvaged or scrap materials will not be permitted.
Covers shall be provided with a continuous, machined groove on either the underside bearing
lip or the outer wedging edge of the cover. A groove on the bearing lip shall be fitted with a
glued, continuous, low compression, set gasket; a groove on the outside edge shall be fitted
with a neoprene O-ring seal.
Locking type, non-gasketed fiames and covers shall be provided where specified. Locking
covers shall have two locking wedges in the fiame. Covers shall have two fingers which
engage the locking wedges when the cover is positioned in the fixme and turned.
PART 3--ExECUTION
Manhole frames and covers shall be set flush with the surrounding surfaces unless otherwise
specified.
**END OF SECTION**
Mahr Reservoir Remedial Improvements Manhole Frames and Covers
05541-2